Executive Summary, Criterion Wise Evaluative Report and Evaluation Report of the Departments

Preface

Ever since the assessment and accreditation by NAAC in 2002, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath Collegeis the first college outside the Kolkata and the second college in West Bengal which is submitting the Self Study report for Re-accreditation. In the first assessment, the college was awarded ‘B’ grade with 73.13 percent of marks. The NAAC Peer Team gave some individual suggestion and guidelines in their Recommendation Report. Those suggestions and Recommendations gave a new dimension and imputes to the forward march of our institution. During the last five years we have tried out best to develop our institution with all the stakeholders of the college. The Self Study Report is given in two (2) Volumes. Volume one contains Institutional Data consisting of Profile of the College, Criterion wise Inputs, Profile of the Departments and Volume two contains Executive Summary, Criterion wise Evaluative Report and Evaluation report of the Departments. During the preparation of Self Study Report, we have to collect individual wise, Department wise and Institutional wise. In this regard, cooperative and assistances from all the stakeholders are gratefully acknowledged. Executive Summary

While presenting our Self Study Report in connection with the Re- accreditation of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, Barrackpore, 24 Parganas (North), West Bengal. I would like to quote from a Bengali Poem, written by Rabindranath Tagore to express the feeling for our quest for excellence, the vision of the college as: “ Je Nodee Haraae Sroat Cholite Na Paare Sahasra Shaibal Daam Baandhe Asi Taare” i.e. if the river stop flowing, it becomes covered by moss. If we want to project our country as knowledge economy we should not compromise on quality, the elixir of higher education. Quality higher education leads to human capital formation with higher productivity which can bring about higher economic growth we are striving for. Actually, we are cultivating, producing and disseminating knowledge in the institutions of higher education. It is a continuous process as we are striving for enhancement of knowledge through research activities in various fields and improvement in intellect and thought. We all know that change is the only constant in nature and we have to mould ourselves accordingly. During the last five years we acted upon different criteria as follow: Curricular Aspects:  To facilitate vertical progression of our students we have introduced Four PG courses on autonomous basis since 2004. . To increase horizontal mobility of students three new courses at the UG level have been introduced during the last five years. . Four value added courses have been introduced to make the students globally competent and help them building their careers. . At present, the college runs 26 UG programmes, Four PG programmes and six Value Added Programmes. . College is offering sufficient Academic Flexibility . Well thought curricula have been designed on the basis of the feedback from different stakeholders. Teaching- Learning and Evaluation: So far as teaching–learning process is concerned we have given utmost importance on it.

I  Admission process is transparent and totally computerised. Students can avail of the opportunity of admission through Internet by Online Submission.  Access and Equity: During the last five years there has been an increase in the number of students by almost 12%. The increase in the girls students is significant and it is now ~60% of the students population representing gender balance. 45% of the students are coming from the families whose monthly income is less than Rs. 5000/-and SC and ST students are given their due share as per Government norms.  Monitoring the performance of the teachers, students and non-teaching staff is unique in this college. Daily basis performance appraisal of teachers is maintained which had been appreciated by the previous peer members during last visit. This unique feature is still sustained.  Multi-cornered feedback mechanism has been emphasised and it is being used for reforms and developments. Feedback from the students in this college was started before the prescription given by the Peer members. This is also a special feature of this college and this is updated and sincerely maintained.  Number of faculty members increased from 46 to 85. Besides, 56 Part time- management Appointee teachers have been appointed leading to improve the teachers: student ratio.  Appointment procedure is very transparent and Teacher Quality is very high.  Some Guest Teachers from different Universities and institute of repute like ISI, IACS, Bose Institute etc are invited to impart quality teaching at the PG level and UG level.  Number of Non-teaching staff increased from 47 to 57 for better support services.  The success rate at the end level examination of the University of Calcutta is almost 100% during the last five years. Students getting 1st class marks in absolute number and in percentage are increasing.  The percentage of college students getting 1st class marks is more than the University average of the same. A good number of our students are rank holders in the University’s merit list.  From the analysis of the result of the University of Calcutta it is seen that the college obtains the top position compared to the colleges of the neighbourhood area i.e. in the North 24 Parganas District and the college

II occupies a place in the top 10 colleges among the affiliated college to the University of Calcutta.  This has been possible through continuous evaluation of the students. Research, Consultancy and Extension:  A Research Monitoring Cell has been formed to motivate the teachers and postgraduate students to engage themselves in research and project works.  Around fifty percent of the teachers are engaged in direct research and number of publications by the faculty is reasonably high.  College is funding at present for six Minor Research Projects.  Career Development cell is participating in consultancy and generating resource.  College has developed a strong culture of its NCC & NSS activities.  Extensive community services through Thalassaemia Eradication, Voluntary Blood Donors Club, Adoption of a Municipal Ward are the commitments towards society.  The College has set up a number of collaboration with different organizations of national and international repute like Indian Red Cross Society, IGNOU, IACS etc. Infrastructure and Learning Resources: To ensure quality in education we have to emphasise on Capacity Building encompassing options.  Physical infrastructure has been more than doubled from 60000.sq. ft. to 125000 sq. ft.  Number of computer increased from 32 to 160 leading to ratio 1:35  Up gradation of computers with latest versions.  Number of LCD projectors increased from 01 to 09 and Internet node developed up to 78 to encourage ICT.  Number of library book increased from 22000 to 31000;  Number of Journals increased from 08 to 40 including e-journals.  Library space increased from 4000 sq. ft. to 10000 sq. ft.  Open Access of Library from 2003 with Uninterrupted Internet Service.  Girls’ Hostel has been set up.  Sincere efforts for Good House Keeping; Optimal utilisation of the Infrastructure.  Availability of sport coaching in the college ground, improved Canteen and Sanitary facility.

III  Arrangement of separate office space for each department as recommended by Peer members. Student Support:  System of monitoring student progression through different mechanism.  To aware the students of the dignity of labour on the one hand and enthuse the financially challenged students to pursue their studies on the other, college promote the “Earn and Learn” programme and ‘Art Exhibition’ programme.  On average every year 12% students are receiving Merit and Means Fund.  Accidental Insurance benefits up to Rs. 22000/-has been arranged to the students for the treatment.  Coaching facility for Football, Cricket, Athletes and Gymnasium has been introduced since 2004-2005. Special Diet for the sportsmen is arranged since 2005-06.  Health facilities are provided to students through Health Centre, Health Awareness Programme and Students’ Health Home.  Mass Participation of students in Cultural Competition, Sports activity (both Indoor & Out door); Publication of Wall and Printed Magazine.  Introduction of Placement Cell since 2004-05, with effective student counselling services.  Participation of students in different academic and administrative bodies.  Effective support from the Alumni through its registered association.  Effective safety measures for students and college assets. Governance and Leadership: The governance and leadership role of the college as well as the Principal is being felt in collegiating the teachers, students, non-teaching member, Alumni, Society persons.  Operation of Decentralisation and Participative Management with functioning of different committees.  Special drive for recruitment of teachers and non teaching staff and required training for them to improve the teacher- taught ratio and support services.  Strict Observance of Govt. Rules in Recruitment Procedure.  Resource generation increased to 2.5 fold during last five years and its optimal utilisation for academic growth.  Maintenance of Up to date & Regular Internal and External Audit Mechanism.

IV  The college is free from Ragging, Agitation, Sexual harassment and any bias towards any caste, creed and religion.  The college is providing financial support during emergency to its staff members through registered Staff Cooperative Credit Society. Innovative Practices:  Working of the ‘Internal Quality Assurance Cell’ as a quality assurance system.  The college administration maintains regular contact with Guardians, Alumni and Society Person, which was pointed out by the earlier Peer members and has been retained during the last five years.  ‘The team work to raise the academic standard of the college is impressive’ – an observation of the previous Peer members which is still operated effectively.  The roles of Students’ Union are commendable for the development of the college. Students are so motivated that Students’ Union is often contributing from their fund towards college development. This year they contributed Rs. 80,000/- for the purchase of library books and Rs. 20000/- for purchase of sports gears.  The Teachers’ Council’s roles are praiseworthy for the development of the college. It is also contributing monthly to generate a fund from which the needy students are offered financial help.  Rainwater Harvesting as a model of recharging and ecological balance is a major step taken by the college.  Generation of funds by the students through Micro-saving boxes are used for community services. At the end we would like to say that all the activities in different criteria are being channelised in our journey for the quest for excellence. Regarding Internal Quality Assurance and Inclusive Practices, let me allow to quote here from a poem written by American Poet Elia Wheeler Wilcox

“One ship sails east and another west While the self-same breezes blow ‘T is the set of the sail And not the gail That bids then where to go.” Yes, we believe, we can.

Part II: Evaluative Report

Criterion I: Curricular Aspects

1.1 Curriculum Design and Development

1.1.1 State the vision and mission of the institution, and how it is communicated to the students, teachers, staff and other stakeholders?

The vision, mission and objectives of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College are stated below: VISION: To make the college a centre of excellence and an institution of national acclaim. MISSION: 1.To ensure and sustain Quality in education. 2.To provide value based and value added education with a view to instilling self-confidence among the students. 3.To inject energy and vigour among our youth and help them to learn, grow and evolve so that their dreams come true. 4.To make our students socially committed and adaptable to global changes. OBJECTIVES: 1.Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids. 2.Provision of need based higher education to cope up with the changing requirements of the society. 3.Attainment of excellence through academics. The resolution adopted by the Founder Members in the meeting dated 27th July, 1953 also corroborates our mission, vision and objectives of today, is annexed (annexure no. 1.1)

The vision, mission and objectives of the institution are communicated to the students, teachers, non-teaching staff and other stakeholders through 1 Distribution of prospectus to the students. 2 Website: www.brsnc.com [website has been opened in 2001 in the first phase (http://education.vsnl.net/brsc) and it has been revised and replaced in 2004 by the present web site and is updated at regular intervals] Record shows that from June 2008 the college website was used by 10000 (approx) number of viewers till date.

3 Discussions in the meetings and workshops of the Teachers’ Council, Non-teaching staff, Students and Parent-Teacher Association through power point presentation.

4 Interaction with Society Persons e.g., Local Physicians, Local Municipal Councillors & Chairmen, Local Academic Personalities, Head of the Institutions of the Sub divisional Schools, MLA, M.P. 5 Sending Annual reports to the Higher Education Department, University, and other departments of the Govt. of W.B., University Grants Commission and the NAAC. 1.1.2 How does the mission statement reflect the institution’s distinctive characteristics in terms of addressing the needs of the society, the students it seeks to serve, institution’s traditions and value orientation?

Education is not only the transfer of knowledge to the next generation but also ignition of their quest for new knowledge and experience. The college is trying its best to inculcate this spirit among the students since its inception keeping in mind its broad vision, mission and objectives. Providing quality education, maintenance of overall discipline – administrative, academic and financial - sincere devotion to the cause of true education with utmost accountability of teachers, staff and students

towards society and social auditing by the stakeholders of higher education are the distinctive characteristics of our institution. This is aimed to achieve the mission enshrined in our vision, which the founder members of this college visualised as the changing requirements of education with the change of time. Initially, it was an intermediate college for girls and subsequently feeling the pulse of the locality it was turned into a co- education degree college. Being forced by the financial requirements of the families evicted from their erstwhile motherland due to partition of Bengal the youth had to engage themselves in various jobs in this industrial belt at the cost of their hopes for higher education. Sensing that the youth of the locality could not avail of higher education because they were faced to be bread earners, the then Governing Body introduced the Undergraduate course in the evening section, thus enabling the employed youth to improve their educational status. This single step helped them enormously in getting better placement in their respective jobs or vertical progression of their careers. This is a unique example of serving the dual needs of the society in general and the students in particular. So it can be said that the college is not only a seat of higher learning but it can also efficiently accommodate the ever-changing scenario of higher education with the passage of time. Following the same tradition of the college established by our predecessors we felt the need of introducing new subjects without marginalizing the traditional ones in the last decade of twentieth century and beginning of the twenty-first century. The following courses were introduced at UG and PG level:

1 Opening up of the New Courses e.g., Computer Science, Journalism & Mass Communication, Microbiology, Bachelor of Business Administration, Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition, Electronics Science, Sociology etc.

2 Opening up of the New Post Graduate Courses e.g., Computer Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance and Control, Marketing Management. In order to hone the skills of our students we have emphasised and introduced some value added courses like

1 Communicative English 2 Personality and Soft Skill Development 3 Computer Literacy 4 Training Programme e.g., School Service Commission, MAT, Combined Examination,

5 BPO Services, 6 Hardware & Networking. To make the students socially committed and to inculcate values among them and to promote social justice and good citizenship, National Service Scheme (NSS) and National Cadets Corps (NCC) have been implemented with the involvement of students. As part of these activities the college has been organising a host of outreach programmes for the benefit of the surrounding community. The programmes are organised in association with different societies and bodies such as Voluntary Blood Donors Club, Holding of Blood Donation Camp with B. N. Bose Hospital, Awareness campaigning for Anti-AIDS/HIV with Thoughtshop Foundation an NGO, Health Awareness with Physicians, Earn & Learn, National Integration camp, Army Attachment Camp, All Indian Gujarat Trek Camp with 48 Bengal Battalion, NCC. These will definitely add value to the quality of our students. In appreciation of the present day needs we organise classes to instil values among the students so that they can grow up with fresh minds to preserve the constitutional obligations of maintaining democratic, secular and socialistic norms in the society in which they live. We also lay stress on

building a healthy body and mind by introducing the 17-Unit Gymnasium, different outdoor and indoor games and sports, and cultural activities. All these activities are directed to preserve the tradition of the college along with the orientation of established values in the society. The College has set up a ‘Centre for Thalassaemia Eradication’ with the assistance of the Indian Red Cross Society (Barrackpore Branch), which is perhaps the first of its kind in the state as well as in the country. 1.1.3 Are the academic programmes in line with the institution’s goals and objectives? If yes, give details on how the curricula developed / adopted, address the needs of the society and have relevance to the regional / national and global trends and developmental needs? (Access to the Disadvantaged, Equity, Self development, Community and National Development, Ecology and environment, Value orientation, Employment, ICT introduction, Global and National demands and so on)

1.1.3 The College has initiated and introduced different academic programmes in line with the institution’s goals and objectives. The founder members of our college have set the goal - To make the college a centre of excellence and an institution of national acclaim and to achieve the goal the following objectives have been taken into consideration:

• Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids.

• Provision of need based higher education to cope with the changing requirements of the society.

• Attainment of excellence through academics. Guided by the goals and objectives, the founder members had established this college in 1953 at Intermediate level for girls with the affiliation of the University of Calcutta. Subsequently, feeling the local needs of the society the college was upgraded to the degree level with the provision of co-education. Due to partition of Bengal and influx of families from the East Bengal, the management body extended the degree course in the evening shift with the permission from University of Calcutta in order

to satisfy the demands for higher education of the local youth and to help them to be better placed in different jobs. The college in this way has acted as not only a seat of higher learning but also has tried to introduce different academic programmes consistent with the institution’s goals and objectives. With the emerging needs of the society the college has introduced New Courses e.g., Computer Science, Journalism & Mass Communication, Microbiology, Bachelor of Business Administration, Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition, Electronic Science, Sociology etc at the Undergraduate level and new Post graduate courses in Computer Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance and Control, Marketing Management. The syllabi of these courses at the undergraduate level have been framed by the University of the Calcutta and we have to accept these syllabi as an affiliated college. The University of Calcutta revises the syllabi of different subjects from time to time with the consideration of the needs of the society, relevance to regional / national /global trends, availability of new technologies, value orientation etc. The basic objectives for the revision of syllabi at the undergraduate level by the University of Calcutta are the tremendous developments in various fields of study, availability of sophisticated instrumental techniques, turning the Indian youth a skilful and productive manpower, so that they can contribute to national development and to achieve global competencies. The syllabi of different subjects have been revised with a view to acquainting the students with fundamental basic concepts and methodologies of different subjects and to orient them towards the

applied fields in all subjects as far as practicable. Academic programmes in different subjects are developed and adopted with the following considerations:

Needs of the Society - Microbiology is the base of other branches of life sciences such as Genetic engineering; Biotechnology, Molecular Biology, Genomics, Proteomics etc and the emerging scientific research on these fields are partly dependent on microbiology. A large number of affiliated UG colleges teach Honours in Microbiology but the intake capacity in Microbiology at PG level of Calcutta University was too meagre compared to the number of Honours graduate students passing out with high first class marks. A good number of students were deprived of the opportunity to pursue masters degree. For this reason the department of Microbiology of this college opened the PG course on an autonomous basis affiliated to Calcutta University. The department initially adopted the curricula designed by the University of Calcutta. Subsequently the curriculum was revised as per the needs of the society.

It’s a fact well known that studies in Computer Science came rather late to the Eastern region. When Calcutta University brought in Computer Science as a subject in its curriculum in the early 90’s, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College was among the forerunners to introduce the said course at the UG level. Global demands for training and employability, our objectives of need based higher education, fostering global competencies among the students through the promotion of modern technology and providing opportunities for vertical progression of our graduates are some of the reasons for the opening of PG course in computer science in our college. This was seconded by the University of Calcutta through extension of PG courses in colleges on autonomous basis.

Limited scope for admission to PG course due to seat restriction at the University level, absence of vertical progression of the students having Marketing Management at the UG level, widened scope of Accounts,

Finance and Control and Marketing Management as specializations with ample opportunity for employment due to expanded market economy facilitated us to start the PG courses of commerce. Provision For Employment of The Students – syllabi have been redesigned introducing current aspects of medical microbiology and bioinformatics including genomics and proteomics which is relevant to drug designing. It is so done that the students passing out with microbiology can work in the pharmaceuticals industry and other laboratories as per the industries’ demand.

M.Sc. in Computer Science in our college has been introduced considering the employment prospects in IT Industries at the national & global level, different public sector organizations (Railways, Financial Sectors, Land & Land Revenue Offices, Telephones) and other Government offices (Webel) and teaching in schools and colleges. The curricula in Postgraduate courses in commerce have been designed keeping the employability of the students in mind. The two specialisations, namely Accounts, Finance and Control and Marketing Management have opened up opportunities for jobs for the commerce students in the fields of Business, Commerce, Trade, Industries, Bank, Insurance, and Management etc. Matching With Current Research – Relevant to current emerging research in different fields of life sciences, Molecular Biology, Genomics, Proteomics, Biotechnology, Industrial & Agricultural Microbiology, Microbial cell biology with adequate practical trainings have been introduced in the new curriculum. The computer science syllabus has been revised with a view to emphasise modern technological development relevant to current research work like VLSI (very large scale integration), image processing, and pattern etc. The course has been designed considering the global industrial

needs and market potential. The languages like JAVA, Rational Rose have been introduced in the syllabus so also new trends in developments in Algorithm. The Department of Commerce has included new topics consistent with the current research in Financial market, Accounts and Marketing management. Keeping Ecological And Environmental Aspects In View – Relevant to the application of microbes in Bioremediation removal of toxic and heavy metals in environment is done. Fitting With The Development of Entrepreneurial Ability – The students learning with these curricula can participate in making alcohol fermentation and designing instruments.

The course in Computer Science at Postgraduate level has been designed with consideration of the specific qualities demanded by employers.

The Computer Science department has been enriched from the feedback of employers of our students who have passed out from the department. It is learnt that the employers look for some specific qualities from the students such as ability to adopt oneself to latest technology, to learn quickly, readiness of mind, constant learning to match the global trends and ability to communicate. Accordingly the department has taken initiatives to train and mould the students in order to develop entrepreneurial ability. The students can develop the skills for software consultancy with JAVA, visual basic, oracle, SQL server etc, web page designing, database management, and services related to hardware network.

The course designers of M.Com has taken special care to include papers on Organisational Behaviour, Labour Laws, and Business Taxation etc to equip students with the basics of entrepreneurship development. Further, the department also holds seminars on Entrepreneurship

Development to help students in selecting business areas that can prove beneficial with small investments.

1.1.4 How does the curriculum cater to inclusion/integration of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in the curriculum, for equipping the students to compete in the global employment markets

1.1.4 The curriculum caters to inclusion/integration of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) through introduction of Digital Class room/ virtual classroom / seminar room with Internet connection and other devices like, visualizer, sensor, microprocessors, circuit design and software, LCD Projector and OHP.

. Digital classroom facility with Internet connection is widely used in the department of Microbiology, Computer Science, PG Commerce, Geography, Chemistry etc.

. Information and Communication Technology (ICT) is used to train the students in searching online information in various fields of microbiology and related areas of life sciences. Students get the scope to search different databases like Medline, blast search etc., to compare and analyse the genome sequences of related microorganisms. These tools also enable them to predict and determine protein structure and function and this knowledge can be applied in targeted drug delivery and also in drug designing in pharmaceutical sectors. The department of Computer Science has introduced courses on Java, Networking & operating system with use of e-book in classroom teaching, both theoretical and practical, and LAN in the laboratory.

. The curricula of Accounts, Finance and Control (AFCM) & Marketing Management (MRMM) introduce project work and practical classes on the use of the software package of accounts e.g., Tally.

. The students regularly use the advantage of Information and

Communication Technology (ICT) in preparing their project reports, seminar lectures, online questionnaire solving, power point presentation of self-created contents, group discussions on some article of some online journals etc. The course design of M.Com. has taken care to include papers on computers involving financial accounting package-Tally, practical taxation through filing of e-returns, project presentations through power points etc. in order to equip the students with the latest uses of ICT in the field of Commerce and Management.

. The curricula of Honours in Geography, Physics, Chemistry, Computer Science, Microbiology and Mathematics at undergraduate level introduce routine class, project works, and seminar presentation using ICT. The curriculum design has also carefully considered the employment aspect of the students. The two specialisations, namely Accounts Finance and Control and Marketing Management have been introduced considering the current trend and market potential.

1.1.5 Specify the initiatives and contributions of the institution in the curriculum design and development process. (Need assessment, development of information database, feedback from faculty, students, alumni, employees and academic peers, and communicating the information and feedback for appropriate inclusion and decisions in statutory academic bodies, Membership of BOS and by sending agenda items etc.)

1.1.5 The basic objectives in redesigning of curriculum are

Needs of the society Current research trends Incorporating new technologies Employment aspects to the Industry. Access to the NET, SET, GATE etc. and vertical progression

The initiatives in the curriculum design and development process of the institution are based on the following considerations.

Online searching of syllabus from International and National institutes of repute like Harvard University, MIT, Cornell University, Yale University, JNU, BHU, UGC Guideline, Calcutta University, Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), University of Pune, Vellore Institute of Technology, Bengal Engineering and Science University (BESU), University of Kalyani, University of Burdwan, Jadavpur University, IIT Kharagpur etc.

Feedback from the faculty, students, alumni, and academic peers on the existing syllabus are invited and suggestions for improvement have been accepted.

Methodology used: Expert committees from specific fields related to Microbiology, Computer Science, and Commerce have been constituted. The opinions and suggestions of experts from reputed institutes and universities like ISI, Calcutta University, BESU, Industries, Chamber of Commerce, Central Universities, are included and accepted as far as practicable.

Then the draft syllabi of different subjects are placed in the PG Board of Studies of respective subjects, and after detailed discussions, final revised syllabi are prepared and approved in PG Boards of studies of respective subjects.

1.2 Academic Flexibility

1.2.1 What are the range of programme options available to learners in terms of Degrees, Certificates and Diplomas? Range of Programmes options available to learners are presented in the following Tabular form:

Table No. – 1.1 Programme Options with Possible Combinations

HONS. IN POSSIBLE HONS. IN POSSIBLE COMBINATION (S) COMBINATION (S)

HISTORY EDUCATION PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS BENGALI HISTORY PHILOSOPHY CHEMISTRY PHYSICS MATHEMATICS EDUCATION PHILOSOPHY MATHEMATICS CHEMISTRY PHYSICS JOURNALISM FILM STUDIES PHYSICS STATISTICS PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION POLITICAL STATISTICS ENGLISH SCIENCE HISTORY EDUCATION GEOGRAPHY ECONOMICS STATISTICS JOURNALISM FILM STUDIES ECONOMICS POLITICAL SCIENCE PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION MICROBIOLOGY ZOOLOGY CHEMISTRY EDUCATION JOURNALISM COMPUTER PHYSICS MATHEMATICS SCIENCE EDUCATION HISTORY ELECTRONIC PHYSICS MATHEMATICS SCIENCE PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION ECONOMICS MATHEMATICS STATISTICS HINDI PHILOSOPHY HISTORY MATHEMATICS POLITICAL SCIENCE EDUCATION HISTORY PSYCHOLOGY ECONOMICS POLITICAL SCIENCE BENGALI POLITICAL ECONOMICS ZOOLOGY POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL JOURNALISM CHEMISTRY MICROBIOLOGY SCIENCE FOOD & SCIENCE NUTRITION ENGLISH POLITICAL SCIENCE POST GRADUATE COURSES BENGALI PHILOSOPHY POLITICAL HISTORY HISTORY SCIENCE MICROBIOLOGY BENGALI HISTORY COMPUTER SCIENCE

ENGLISH POLITICAL ACCOUNTS, FINANCE ACCOUNTS, FINANCE & SCIENCE & CONTROL CONTROL HISTORY ENGLISH BENGALI POLITICAL MARKETING MARKETING MANAGEMENT SCIENCE MANAGEMENT

BENGALI PHILOSOPHY PHILOSOPHY POLITICAL JOURNALISM POSSIBLE COMBINATION (S) - GEN SCIENCE ENGLISH PHILOSOPHY POLITICAL BENGALI POLITICAL EDUCATION HISTORY SCIENCE SCIENCE POLITICAL ENGLISH HISTORY BENGALI EDUCATION SCIENCE POLITICAL EDUCATION EDUCATION SCIENCE BENGALI EDUCATION PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION HISTORY

BENGALI FILM MICROBIOLOGY CHEMISTRY ZOOLOGY STUDIES ENGLISH FILM PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS STUDIES POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY COMMERCE GRP-II GRP -III JOURNALISM & SCIENCE GRP-I MASS POLITICAL EDUCATION POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY HISTORY SCIENCE SCIENCE COMMUNICATION PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION SCIENCE ACCOUNTANCY GRP-I GRP-II POLITICAL JOURNALISM EDUCATION SCIENCE MARKETING GRP-I GRP-II POLITICAL JOURNALISM HISTORY SCIENCE BUSINESS ENGLISH HISTORY EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION JOURNALISM HISTORY EDUCATION BENGALI PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION ENGLISH HISTORY FILM STUDIES BENGALI HISTORY FILM STUDIES

The table shows the scope of the elective combinations for different Honours programmes. Arts and Humanities programmes are designed by offering three or four elective combinations while science programmes are designed by offering one or two elective combinations. Arts General programme offers twelve possible combinations. Moreover, any student of UG level is getting scope to get admission in O Level and A Level Courses, Course on Communicative English (CCE), JCHNP, Course on Computer Concept (CCC), Soft Skill Development (SSD) as value added courses. The college is planning to extend some courses to the students e.g., Animation Course, Hardware Networking in the form of Degree, Certificate, Diploma.

1.2.2 Give details on the following provisions with reference to academic flexibility, value addition and course enrichment: a) Core options b) Elective options c) Add on courses d) Interdisciplinary courses

e) Flexibility to the students to move from one discipline to another f) flexibility to pursue the programme with reference to the time frame (flexible time for completion)

1.2.2 The college provides the following facilities to the students to continue their studies with reference to academic flexibility, value addition and course enrichment

a) Core options: A student has to take some core subjects such as Modern Indian Language, Compulsory English Language and Environmental Studies.

b) Elective options: A student can opt for any one of the 2-4 elective combination of subjects for Honours and any one from the 12 elective combinations in General courses from the range of programme options listed 1.2.1.

c) Add On Courses: Courses on Communicative English, aptitude and soft skill personality development, computer literacy programme, coaching for SSC, MAT and combined services examinations, hardware and networking are imparted to the students at the UG & PG level. Curricula of these courses are designed and enriched by the respective faculty members in consultation with the experts in the fields, students feed back, employers feed back etc. A student at the UG & PG level can continue his or her study and also take up the Add On courses at the same time. Thus the students can enjoy the facilities of horizontal flexibility.

d) Inter disciplinary courses: Courses like Film Studies, Computer Science, Commerce, Electronics, Food & Nutrition, Psychology and Microbiology have been introduced as Inter Disciplinary Courses to cater the needs of the society.

e) Flexibility to the students to move from one discipline to another is

allowed to a great extent. Students passing with science at the +2 level are allowed to move to any discipline. Students passing with commerce at the +2 level are allowed to move to any combination of Literature or Social Science. Slight restriction is maintained in the combination of Science stream in view of the routine.

f) Time flexibility: The degree course for Honours and General are of a span of 3 years and a candidate has to appear in the examination at the end of each year as Part-I, Part-II and Part-III Examination. However, a candidate has the flexibility to qualify in Part-I Examination latest by the 4th year excluding the year of admission (Ref. No. CSR/79/05 dated 29/11/2005 of C.U.). An honours candidate becoming unsuccessful at the Part-II Examination has the option to switch over to General course and get admission in 3rd year classes.

All these provisions are made in keeping with the goals and objectives of the institutions.

1.2.3 Give details of the programmes and other facilities available for international Students (if any)

1.2.3 All the above programmes are available for international students also.

1.2.4 Does the institution offer any self-financed programmes in the institution? If yes, list them and indicate how they differ from other programmes, with reference to admission, curriculum, fee structure, teacher qualification and salary etc. 1.2.4 The institution offers the following Self-financed programmes: Table No. -1.2 Self-Financed Programmes with its Features

Programme Method of Curriculum Fees Teacher Salary Admission Structure Qualification 1. Bachelor of Based on Designed by Rs. MBA & Post- As per UGC Business merit & C.U. 1500/- graduation rule Administration interview pm as (Hons.) Tuition fee with other charges or Rs.

20400/- annually Programme Method of Curriculum Fees Teacher Salary Admission Structure Qualification 2. Jetking Any Designed by Rs. Hardware, Varies from Certified discipline Jetking & 44,000/- RHCE, Rs. 10,000/- Hardware & after 10+2 other per 13 CCNA, N+, to 20,000/- Networking certified co. months MCSE, depending Professional course CSPFA upon (JCHNP) teachers qualification and settled by Jetking 3. School Graduate Designed by Rs. Post- On class Service in any W.B. SSC 6000/- for graduation & basis Commission discipline 6 months graduation (SSC) duration 4. Combined Graduate Designed by Rs. Post- On class Services in any the 10,000/- graduation & basis Examination discipline concerned for 10 graduation authority months such as course RRB, BSRB, PSC, Management Board 5. Computer Passed Designed by Rs. 500/- PGDSE Rs. 10,000/- Literacy 10+2 DOEACC & for 3 to 20,000/- Programme approved by months as set out by (CLP) AICTE duration ICE 6. O level Passed Designed by Rs. PGDSE Rs. 10,000/- (GDCA) 10+2 DOEACC & 7500/- for to 20,000/- approved by 1 yr. as set out by AICTE ICE 7. A level Passed Designed by Rs. MCA Rs. 10,000/- (PGDSE) graduate or DOEACC & 18,000/- to 20,000/- polytechnic approved by for 18 as set out by diploma or AICTE months ICE O level 8. Course on Passed Designed Rs. 100/- DELT Rs. 6,000/- Communicati 10+2 jointly by pm for 1 as basic ve English the college yr. with usual (CCE) & the allowances Institute of for full time English, teachers & Kolkata class basis salary for class basis contract teachers

Overall analysis of the table shows that the self-financed programmes differ from the university prescribed programmes to some extent in respect of curriculum, admission, fees structure, teacher qualification, salary as shown below Table No. 1.3 Features of University Prescribed Programme vis-à-vis Self- Financed Programme

With reference University prescribed Self-financed programme to programme Curriculum Designed by Calcutta Designed by certified co. and University approved nationally & internationally Admission Based on merit Based on merit, interview & technical education Fees structure Designed by the Education Designed by the institute / Directorate, Govt. of W.B. companies Teachers As per UGC guideline As per the guideline of institute qualification and different companies Salary As per UGC rule As per the institute / companies rule

1.3 Feedback on Curriculum

1.3.1. How does the college obtain feedback on curriculum from a) Students? b) alumni? c) Parents? d) employers / industries? e) academic peers? f) community? 1.3.1 The College obtains feedback on curriculum from

a) Students of 3rd year who have to fill up the students’ feedback form compulsorily before filling up the form for the final year examination. They fill up the feedback form on different aspects of the college from their three-year experience as students of the college, without disclosing their identity. Students’ Feedback Form is enclosed herewith

b) Alumni who meet on the 1st Sunday of the month of December every

year in a re-union meeting. The alumni interact with the students, teachers and others. They are requested to fill up a questionnaire as part of the feedback process. Departments and college also receive feedback from the alumni during their visits on different occasions. The alumni register their names and give suggestion and comments about the departments and the college.

c) Feedback from Parents: in the Parent-Teachers meeting are usually held in the month of February-March every year where the parents point out strengths and weaknesses of the department and the college.

d) Employers/Industries can ventilate their views at the meetings of the Subcommittees, PG Board of Studies and in the seminars, workshops and symposiums. Representatives from industry give suggestions for the development of the curriculum. For example, in the meeting of the expert committee of the Department of Microbiology (PG), industry personnel from East India Pharmaceuticals Ltd. gave their expert opinion regarding modification of syllabi. One industrial person is working as a member of the PG Board of Studies of Commerce as Principal’s Nominee. This shows the industrial linkage with the college so far as designing of syllabi is concerned.

e) Academic peers participate in the meetings of the committees for framing and revision/modification/amendment of the syllabus conducted by the C.U. and in meeting of the UG Board of Studies & PG Board of Studies.

1.3.2 How is the above feedback analyzed and the outcome / suggestions used for continuous improvements, and communicated to the affiliating university for appropriate inclusion? 1.3.2 The feedback from students are analysed during departmental meetings. The shortcomings and weaknesses are noted down and suggestions for improvement are considered. The department adopts resolutions on different

aspects and submits it to the principal for further discussion in the academic subcommittee which is constituted by the Heads of the departments, senior teachers, students representatives and non-teaching staff. Academic subcommittee considers the suggestions and the proposals from the students’ feedback. Since the college is affiliated to the University of Calcutta representatives of the college take this up at the Board of Studies of the University where amendments to the syllabus can be effected. Regarding autonomous postgraduate courses these suggestions are acted upon by the PG departments of Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce.

1.4 Curriculum update

1.4.1 What is the frequency and the basis for syllabus revision and what are the major revisions made during the last two years? 1.4.1 Syllabi are revised once every 3–4 years. The Calcutta University designed the syllabi for Honours and General course at the UG level in 2002–03 and these were revised and came into effect from the session 2005–06 and 2006–07, [Notification no. CSR/64/06 dated 26/12/2006]. Syllabi of some papers of relevant subjects were also revised during this period.

The basis for syllabus revision is:

To acquaint the students and the teachers with the salient features of the subjects and its development; To incorporate the current issues and regional, national and global trends; To accommodate the changes in knowledge and technologies.

Though the college is an affiliated college of Calcutta University and has no direct role in designing and revision of syllabus, the college has

an indirect role in designing of syllabus because the teachers of different departments are members of respective Boards of studies of Calcutta University which frame the syllabi.

Some of our teachers in the department of Chemistry, Economics, Geography, Electronic Science, Computer Science have participated in reviewing and revising UG Honours syllabi as members of UG Boards of Studies of University of Calcutta.

Autonomous Post-graduate departments such as Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce take active part in the designing and revision of syllabi by the PG Boards of studies constituted by the experts from Calcutta University, Burdwan University, Kalyani University, Jadavpur University, Bengal Engineering and Science University (BESU), Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), experts from industries and departmental teachers. Department of Microbiology designed its syllabus in 2003-04 and revised it in July’ 08. Department of Computer Science designed its syllabus in 2005-06 and revised portions of the syllabus in 2006, 2007, and 2008 on the basis of the current trend in research methodology of teaching, changes in technology and market demand. Department of Commerce framed their syllabus in 2005 and revised in 2008. The revised syllabus of Microbiology, Computer Sc. and Commerce will come into effect from 2009–10 on semester basis.

The Department of Communicative English has designed its syllabus in association with the Institute of English, Kolkata, in 2003 and revised its syllabus in 2007 accordingly to the developments in the subjects. 1.4.2 How does the institution ensure that the curriculum bears a thrust on core values adopted by NAAC? 1.4.2 Excellence is the ethos of higher education and it is one of the core values of the NAAC as described in the NAAC journal.

Guided by the core values adopted by the NAAC the institution takes initiative directly or indirectly to frame curricula and tries to incorporate new and updated matters supplemented by modern teaching aids based on technology to achieve and sustain quality education. Framing and updating of syllabi at the Undergraduate and Postgraduate levels involve fundamental concepts, value based and value added education, sophisticated instrumental techniques and knowledge of applied education. All these help human resource development and engage Indian youth in skilful productive employment through global competencies. Thus the institution ensures that the curriculum focuses on core values adopted by NAAC. 1.4.3 Does the institution use the guidelines of statutory bodies (UGC/ AICTE / State Councils of HE and other bodies) for developing and/or restructuring the curricula? 1.4.3 Yes, the institution is guided by the curricula of the University Grants Commission, universities from state and outside state for developing and/or restructuring the curricula. The Department of Microbiology adopted the syllabus of the University of Calcutta at the Post Graduate level in October 2004 and revised it in June 2008. The Department of Computer Science designed a Post Graduate syllabus in Computer Science at the PG level following the UGC Syllabus.

In the designing of the syllabi & curriculum of M.Com courses, all the five provisions of M.Com. courses as designed by the UGC, such as Master of Commerce, Master of Finance & Control, Master of Marketing, Master of International Business, and Master of e-Commerce were considered. Of these five provisions the Department of Commerce of this college has chosen two courses - i) Accounts, Finance & Control ii) Marketing Management for introduction at the PG level. It is to be noted that though the university of Calcutta has no provision for Marketing Management in it curriculum at the PG level we have introduced it in

our college at the PG level. In framing the course content the Postgraduate Board of Studies have considered the syllabi of other Universities like Delhi University, Pune University, Bangalore University and IIM – Kolkata. 1.4.4 How are the existing courses modified to meet the emerging/ changing national and global trends?

1.4.4 The existing courses are modified to accommodate the needs of society, which include employability of students, current research trends, ecological and environmental aspects, development of entrepreneurial ability and market potential.

 Department of Microbiology has modified the existing courses by introducing application of microbes and food bio-technologies for crop improvement, Molecular biology, Genomics, Bio-technologies, industrial and agricultural microbiology relevant to current research work, introduction of technology for removal of toxic and heavy metals in an effort to clean up the environment.

 Department of computer science has modified the existing courses by introducing Networking and communication, increasing the number of LAN in the Laboratories, UNIX, Software testing, Software manufacturing etc. in their syllabus.

 SPSS Software in Marketing Research Paper for the Marketing Management Specialization students of M. Com. has been introduced.

 Syllabi on Managerial Economics have been updated to suit the job requirements as well as mathematical orientation.

 Chapters on ‘Computer Application’ have been included in order to ensure a better coverage and expertise of students using computers in their job field.

1.5 Best Practices in Curricular Aspects

1.5.1 What are the quality sustenance and quality enhancement measures undertaken by the institution during the last five years in curricular aspects?

1.5.1. Quality sustenance and quality enhancement measures undertaken by the institution are the following:

 The University of Calcutta modified the syllabi in the year 2003-04 and some of them were subsequently revised in the sessions 2005-06 and 2006-07. The curricula have been amended during different sessions to prepare the students to face new pattern of questions, to acquaint them with current issues of Regional, National and Global trends, to accommodate the changes in knowledge and technologies. The changes in the syllabi, the change in the pattern of questions are geared towards quality enhancement of the institution. The teachers of the college have participated in the revision and framing of model questions in different subjects.  The faculty members regularly participate in refresher courses and receive necessary inputs regarding the changes taking place in the academic world. These changes are incorporated through Syllabi Revision Meetings where the college teachers of different departments can participate.  Through the participation of the faculty and students in the seminars where eminent Scientists, Professors and Educationists of different institutes of national repute are the speakers, the teachers of our college have an opportunity to update themselves.  The college follows and monitors the Academic Calendar diligently. The syllabi of different subjects have been unitised according to the Academic Calendar and specific numbers of lectures are allotted for

each unit. Departmental teachers, the members of the Academic Sub- Committee and Principal monitor periodically the progress of the syllabi according to the Academic Calendar.  Students of our college are put through a continuous evaluation system in the form of Class Tests, Pre Test, Test and University examinations and evaluation of answer scripts of the college level examinations are shown to the students for necessary improvement. This is a unique feature of our college because very few institutions in the state have succeeded in doing this.  Discussions on University results of Part-I, Part –II and Part-III are held in departmental meetings, TC meeting and Academic Sub committee meeting. On the basis of the results students are honoured and felicitated in the Annual Reunion Meeting & Commencement Meeting (Convocation Address).  The Research Monitoring Cell encourages research work by the Faculty members. The college has taken the initiative of providing financial assistance for the research projects initiated by the faculty members and postgraduate students. 1.5.2 What best practices in ‘Curricular Aspects’ have been planned/ implemented by the institution?

1.5.2 College is proud for its best practices in curriculum aspect which are implemented with utmost zeal:

1 Attainment of Goal orientation - Goals set by founder members satisfying the changing needs of the society and translation of goals in to action.

2 Curricula promoting Excellence- Updated and well defined curricula; collaboration with institutes of national repute e.g.; Bose Institute, ICAS; competence enhancing strategies- Incorporation of Field Work, Hands-on Experiments such as Protein Purification, PCR

Techniques, Fermentation Technique. 3 Exercise of Academic Flexibility after capacity building,

4 Promotion of Value based curricula by holding some classes for value orientation.

5 Promotion of Value added curricula to increase employability through -inter disciplinary studies such as Microbiology, Electronic Science, Computer Science, Commerce, Food & Nutrition, Chemistry, Physics, Economics, History etc.; Communicative English as a means of communicative skill development, computer learning as a tool for teaching learning processes are other value added courses.

6 Access –Access to wide range of programme options available in the college.

7 Serving contextual needs- The knowledge of Physics, Electronics, Computer Science, Microbiology, Chemistry etc help the students to modern gadgetry repair and maintenance, cable networking, electronic equipment, microbial testing of water, milk, food etc.

8 Curricular Aspect promoting values –Besides the conventional system of Education, our College has introduced Distance Education through the Convergence Scheme of ODL and conventional system of IGNOU as an way to promote value among the students and inclusive education. Co-curricular activities like Sports, Games, NSS, and NCC are also included to promote values.

Additional Information for Re-accreditation: 1. What were the evaluative observations made under Curricular Aspects in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon

The evaluative observations made under Curricular Aspects in the previous assessment report and how they have been acted upon are given below: a) NAAC peer team recommends “The College may try to get a new PG courses in some subjects, like Commerce, Economics and Chemistry which will strengthen its research performances. We strongly recommend that the Calcutta University should consider this favourably.”

Though the NAAC peer team mentions three subjects (Commerce, Economics and Chemistry) for introduction of PG courses, we feel that the main tune of observation of the NAAC Peer team was the introduction of some PG courses to facilitate research performances in the college. So we have introduced dual PG courses in Commerce on Autonomous basis: Accounts, Finance & Control and Marketing Management (from 2006-07 Sessions). Besides to cope up with current trends, needs of the society, and market potential, the college has successfully introduced PG courses in Microbiology (from 2004-05 Session) and Computer Science (from 2005-06 Session) on Autonomous basis. The college is going to introduce management courses at the PG level with the assistance of Economics and Mathematics as inter disciplinary subjects.

b) NAAC peer team recommends, “More self financing courses like PGDCA, PGDIT etc may be started”.

A number of self-financing courses like BBA, MNA, JCHNP, GDCA (designed by DOEACC and approved by AICTE) and PGDSE (designed by DOEACC and approved by AICTE) have been introduced as per the recommendations of NAAC peer team.

c) NAAC peer team recommends “Coaching facility for various

competitive exams may be yet another incentive for students”.

Following the recommendation of the NAAC Peer team the college has started coaching facilities for various competitive examinations, like School Service Examination and Combined Service Examination, MAT. College also provides special coaching to the postgraduate students for GATE and NET examination.

2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous assessment and accreditation with regard to curricular aspects?

Other Quality Sustenance Measures are:

 Regular unitisation of syllabi in accordance with the academic calendar and its supervision.

 Regular monitoring of the departments, Academic Sub Committee for evaluation of progress of curricula & syllabi.

 Regular supervision of the Academic Diaries.

 Exercise of Academic Flexibility after capacity building,

Quality enhancement measures are:

 The syllabus of fourth paper of each subject in General course has been designed during last revision of syllabus in 2003-04 in such a way that the application orientation has got preference.

 Use of ICT in different subjects as enhancement measure was undertaken.

 Installation of Digital Class Room which is at present five (5) in numbers.

 Interaction between current faculties and Guest Teachers from Universities and others institutions in case of quality sustenance and

quality improvement.

 Guest teachers of different Universities and Institutes of repute are invited to deliver lectures on particular topics in seminars where college teachers have the opportunity to interact with the speakers and to update them. This happens to be the regular feature of the college

Criterion II: Teaching – Learning and Evaluation

2.1 Admission Process and Student Profile.

2.1.1 How does the institution ensure wide publicity to the admission process? a. Prospectus b. Institutional Website c. Advertisement in Regional/ National Newspapers d. Any other (specify) 2.1.1 The institution ensures wide publicity to the admission process through

a1. Printed admission rules and prospectus of the college are distributed to the applicants during the time of admission. Distribution of prospectus for the last five years in our is given below: Table No. 2.1 Distribution of prospectus

Session 2003- 2004- 2005- 2006- 2007- 2008- 04 05 06 07 08 09 No. of Prospectus distributed UG 9708 7244 10117 12337 13260 14390 PG - 69 210 516 426 481

a2 A public notice is displayed to inform all the stakeholders about the admission rules, eligibility criteria, intake capacity in each dept., reservation policy according to the Govt. rules, dates of issue and submission of admission forms, dates of publication of merit list, dates of counselling and dates of admission.

a3 The members of the admission committee consisting of teachers, non- teaching staff and students’ representatives of the students’ union prepare the admission rules.

b. Through institutional website: The admission rules and the application forms for admission are given in the college website (www.brsnc.com).

The students can download the application form and after filling the application form can submit the same with the requisite fee. This eases the problem of queuing. On line application is allowed for PG admission. c. Advertisement in leading newspaper such as

• Ananda Bazar Patrika and The Statesman was given on 22.07.2008

for admission to autonomous post-graduate courses: 1. M.Sc. in Microbiology 2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. 3. M.Com. in a) Accounts, Finance & Control and b) Marketing Management

• Advertisement in The Statesman for admission to MA. in Education,

M.A. in English, B.A./B.Com./BSW and Certificate course in Functional English under IGNOU Convergence Scheme was given on 16.07.2008

• Advertisement was given in Ananda Bazar Patrika on 28.07.2006 &

23.07.2007 regarding admission to the following PG courses on autonomous basis: 1. M.Sc. in Microbiology 2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. 3. M.Com. in a) Accounts, Finance & Control and b) Marketing Management

• Advertisement regarding admission to UG and PG programmes 2007 in

The Times of India, Bhubaneswar & Guwahati and The Hindustan Time, Ranchi on 30.06.2007

• Advertisement of admission to PG courses in 1. M.Sc. in Microbiology

2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. in The Statesman on 6.10.2004 & 20.07.2005 for two consecutive sessions. d. The admission rules, latest admission position etc. are submitted to

1 The DPI, Govt. of West Bengal, 2 BCW Dept., Govt. of West Bengal, 3 University of Calcutta Handbook. 4 College Website.

2.1.2 How are the students selected for admission to the following courses? Give the cut off percentage for admission at the entry level a) General b) Professional c) Vocational 2.1.2 The students are selected for admission to the UG and PG courses strictly on the basis of merit i.e. marks obtains by the students at the last qualifying examinations. Table No. – 2.2 Table representing cut off marks: Under Graduate: Subject CUT MINIMUM IN NO. Subject CUT MINIMUM IN NO. OFF SUBJECT/Related OF OFF SUBJECT/ OF MARKS Subject SEATS MARKS Related Subject SEATS in Best in Best Five Five CEMA 60% 60% +45% 30 BNGA 50% 45% 65 PHSA 60% (MATHS.) 30 ENGA 50% 45% (Gr. A- 55 MTMA 60% 60% +50% 50 WBCHSE) CMSA 60% (MATHS.) 30 50%(Gr.-B- 60% HINA 50% WBCHSE) 30 ELTA 60% 60% (in 20 55%(CBSE & Physics/Comp. PLSA 50% Others) 65 MCBA 60% Sc.) 30 HISA 50% 45% 55 &60% MATHS GEOA 50% 60%(in Physics) 30 PHIA 50% 45% (taught 35 & 50% in Students) PSYA 50% MATHS 30 JORA 50% 45% do 30 60% (In FNTA 50% Chemistry& 30 SOCA 50% 45% do 30 Biology) ECOA 55% 32 EDCA 55% 50% 50 60% (Bengali/English)

55% (for taught 45% (taught B.Sc. 45% student) 40 B.A. 40% Students) 250 (Gen) (Gen) 50% (Chemistry 50% (taught B.Sc. 45% & Biology) 30 students) Bio(G) 45% +40% (MATHS.) 45% (MATHS. for non-taught)

ACFA 50% 55% (Accounts) 50% Non-Taught – 45% In Math/ 45% in related 225 BBA 55% 30 50% in subjects**

MRTA 50% 45% in Business Business Organization or Math / or Related Business Subject** 150 Economic B.Com 40% (Gen) s and Mathemat ics.

Post Graduate: COURSE Cut off NO. OF Marks in SEATS Best Five Microbiology 50% 25 Computer Science 50% 30 Accounts, Finance & Control 40% 40 Marketing Management 40% 35

Certificate & Diploma Courses COURSE Cut off Marks NO. OF SEATS Course in Communicative English Studentship of the Unlimited (CCE) college Course in JCHNP +2 pass 20 Course in Computers +2 pass 40 ‘O’ level ‘A’ level (PGDSE) Graduate / ‘O’ level pass 20 Partner Institute of IGNOU (Distant Education)

COURSE Cut off Marks NO. OF SEATS BA (UG) +2 pass Unlimited B Com (UG) +2 pass Unlimited BSW (UG) +2 pass Unlimited Education (PG) Graduate Unlimited English (PG) Graduate Unlimited Functional English (Certificate) +2 pass Unlimited

Process of admission in our college is based on the following stages:  First of all students willing to take admission in our college are required to purchase admission form and to submit it within the stipulated time period.  As a second step Merit List is prepared according to the intake capacity and it is publicly put up in the notice board, mentioning merit point against the name of the candidate. The minimum. merit point of each subject is displayed and given to the college website: www.brsnc.com.  Merit point is calculated as best of 4/5 plus subject marks plus marks of one related subject. The cut off marks for admission at the entry level in the

general courses are framed and documented by the admission committee. Total admission process is fully computerised.  As a third step candidates are informed about the respective dates of counselling. The cut off percentages for admission at the entry level in the undergraduate (both Honours and General) and Post Graduate courses are mentioned in the annexure. The whole admission process is fully computerized 2.1.3 How does the Institution ensure transparency in the Admission process?

2.1.3 The institution is proud by ensuring transparency in the admission process through the following mechanism which is well accepted by the society: 1 The admission committee is constituted democratically by the members of the teaching and non-teaching staff and the representative of the student union and approved by Governing Body. 2 The Admission Committee plays an important role in framing a well advance Admission criterion based on the guidelines of the University of Calcutta. The rules framed by the admission committee are distributed to each faculty member, office staff and applicant in the printed form. Wide circulations of admission rules are also hung up on the Notice Board and are given in the Prospectus, College Website. Advertisement for the PG admission is given in the leading newspapers (both Bengali and English). 3 Distribution of Prospectus to the intending candidates and their guardians. 4 Each applicant is given the signed counter foil of admission form bearing the number of the form with date of submission the stamped by the college. This is done to ensure that if by mistake his/her name does not appear in the merit list, he/she can produce the counterfoil to include his/her name in the merit list. 5 Counselling of students by the faculty members of the respective

departments and the Principal of the college. 6 Observance and maintenance of reservation policy according to Govt. of West Bengal.

7 Preparation of merit list along with merit point covering score and its display in the public notice board and website. 8 Reports of admission sent to the Govt. of West Bengal and BCW Dept. 9 Checking and verification by the members of the admission committee about the follow up of the admission procedure. 2.1.4 How do you promote access to ensure equity? a) Students from disadvantaged community b) Women c) Differently-abled d) Economically-weaker sections e) Sports personnel f) Any other (specify) 2.1.4 The institution promotes access to higher education in the last five years and ensures equity in the following way: Table: 2.3 Gender Wise student strength (UG & PG) dt. 31.03 of each year.

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Total 4095 4267 4167 4298 4448 Male 1896 1947 1803 1853 1878 (46.30%) (45.62%) (43.26%) (43.11%) (42.23%) Female 2199 2320 2364 2445 2570 (53.69%) (54.37%) (56.74%) (56.89%) (57.77%)

a) With the target of increasing access in higher education college has gradually increased its accommodation by enhancing number of programme and seat. For example, during the session 2003-04 total numbers of students was 4095 and it increased to 4601 in 2008-09. The figure says a clear rise of access is 12% without compromising the quality. It was made with continuous growth of infrastructure and capacity building. Seats for students from disadvantaged communities are reserved as per Govt. rules. For example, 22% and 6% of the seats are reserved for the SC and ST candidates.

b) Women are not given any special advantage because we see that the neighbourhood is densely populated and there are a large number of girls’ school in the locality. These girls schools are our feeder institution. The percentage of female students in our institution is gradually increasing from 53.69% in 2003-04 to 57.77 % in 2007-08 and almost 60% in 2008-09. c) Physically challenged students having 40% or more of disability as per the medical certificate given by district medical board of govt. health department are admitted subject to the fulfilment of minimum marks. d) Economically weaker sections – There is no relaxation of marks in case of students coming from economically weaker sections. But no student in the merit list is denied admission for non-payment of requisite fee. Special financial assistance is provided to this section of students from the Teachers Council Fund, Students Aid Fund, Donations from Ex- Teachers and Donation from Alumni, funds from Jayanta Memorial and Matri Sangha Janakalyan Samity etc. e) Sports personnel – Any type of sports personnel in the category of State level, National level and University level is given the facility for admission in our institution subject to the fulfilment of minimum marks.

2.2 Catering to Diverse Needs

2.2.1 Is there a provision for assessing the students’ knowledge and skills before the commencement of the programme? If yes, give details on the strategies of the institution to bridge the knowledge gap of the incoming students for enabling them to cope with the programme to which they are enrolled.

2.2.1 Students’ knowledge and skills are assessed through: 1. Classroom interaction 2. Class/Unit Test 3. Tutor-ward interaction. College has introduced a continuous assessment mechanism. With the help of this mechanism it is possible to assess the academically strong and weak students. To bridge the knowledge gap the institution takes some Remedial

and Tutorial Classes, academic and personal counselling, supply of books and handouts. Academic counselling and Tutorial Classes is provided through structured timetable. Teachers are also assisting the students outside the classroom, which is reflected, in the students’ feed back about the role of teachers. 2.2.2 How does the institution identify slow and advanced learners? Give details on the strategies adopted for facilitating slow and advanced learners

2.2.2 The institution identifies slow and advanced learners on the basis of classroom interaction, surprise test, tutor ward interaction, class test, periodical and test examinations. The institution adopts strategies like academic counselling, remedial classes and tutorial classes for facilitating slow learners. The teacher for the slow learner takes special classes including theory and practical so that they can cope up with advanced learners. Advanced learners are encouraged to prepare study materials for class lectures, seminar talk, while the slow learners are motivated through counselling for preparation of questions and answers, consulting the library books and the teachers take library classes on some specific area of the subject. Advanced learners are encouraged to participate in competitive examinations such as in JBNSTS (Jagadis Bose National Science Talent Search) examination, KVPY (Kishore Vaigyanik Protsahan Yojana, funded by DST, Govt.of India) Examination. Advanced learners are also motivated to participate in seminars with some advanced topics beyond syllabus with modern equipment. To sustain their interest advanced learners are given tricky problems and thoughtful essay type questions according to their syllabus. They are also suggested reference books. PG students are given special concentration through summer projects. Teachers also participate in the summer projects of the students in the PG departments of Microbiology, Computer Sc. and Commerce. 2.2.3 Does the institution have a provision for tutorials for the students? If yes, give details.

2.2.3 The institution has a provision for tutorial classes for the students. The tutorial classes are usually held in the months of February to May and are shown in the college timetable. For each honours department at least two (2) tutorial classes are allotted per week which is supposed to be very effective. 2.2.4 Is there a provision for mentoring of students or any similar process? If yes, give details.

2.2.4 Yes, there is a provision for mentoring of students through personal counselling. This is done with utmost sincerity through special counselling in Tutor Ward interaction. 2.2.5 How does the institution cater to the needs of differently- abled students?

2.2.5 The institution caters to the needs of differently-abled students through the arrangement of classes on the ground floor, helping them to have access of books and journals in the library with the assistance of library staff etc. College is arranging for a set of brail books for visually challenged students.

2.3 Teaching -Learning Process

2.3.1 How does the institution plan and organize the teaching-learning and evaluation schedules? (Academic calendar, teaching plan and evaluation blue print, etc.)

2.3.1 The institution is showing its highest sincerity to plan and organise the teaching- learning mechanism as follows: 1 Syllabi of all the UG programme have been revised by C.U. in 2003-04 session and again partially revised in 2005-06/ 2006-07 sessions as per needs the society and market requirements. 2 Accordingly teachers of the respective departments have unitised the syllabi with utmost sincerity in accordance with the Academic Calendar. Total syllabi at the Honours & General level have been segregated paper-wise, quarter-wise (July-Sept, Oct-Dec, Jan-Apr),

examination-wise (Class Test, Periodical, Test) and year wise e.g., Part (I, II, III) wise. The number of lectures required per topic/unit has been mentioned. 3 This Academic Plan including Calendar is distributed among the students at the beginning of the session. 4 Teaching plans are made on the basis of the Academic Calendar. At the end of the class, teachers keep regular record of the topics taught in the classes in their Academic Diaries throughout the year. There is also the provision of checking/verification by the Principal/Senior most teachers of the college regarding progress and whether the teachers maintain the Diaries. It is very important to note that use of academic Diary and necessary assessment thereafter has enhanced the class load of third year class from 16 to 28-30 per week in many departments. 5 Departmental teachers discuss the progress of syllabi and the problems faced by the students. The teachers also look into the slow progress, if any, of the syllabus and rush to complete the syllabus within the stipulated time as mentioned in the Academic Calendar. In the meeting of Academic Sub-committee the progress of syllabi of different departments have been critically analysed by the teachers. If it is observed that the syllabi are not completed within the stipulated lectures framed by the University, the matter is referred to the respective Board of Studies of Calcutta University for redressal. This mechanism is found very effective as manifested by the gradual improvement of result. 6 College also maintain meticulously the Class allotted Class taken ratio. Teaching-Learning process is reflected in the ratio of number of classes allotted & the number of classes taken. The following data reveal these aspects: Table No. 2.4 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Classes 33,146 38,247 41091 34,923 42969 allotted No. of classes 29,647 34,5888 35942 30,767 37503 taken (89.44%) (90.40%) (87.47%) (88.1%) (87.3%)

No. of 247 262 251 257 255 Working Days No. of 207 212 220 184 207 Teaching Days

The data of the last five years show that out of the total classes allotted almost 87-90% of the classes have been performed and the number of teaching days is more than 200 which is higher than the UGC stipulated teaching days of 180 per year. (The fall of teaching days in the academic year 2006-07 is mainly due to holding of assembly elections for which a large number of teaching days has been lost. The college premises in both the campuses had been requisitioned by the Election Commission for the safe keeping of ballots boxes and counting of the ballot for the announcement of results.) Teachers are entitled to 15 days casual leave and 30 days earned leave. But the class performance records show that they take less leave than they could enjoy. Moreover, maternity leave of some women, serious illness of a few faculty members may reduce the percentage but 50% of the faculty members have class performance more than 90% and 80% of the faculty members have class performance more than 80%.

Table No. 2.5 Teaching Performance Session % Share 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 of Teacher Above 90% 41.07% 52.54% 54.93% 48.72% Above 80% 83.93% 86.44% 76.06% 79.49%

Evaluation blue print:

1 Teaching-learning process is supplemented through addressing of Questions of Final years’ Examinations and Model Questions (Question Bank). Students are trained to solve the question papers. Sometimes, the teachers provide the students with Model answers. As per C.U. guidelines the college has introduced four class tests for Honours Students & two tests for General Category students. The class test for each paper is of 25 marks and evaluation of the scripts enables the

teachers to identify the weaknesses of the students. 2 Evaluation schedules are communicated to the students through notification and Academic calendar. Two class tests are taken- one in the month of September & another in the month of January of each academic year at both Honours and General level. Periodical/Pre-test Examinations are held in the month of January, while Test Examinations are held in the month of March for III yr, April for II yr, May for 1st year as per the University guideline. At the college level examination evaluated answer scripts are shown to the students for rectification of errors in the future, thus ensuring quality of answers. Mark sheets are also given to the students by the college. In the Parent-teacher meeting, the results of the examination are analysed for further improvement. Tutorial and counselling classes are arranged in the structured timetable and these are taken by the teachers and recorded. For the 1st -3rd year Honours students’ two (2) tutorial classes each of 45 minutes are allotted and taken per week. Five to six counselling classes of 45 minutes each per week are allotted and a teacher has to take at least one counselling class per day and at least six counselling classes per week. These are the two mechanisms for identifying slow and advanced learners and treating them accordingly. These facilities are available to the students from the month of February to May. Teachers of the different departments take both theoretical and practical classes beyond the routine hours. 2.3.2 What are the various teaching- learning methods (lecture method, interactive method, project-based learning, computer-assisted learning, experiential learning, seminars and others) used by the teachers? Give details. 2.3.2 College has taken leader ship role amongst the institutions under the mother university as well as in the state to make the students totally involved in the

Teaching-learning process. It has adopted wide range of methods to make the process very much effective. Methods are: 1. Lecture method (Chalk and Talk)(All Departments) 2. Case studies & puzzle solving techniques (Commerce, Economics, BBA) 3. Technology enabled Teaching-Learning Method (LCD Projector, OHP & Power Point presentation) (Physics, Chemistry, Geography, Economics, Commerce, Microbiology, Computer Science, Mathematics.) 4. Experimental Techniques for Lab-based subjects (Physics, Chemistry, Microbiology, Electronic Science, Zoology, Computer Science, Journalism, Food & Nutrition, Psychology, Statistics) 5. Industrial visits (Microbiology, Zoology, BBA) 6. Visit to Research Institutes (Microbiology, Computer Science, Electronic Science) 7. Onsite-teaching & field visits (Microbiology, Geography) 8. Demonstration classes as teaching modules (Physics) 9. Internet surfing with Animation (All Departments) 10. Projects guide (Computer Science, Sociology, Education, Journalism, BBA) 11. Organisation of seminar & presentation of paper by the students in and outside the college (All Departments). 12. Summer Training Guide (Physics, Computer Science, Microbiology, Commerce) The shift from traditional to innovative methods make teaching an exciting & interactive exercise. The above methods are used to develop the students’ competitive skill [like gathering information, organisation, presentation & interpretation of data, use of IT for power point presentation & preparation of theses] and to motivate the students to participate in

teaching-learning process. Emphasis has been laid on the interaction with the students during the class time. 2.3.3 How is learning made student-centric? What are the institutional strategies, which contribute to acquisition of life skills, knowledge management skills and lifelong learning?

2.3.3 Institution has Student-centric learning strategies. It has been arranged the strategies such as Experimental techniques, Demonstration of teaching modules with the help of instruments, case studies, exercises, and first hand information from real life situations have been used in the teaching learning process. Some important methodologies for student-centric learning are: 1 Industrial visits for experimental learning by Food & Nutrition, Microbiology, and Commerce etc. 2 Onsite learning (Microbiology, Geography, Psychology, Computer Science, Commerce) 3 Project works by the departments such as Microbiology, Commerce, Computer Science, Physics, Chemistry, Geography, 4 Summer training by Microbiology, Computer Science, Commerce, BBA departments 5 Use of Audio visual aids e.g.; Film as teaching aid for the department English, Film Study, Geography. 6 Promotion & motivation of for preparation of Wall Magazine, College Magazine, 7 Field Work by Geography, Psychology, Commerce, History, Zoology departments, 8 Research Project by the students of Sociology, Economics, Physics, 9 Use of ICT as learning resource by the students of different dept. 10 Organisation of Seminars 11 Presentation of papers by the students in Seminars in and outside the college,

12 Participation of the students in Group Discussion, Debate, other cultural activities, 13 Participation in Mock Parliament by the students of Political Science, Sociology, English etc. 14 Organisation of Interactive platform by different departments, e.g., Bhasa Diwas (Bengali), Hindi Diwas (Hindi) 15 Active participation of the students of Journalism & Mass Communication as reporter in the local News agencies, local electronic media, 16 Summer Training Camp participation, 17 Research Project for the students preparing for post GRE selection. 18 Organisation of Career Fair for the students The institution has adopted the following strategies that can contribute to acquisition of life skills, knowledge management skill & lifelong learning: Internet Browsing Centres with the provision of the following facilities have been set up to promote self-learning: (a) Bandwidth: Four Broadband 512 kbps (b) Local Area Network: 3 LAN in 3 Computer Lab, 1 LAN in Library, 2 set LAN in 2 campuses (c) Use of Internet facility for accessing e-Journals, which are freely available on line. Only one e-Journal (IITE) in the Dept. of Computer Science has been subscribed by the college. (d) Preparation & use of First-Aid Box. (e) Organisation of NCC Camps. (f) Organisation of NSS Activities. (g) Organisation of Games & Sports and Cultural activities for event management. 1 Two language labs have been established for acquiring Communication

Skills through interactive learning. 2 Preparation of lesson modules through computers and their presentation through power-point. 3 Seminars, conferences & workshops have been arranged by the management. Each dept. organises at least two seminars in an academic session (21 seminars were held during 2006-07 & 2007-08 for each year) 4 The college has spent a large amount of money for purchasing Operating System, LCD Projectors, OHP, Educational CDs & DVDs. No. of CDs: 97 as on 26.09.08 5 The college has entered into MOUs with Indian Association for Cultivation of Science (IACS), Institute of Computer Engineers of India (ICE) to organise seminars, technology enabled teaching & learning to give training to student on soft skill & hardware. 6 Entrepreneurship development projects have been arranged by the college to equip life long learning to the students. Dr. Purnendu Roy of Genesis Hospital, Dr. Debashis Bhattacharjee of Disha Eye Hospital, Representatives of District Industrial Centre of Govt. of W.B., and financial institutions, like Industrial Credit Investment Corporation of India (ICICI) have delivered lectures on entrepreneurship development. 2.3.4 How does the institution ensure that the students have effective learning experiences? (Use of modern teaching aids and tools like computers, audio-visuals multi-media, ICT, CAL , Internet and other information /materials)

2.3.4 The students as learners have welcomed the use of modern teaching aids & tools like Computers, LCD, OHP, Power point presentation, internet & other IT materials and are now actively interacting with the teachers, enjoying and benefiting from participatory learning. It can be pointed out that UG and PG students are using modern teaching aids in the presentation of seminars and project

work organised by the departments and the college. The numbers of Computer used are 160, Number of LCD Projectors – 09, No. of OHP – 03, No. of Digital Room – 05, No. of Internet facilities – 78 which are used by the students. 2.3.5 How do the students and faculty keep pace with the recent developments in the various subjects?

2.3.5 The students and faculty keep pace with the recent developments in the various subjects through: 1 Attending/participating seminars, workshop, conferences (UGC, National, International, State, NAAC) organised by our college, other colleges, universities, institutes. In recent occasion college has organised a seminar where Prof. Abhijit Sanyal of Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics delivered lecture on ‘LHC’ on 22 Sept, 2008 and faculty members and students attended. Some faculty members including Principal attended an international seminar organised by Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science, Kolkata. 2 Participation in Refresher Courses & Orientation Programme organised by the Academic Staff College. Organization of  Principal’s Workshop  Projects undertaken by the faculty & the students at the PG level through Internet browsing  Journals, e-Journal facilities availed of the faculty and the students 2.3.6 Are there departmental libraries for the use of faculty and students? If yes, how effectively are they used for the enhancement of teaching and learning?

2.3.6 Yes, there are Departmental Libraries mainly for the students. At present there are 22 departmental libraries in our college. Departmental Libraries are monitored by the Heads of the Dept. along with the Departmental teachers and are effectively used by the students.

[Total no. of books in the Departmental Library –2444 Volume of the books in central library – 30445 No. of students used –4600 (approx) ] The college authority grants Rs. 1,00,000/- for the purchase of library books every year. Table No.2.6 Profile of Departmental Library Depts. No. of Valuation No. of July- Maintenance Whether Books (in Rs.) students Dec of Log Books Audited Jan- June Half yearly Issue & Return Bengali 141 10872 225 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors English 42 5795 165 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Hindi 133 12276 90 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors History 100 16573 150 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Pol. Sc. 113 11020 180 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Education 43 4793 150 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory

Auditors Philosophy 235 90 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Journalism & 124 10262 90 Maintained Up to date Mass Com. Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Film Studies General Department; Books are in the Central Library Economics 109 1929 60 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Sociology 98 10509 90 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Finance & 325 21821 900 Maintained Up to date Accounts Regularly audit (till Marketing Dec 2008) (UG+PG) by Statutory Auditors Chemistry 113 4618 50 Maintained Up to date Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Physics 93 19618 45 Maintained Up to date Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Mathematics 105 29970 125 Maintained Up to date Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Microbiology 76 1795 90 Maintained Up to date Regularly audit (till Dec 2008)

by Statutory Auditors Computer Sc. 117 9090 140 Maintained Up to date Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Electronic Sc. 137 4477 75 Maintained Up to date Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Geography 126 105 Maintained Up to date Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Psychology 97 21417 100 Maintained Up to date Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Zoology General Department; Books are in the Central Library Food & 117 6545 100 Maintained Up to date Nutrition Regularly audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors Bachelor of 38 10116 40 Shared with Economics and Business Commerce and Mathematics Administration

The year 2007 is declared as Library Year by the college when Rs. 1, 00,000/- was spent for purchase of library books for each Dept. 2.3.7 Has the institution introduced evaluation of the teachers by students? If yes, how is the feedback analyzed and implemented for the improvement of teaching?

2.3.7 Yes. We are delighted to inform that the institution has introduced a system of evaluation of the teachers by the students from the year 2000 and subsequently developed after the guideline of NAAC. Our system is well ahead of the instruction given by the NAAC. It is to be noted therefore that

the college has introduced the students’ Feedback system well ahead of the instructions given by NAAC. The feedback from the 3rd yr. outgoing students are taken religiously in the model of conducting examinations through structured questionnaire on different aspects of the college immediately before the filling up of forms in the month of February-March of every year without disclosing their identity. The feedback is analysed by the teachers in the departmental meeting and is recorded. Departmental teachers observe the strengths and the weaknesses of the college and the Dept. and the teachers analyse the suggestion of the students. All there are placed in the form of Reports to the Principal for discussion in the meeting of Academic Subcommittee. In the meeting of Academic Subcommittee these ideas are exchanged between teachers, students and non-teaching staff. New proposals are formed from these exchanged idea and placed before Governing Body. The Governing Body implemented the suggestions referred by the academic sub committee. We can give an example. Students suggested for the appointment of more teaching and non- teaching staff for completion of syllabus & smooth functioning of office, laboratories and libraries. Governing Body considered and accepted the proposal and created 35 teaching and 16 non-teaching posts from the college fund and have filled them up.

2.4 Teacher Quality

2.4.1 How are the members of the faculty selected? Does the college have the required number of qualified and competent teachers to handle all the courses? If not, how does the institution cope with the requirements? 2.4.1 Teachers (Faculty members) are selected according to UGC norms. There is a College Service Commission, recommends teachers for grant-in-

aid colleges. On the basis of their recommendations, the college appoints the teachers. In addition to that, the college appoints full-time unaided teachers on the basis of Selection Committees constituted by the Governing Body of the college. During the last five years, the college appointed 19 teachers on the basis of CSC recommendation and have appointed 33 teachers on the basis of the recommendation of the Selection Committees constituted by the Governing Body. The following table shows the number of substantive posts, the no. of faculty in position and number of vacancies against the courses.

No. of Substantive No. of Teachers in No. of Vacancies teaching Posts in all positions in all subjects subjects 72 + 1# + 1* 51+1# 21 + 1*

1# - Principal, 1* - Librarian It’s seen that here is a gap between the no. of substantive teachers in position and the no. of teachers required for different courses. To bridge the gap, the college has taken steps to create teaching posts in different courses effectively. In the last five years, the college has created 34 teaching posts on full-time contract basis. All the posts have been filled up by appointing teachers according to the recommendations of the expert committee constituted for the purpose. They are paid from the college fund. In addition to that, the college has appointed 54 class basis management appointee teachers obeying UGC qualification and Guest faculties from different universities and institutes. 2.4.2 How does the college appoint additional faculty to teach new programmes/ modern areas of study (Biotechnology, IT, Bioinformatics etc.)? How many such appointments were made during the last three years? 2.4.2 The College prepares the requirement of teachers on the basis of workload and submits application to the DPI for sanctioning additional posts for different courses such as Computer Science, Microbiology, Food & Nutrition, Film Studies, Sociology, Psychology etc.

DPI, Govt. of W.B. from time to time sanctions additional teaching posts on substantive basis depending upon the workloads. The college has appointed nineteen (19) additional faculties on substantive basis on the recommendation of West Bengal College Service Commission (WBCSC) during the last five years to teach new programmes. Apart from these, the college has appointed 33 full-time faculties on the recommendation of the Selection Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the college comprising of External Experts (University teachers), President of the GB, Principal and a nominee of the GB. These full-time faculties are paid from college fund on a scale basis with usual benefits. Further, the college has appointed 54 class basis teachers as per UGC norms and a good number of experienced and highly qualified guest teachers (09) from different Universities and reputed institutions to teach new and traditional subjects. 2.4.3 What efforts are made by the management for professional development of the faculty? (eg: research grants, study leave, deputation to national/ international conferences/ seminars, training programmes, organizing national/ international conferences etc)? How many faculty have availed these facilities during the last three years? 2.4.3 The management of the college has taken different steps for professional development of the faculty in the form of research projects, attending seminars, orientation programme and refresher course, organising seminars and lectures. (Ref. Institutional Input Criterion II 7h ; Page Vol- I)

2.4.4 Give details on the awards/ recognitions received by the faculty during the last five years? 2.4.4 The Governing Body of the college has taken a decision to give recognition to the faculty members on the basis of their performances. Implementation process is going on. 2.4.5 How often does the institution organize training programmes for the faculty in the use of? a) Computers

b) Internet c) Audio Visual Aids d) Computer-Aided Packages e) Material development for CAL, multi-media etc. 2.4.6 The institution organises training programmes for the faculty in the use of Computers, Internet, Audio Visual Aids, Computer-Aided Packages, Material development for CAL, multi-media etc. are shown in the following table. Table No. Title of Workshop Resource Person (s) Date of Participants Workshop Technology Enable Prof. Marmar 26th & 27th Faculty Teaching & Mukhopadhyay, February 2004 Members of Learning Joint Director, the college. NEIPA, N. Delhi Prof. Kalyan Dutta & Prof. Samar Bhattacharya, Jadavpur University, Calcutta University, DDPI, Govt. of W.B. Computer Mr. Aritra Roy 2004-05 Teaching and Awareness Among Chowdhury, M/S Non- teaching the Existing Cella Syatems Staff of the Teaching and Non- College. Teaching Staff Staff Improvement Dr. Dilip Sarkar, Jt. 11.04.2006 Programme DPI, Govt of W.B Dr. Swapna Office Staff of Banerjee, Reader of the college. Library Science, C.U. Sri S.K. Barua, Asst. Register, C.U. Sri S.K. Chakraborty, Bursar, Selection Grade Lecture, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College.

Use of Library Dr. P.K. Choudhury, 18.12.07 Both Teaching Former DPI & and Non- Former Member Teaching Staff

Secretary, WBSCHE of the college. & Dr. Swapna Banerjee, Reader of Library Science, C.U. Faculty Prof. Sunil Gandhi 23.10.2008 Both Teaching Development of Kalyani & and Non- Programme for University & Sri 24.10.2008. Teaching Staff Teaching & Non- Debiprasad of the college. Teaching Staff”. Bhattacharyay of Date of Barrackpore Programme Rastraguru Surendranath College.

2.5 Evaluation Process and Reforms

2.5.1 How are the evaluation methods communicated to the students and other institutional members? 2.5.1 The Evaluation method are communicated to the students & other institutional members through i) Official notices circulated to both Teachers & Students ii) Class notices are served in each class. iii) Prospectus The Evaluation methods consist of: Written Exam, Oral Exam, Interaction with the students, tests, assignments etc. The evaluated answer scripts are shown to each of the students by the departmental teachers, pointing out the correct answer and mistakes and shortcoming of their answers. The teachers also suggest the points to be covered to address the question. Follow up actions [such as giving students some assignments, cheeking & evaluating the assignments till the final corrected forms are obtained] are taken by the Departmental Teachers. 2.5.2 How does the institution monitor the progress of the students and communicate it to the students and their parents?

2.5.2 The institution monitor the progress of the students through the class tests, home assignments etc and communicate this to the students & their parents in the meeting of the Parents-Teachers Association (Department wise) usually held in the month of February of every academic year. In addition to that, feedbacks & opinions of parents, teachers & students are utilised to monitor the progress. After the publication of result of Class Test, Periodical & Test Exam, Progress Report are given to the students who are asked to inform & counter sign their parents/ guardians. 2.5.2 What is the mechanism for redressal of grievances regarding evaluation? 2.5.3 The mechanism for redressal of grievances regarding evaluation is through: a) Showing evaluated answer scripts to the students to find out their weaknesses; b) Showing that the answers given by a student does not in conformity with the question to be addressed & also pointing out the correct answers and showing the text and reference book for constitutions; c) Students are assured that in the future the teachers will evaluate the answer of the questions at a regular interval of time, as and when demanded by the students. 2.5.3 What are the major evaluation reforms initiated by the institution/affiliating University? How does the institution ensure effective implementation of these reforms? 2.5.4 The major evaluation reforms are initiated by the institution /affiliating University through changes in curriculum & Reforms in Examinations patterns in order to evaluate the depth of student’s knowledge, skill, aptitude to problem solving, ability to communicate etc. To do this, the college along with the C.U. takes part in the revision of curriculum / syllabus at the U.G. level and directly at the P.G. level Computer Science, Micro-biology, Commerce. In all the disciplines (subjects), the syllabi have been revised from 2002 and again in 2005 at the

UG level and the PG departments of Computer Science, Micro-biology, Commerce have revised their syllabi in 2008 and it will be effective from 2009-2010 session on semester basis. There has also been a reform in the examination pattern. The evaluation method of organising examination on Annual basis has been changed to Class Tests, Periodical and Test Examination. The college maintains continuous evaluation system which is a unique feature of the college. Along with this, University level examination is taken. The conventional long answer type questions have been substituted for objective type (short type), medium and long question type by the University of Calcutta and our college is ensuring for effective implementation. The college is using MCQ technique in the class test to evaluate the depth of knowledge of the students with respect to a particular topic, thus making them prepared for employability in future, which is in conformity with the core values state by NAAC.

2.6 Best Practices in Teaching -Learning Process

2.6.1 Detail any significant innovations in teaching/learning/evaluation introduced by the institution? 2.6.1 Teaching Faculty- Qualified and competent faculty; good teacher student ratio, facilitating counselling. Admission Policies – Transparent admission obeying reservation rules of Govt. of W.B. Teaching Plan –Well-designed and well distributed teaching plan and academic calendar; competence of teachers in using different methods; maintenance of academic diaries. Academic Strength- Blend of middle aged and experience with young and energetic faculty members; harmony and cooperation among teachers, students, non-teaching staff, parents and management; fair and transparent requirement policies.

Use of Learning Resources by teachers and students-use of library, online journal, use of Internet. Teaching process- Combination of lecture method with modern computer learning method such as use of LCD projector, Power Point presentation, Audio-Visual presentation; use of multi cornered feedback to improve teaching and learning, experimental techniques, field visit, visits to research labs. Evaluation system-Policy of internal assessment –holding of Unit test, Pre test, Test Examination and University level examination; transparency in evaluation; framing of question bank; assistance to students to face terminal examination through academic counselling, remedial classes, mentoring.

Additional Information for Re-accreditation: 1. What were the evaluative observations made under Teaching – Learning and Evaluation in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon? A) Observation of the NAAC peer team: “Professors/ experts from other University may be invited to give lectures, seminars for students and the teachers” Response: To fulfil the recommendation college made arrangement for the visit of the eminent teachers from outside institutions. Accordingly Professors and experts from Calcutta University, Kalyani University, Jadavpur University, Burdwan University and other Institutions like Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Bose Institute, Indian Association for the Cultivation Science (IACS) and others are invited regularly by almost all departments as resource persons before teachers and students. B) Observation of the NAAC peer team: “The shortage of full time teachers is compensated by engagement of Part Time teachers. Approximately 60% of the classes are taught by full time faculty.”

Response: i ) At present our full time faculty members stands at 51 in stead of 46 (last visit) ii) College Governing Body has created 35 fulltime permanent vacancies and all have been duly filled up strictly maintaining UGC norms. iii) Consequently at present 80% of the classes are taught by fulltime teachers. (Detail will be placed during visit)

2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Teaching-Learning and Evaluation? Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution are the following: 1 Vigilance for transparent and equity based Admission process; 2 Introduction of New academic programmes and innovation in curricular design. 3 Sustenance of more than 200 teaching days in excess of UGC norms [180 days]; 4 Introduction of Academic Diaries as a follow up measure to maintain the Unitisation of Syllabi in accordance with the Academic Calendar; 5 Holding of 88-90% class out of the allotted classes by the teachers and guest faculties; 6 Use of seminar as a learner centric teaching learning process; 7 Strict monitoring of the students’ attendance by sending communication to guardians/Parents Meeting by the departmental teachers; 8 Introduction of assessment of teachers by the students through multi cornered feed back on the basis of criteria suggested by the NAAC; 9 Use of digital classroom with technology enabled teaching-learning

aids; 10 Holding of tutorial class for all students; 11 Holding of remedial classes for differently able students; 12 Academic Counselling through structured Time Table; 13 Monitoring academic growth of slow and advancer learner through introduction of Tutor-Ward System; 14 Holding seminars and workshop by the departments regularly with the support of Experts from reputed Institutions; 15 Introduction of project work based teaching learning; 16 Introduction of small research project within curriculum of PG and UG programmes; 17 Open access to the library; 18 Holding of library class with the assistance of departmental teachers; 19 Purchase of more text and reference books in the central library and departmental library as recommended by the Peer Team; 20 Large expansion of laboratory space with modern equipments and supply of adequate chemicals, reagents etc.; 21 Motivation of the faculty members for participation in Refresher Course and Orientation Programme, Seminars, Workshop, Conferences, research work and publication; 22 Introduction of institutional continuous evaluation process by holding of Class Test, Centralized Class Test (Periodical) and Test Examination and interaction with the examinees and guardians as a method towards quality enhancement; 23 Effective examination mechanism with a performance of 88-90% invigilation duties by the faculty members followed by timely publication of college result and giving Progress Report to the students;

24 Encouragement for creative work through publication of departmental Wall Magazine, different departmental programmes on regular basis; All the activities pursued in this criterion are in tune with the vision, mission and objectives of the institution on the one hand and the core values enunciated by the NAAC on the other hand.

Criterion III: Research, Consultancy and Extension

3.1 Promotion of Research

3.1.1 Is there a Research Committee to facilitate and monitor research activity? If yes, give details on its activities, major decisions taken (during last year) and composition of the Committee. 3.1.1 The NAAC Peer team in its first visit of accreditation in 2002 suggested the need for improving research activities in the college. To gear up the research activities a Research Monitoring Cell was set up on 29th April 2004. The activities of the Research Monitoring Cell are: 1 Motivating the teachers and the students to undertake research work 2 Providing adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research activities The major decisions or action plans taken during the last five years are: 1 Involvement of more teachers in minor research projects in their areas of specialization 2 Motivating the teachers for Registration in M.Phil. / Ph.D. programmes 3 Conducting International / National / State / Regional level Workshops / Seminars / Conferences. 4 Publications of articles / papers in leading journals including web journals. 5 Undertaking collaborative research programmes 6 Monitoring, reviewing and encouraging research activities of the faculty members and the PG students periodically. 7 Proposal of Research Monitoring Cell for allotment of funds in the budget of the college for conducting research work by the full time faculty members appointed by the college. 8 Proposal for tie-up with Indira Gandhi National Open University for carrying out research as the college is a partner institution of IGNOU.

9 Proposal for subscription for e-journals by the college Composition of the Research Monitoring Cell: Principal as the Chairman of the Cell A senior most faculty as the Convenor of the Cell Five senior teachers as the members of the Cell Secretary to the Teachers’ Council as member of the Cell 3.1.2 How does the institution promote faculty participation in research? (providing seed money, research grants, leave , other facilities) 3.1.2 The College promotes and encourages faculty participation in research through providing research grants, monetary facilities, leave and other facilities such as laboratories facility, Internet facility, research and e- journal facility and facilities modern equipment like HPLC, PCR, Spectrophotometer software, Hardware etc. The research grants have been sanctioned by UGC as Minor Research Projects. The position of faculty participation in research is given below: Table No. 3.1

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007- 2008-09 (up 08 to 31.12.08) No. of faculty members engaged 21 16 17 20 12 21 in Research activities: Amount of Research

Grant 4,36,559 5,26,559 1,49, 200 5,40,643 56,481 61,718+ received *2,50000/- from UGC (in Rs.) Research Nil 5,00,000 Nil /Seed (For money Development Grants of received Microbiology from MP Dept.)

Lad (in Rs.) No. of A research worker is allowed to leave the college for research work as leaves per the schedule: granted i) One day working off per week, to ii) One day 75-80 % working off per week, research iii) One day 45-50 % working off per week workers iv) Two months leave for writing of Thesis, v) One- Two week leave for paper presentation or similar Research Activity. * College funded MRP 3.1.3 Does the institutional budget have a provision for research and development? If yes, give details. 3.1.3 The institution provides funds in the budget for the provision for research and development. Year-wise allotment of funds in the budget are given below: Table No. 3.2

Research & Development 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 Budget Provision (in Rs.) 50,000 1,00,000 2,50,000 3.1.4 Does the institution promote participation of students in research activities? If yes, give details. 3.1.4 The institution promotes participation of students in research activities. The curriculum of the PG course was so designed that the students are motivated for future research activities. Our plan for such promotion of research activities seems to be successful as a very good number of our alumni are engaged in active research work. In practice, all Post Graduate students of Microbiology of last three years have done their summers projects in reputed institutes like Bose Institute, Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Indian Institute on Cultivation of Science, Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute, Microbiology Dept. of BRSN College, Sammilani Mahavidyalaya and Bijaygarh Jyotish Roy College and have submitted their project reports in the Dept. of Microbiology of the College. All of Post Graduate students of the Department of Computer Science of last two years have done their project works in institutes like Indian

Statistical Institute, Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics and Bengal Engineering and Science University and submitted their project report in the Dept. of Computer Science, of the College. 64 Post Graduate students of Commerce Dept. of the last year have done their projects in such institutes as Anandalok Hospital, Sharp Industries, Dept. of Post & Telegraph, Eureka Forbes, Banks, etc and submitted their project report in the Dept. of Commerce of the College. The Grand Viva of these students was taken by the eminent faculty members of the Universities & institutes, e.g.; Prof. Arabinda Bhattacharya, Prof. Ananda Mohan Paul, Dept. of MBM, Calcutta University, Dr. Malayendu Saha and Dr. Tanupa Chakraborty, Dept. of Commerce, Calcutta University, Dr. Ishita Lahiri, Head of the Dept. of Marketing, Kalyani University, Dr. Sunil Gandhi and Dr. Satyajit Dhar, Dept. of Commerce, Kalyani University. 3.1.5 What is the major research facilities developed on the campus? 3.1.5 As a major UG college with few autonomous PG courses, college has developed following research facilities:

• Arrangement of separate Laboratory space for research work,

• Subscription of some Research Journals, e-Journals,

• Arrangement of some modern equipments e.g., HPLC, PCR, Gel Doc Trans-illuminator, Spectrophotometer, computer hardware, software etc.

• Arrangement of Internet facility,

• Motivation of research by funding from college fund,

• Accommodation of time for research activity,

• Motivation of collaborative research activity, 3.1.6 Give details of the initiatives taken by the institution for collaborative research (with national/ foreign Universities/ Research/Scientific organisations / Industries / NGOs) 3.1.6 College has taken different initiatives for collaborative research e. g;

• Motivation for joint project with University teachers,

• MOU with some internationally reputed institutes like IACS, ISI,

• Membership for Indo Canadian Studies,

• Collaborative activities with faculty members of JNU, Assam University a Central University, Kalyani University

• Faculty Members are working as co-guide of PhD and M. Phil of different Universities like Jadavpur University, Annamalai University, Kalyani University.

3.2 Research and Publication Output

3.2.1 Give details of the research guides and research students of the institution (Number of students registered for Ph.D. and M. Phil., fellowship/scholarship, funding agency, Ph.Ds and M.Phils awarded during the last five years, major achievements, etc.,) 3.2.1 Teachers from the Dept. of Microbiology, Economics, Mathematics, Physics, Geography are functioning as co-guides for Ph.D/M.Phil.

1 Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, HOD, Microbiology in collaboration with Prof. Subrata Pal, VC Burdwan University is performing as co guide of Ph.D. degree of Sri Sandip Banerjee, a research worker in the project entitled “ Isolation and characterization of nitrogen fixing bacteria from different agricultural fields of North 24 Parganas District, West Bengal” 2 Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee, HOD, Dept. of Physics is acting as Guide of Ph.D. thesis of i)Sri Swaymbhoo Mitra, Lecturer in Physics on project entitled, “Theoretical Investigation of the Magnetic Properties and Specific Heat of Rare Earth Inter- metallics” ii) Sri Dhurjati Prasad Saha, Assistant teacher on the project entitled, “Substitutional Effect of Transition Metals in Rare Earth Inter- metallics” 1. Dr. Anjan Majumder, Reader, Dept. of Economics is working as guide of Ph.D. degree of Indrajit Banerjee, Faculty, Magnus Institute of

Management, WBUT on the project entitled “Foreign Direct Investment, India’s Economic Growth & Sectoral Imbalance during the Post Liberalisation Period” at West Bengal University of Technology. 2. Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee, Reader, Dept. of Economics is acting as guide of M.Phil degree of i) Sri Rupam Mukherjee, Lecturer in Economics on the project entitled “Crop Insurance– A case study in West Bengal, to Annamalai University, Tamilnadu ii) Sri Biswajit Dey, Senior Lecturer in Commerce on the project entitled “Role of Cooperative Bank in the functioning of Self-Help Group-A study in the dist. Of Nadia, West Bengal” and the project has been submitted to Annamalai University on 28th August 2008. iii) Sri Galive Iqubal, Lecturer in Commerce on the Project entitled “A Study of Productivity of Labour in Jute Industry with special reference to North 24 Parganas” at Annamalai University 3. Dr. Sarbari Ghosh, Reader, Dept. of Mathematics is working as co- guide of Ph.D. degree of Sri Subhra Chatterjee on the project entitled “Application of Multivariate Technique and Stochastic Modelling in Identification of Pre-monsoon Convective Development” at Jadavpur University. 3.2.2 Give details of the following: a) Departments recognized as research centres b) Faculty recognized as research guides c) Priority areas for research d) Ongoing Faculty Research Projects (minor and major projects, funding from the Government, UGC, DST, CSIR, AICTE, Industry, NGO or International agencies) e) Ongoing Student Research Projects (title, duration, funding agency, total funding received for the project). 3.2.2 Details of the following are: a) Dept recognized as research centre – Microbiology b) Faculty recognized as research guide – Five (5) c) Priority areas for research:

Dept of Microbiology is associated with the research work in the thrust area like  Development of better bacterial strains with phosphate solubilizing properties, good nitrogenase and other economically and commercially important enzyme activities with the perspective to produce bio fertilizers  Isolation and characterization of petroleum degrading bacteria from soil samples. Dept of Economics is associated with the research work in the thrust area like Crop- insurance, Microcredit, Labour Productivity in Industry, Foreign Direct Investment. Dept of Physics is associated with the research work in the thrust area like Magnetic property speculation of different metal complexes, Magnetic Properties and Rave Earth inter Metallics. Dept of Mathematics is associated with the research work in the thrust area like Pre-monsoon Convective Development d) Ongoing faculty research projects (minor and major) 21(Twenty-one) Twelve (12) Faculty Members on Minor Research Projects and Nine (9) Faculty Members doing Research Work under the guidance of faculties of different Universities. The project entitled on ‘Participatory rural development through Biotechnology and other agro based technology ‘ funded by MP-LAD done by Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, Dept of Microbiology in collaboration with Prof Subrata Pal, (former Dean of science, Jadavpur University & present Vice Chancellor, Burdwan University) and Prof Dipak Bagchi former Vice Chancellor, Bidhan Chandra Krishi Viswavidyalaya has been completed.

e) Ongoing student projects – Dept. of Microbiology 20 Post Graduate students of Microbiology Dept. of Computer Science 24 Post Graduate students of Computer Sc. Dept. of Commerce 64 Post Graduate students of Commerce Dept. Dept. of Computer Science 28 of Under Graduate students of Computer Sc. Department of Microbiology

Name of the Name of the Title of the Duration Funding Total Student Guide projects of the Agency funding project received for the project Sandip Kr. Dr. Swati Isolation and Three MPLAD Rs. Bandhyapadhyay Roy Characterization Years & MRP 6,00,000/- Gangopadhya of better UGC (Approx) yielding strength of free living nitrogen fixing bacteria by induced mutation and it application in Plant Growth Promotion 3.2.3 What are the major achievements of the research activities of the institution (findings contributed to subject knowledge, to the Industry needs, community development, patents etc.)? 3.2.3 Department of Microbiology has isolated and characterized nitrogen fixing bacterial strains from local agricultural fields with tremendous potentials to solubilize inorganic phosphate. It grows very well in starch containing medium and can produce and secrete amylase. The strains are already applied in Pot Culture. If our Pot Culture result shows any significant achievement then the strains will be applied in the local agricultural field with a perspective to produce by Bio fertilizers for better crop production and to minimize pollution and heavy metal toxicity hazards of chemical fertilizers. 3.2.4 Are there research papers published in refereed journals by the faculty? If yes, give details for the last five years including citation index and impact factor.

3.2.4 Yes. Refer item no.3.2.5 3.2.5 Give list of publications of the faculty. a. Books b. Articles c. Conference/Seminar Proceedings d. Course materials (for Distance Education) e. Software packages or other learning materials f. Any other (specify) 3.2.5 List of Publications of the Faculty: 100+ (Detail will be shown at the time of visit)

3.3 Consultancy

3.3.1 List the broad areas of consultancy services provided by the Institution during the last five years (free of cost and/or remunerative). Who are the beneficiaries of such consultancy? 3.3.1 College teachers are participating in different consultancy services e.g.; Services Beneficiaries Identification of Specialised jobs eg., Control of Society vector borne diseases as malaria, leishmania, fileria etc. College teachers have taken some initiative to control such vector borne diseases in the community through developing a system of biological control of vectors and also applying suitable pesticides in the diseased prone area. Proliferation of Open Source Operating system Local Teaching Members Thalassaemia Eradication programme Society Eradication of Arsenic Poisoning Society Different Training programmes Students and Society. Preparation of syllabus & curriculum of different Students and Society subject of other universities In addition to the above, the faculty members of the College provided consultancy services to the School Service Commission and West Bengal Board of Secondary Education, West Bengal Higher Secondary Council, by participation as paper setter, moderator, Head Examiners and Examiners. The beneficiaries are State Level Regional School Service commission and its constituents and West Bengal Board of Secondary Education and its constituents.

3.3.2 How does the institution publicize the expertise available for consultancy services? 3.3.2 During the discussions between the Principal and the faculty members with different organizations (Sub Divisional Office, Municipalities, Local Schools, Ichapure Rifle Factory, Alumni, Physicians and Society Persons) information on expertise for consultancy services develop and the institution tries to utilise the expertise in association with different organization of the society. 3.3.3 How does the institution reward the staff for the consultation provided by them? 3.3.3 The College recognizes and appreciates the expertise rendered by different stakeholders in the meetings of Academic Sub committee, Teachers’ Council, Governing Body etc. 3.3.4 How does the institution utilize the revenue generated through consultancy services? 3.3.4 Institution utilise the revenue generated through consultancy for development work. For example, the fund earned by the Career development cell is used for infrastructural development.

3.4 Extension Activities

3.4.1 How does the institution promote the participation of students and faculty in extension activities? (NSS, NCC, YRC and other NGOs) 3.4.1 Yes NSS unit: Extension activities :

• Adoption of ward no 17 of the Barrackpore Municipality,

• Collaborative work with a private organization named Barrackpore Avenue Women’s Cultural and Social Welfare organization to deal with the problems of the street children, 2003-2006

• Donation of books, exercise books, pencils, black boards and garments to the street children, Imparting Teaching by NSS cadets to the street children and making campaign for clean, 2003-2006

• Development of Green environment of campus and local area through

plantations from 2001-till date

• Health awareness programme among college students in each year to make the students aware of general health problem and how to fight against them from 2000- till date.

• Programme in association with an NGO: Thoughtshop Foundation, Kolkata on Anti-AIDS/HIV awareness programme with the Thoughtshop of Foundation, Kolkata, Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd. and State AIDS Prevention and control society Govt. of W.B. and has undertaken extension activities with the local schools and has been awarded Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort in the session 2004-05.

• Awareness programme on Consumer Rights with the assistance of Consumer Protection Forum, Govt. of W.B. on 21.03.2006.

• Participation in a seminar on Global Appal on End Stigma and Discrimination against people affected by Leprosy on National Leprosy Day (30.01.2006) at Science City Kolkata.

• Organisation of Blood Donation Camp on annual basis with the assistance of B.N. Bose Hospital,

• Formation of a Voluntary Blood Donors’ Club, which has been inaugurated by Sri Buddhadev Bhattacharya, Hon’ble Chief Minister of West Bengal on 22.09.2007.

• Organisation of World AIDS Day (1st December) in every academic year,

• Participation of students of Economics, Geography and Sociology, in association with Barrackpore Municipality through a survey on General Health, Education and Municipal Services of 9 Municipal wards and submitted their reports to the Barrackpore Municipality,

• Project of cleaning, arranging and bar-coding of library books,

• Distribution of Micro Saving Boxes among the students of the college

to generate the funds for community services NCC unit activities:

• Observance of parades on Republic day every year by large number of NCC cadets under 48 Bengal Battalion,

• Participation of NCC cadets in Law and Order Management during festival days,

• Performed several training camp (8), National Integration Camp, All India Gujrat Trek Camp, and Army Attachment camp in Assam Regiment II and firing practices at Kote and Kancharapara etc.

• Development of Green environment of campus and local area through plantations from 2001-till date,

• Guard of Honour to the Guests like Vice-Chancellors and Pro Vice Chancellors, Ministers, MP, MLA etc. Centre for Thalaseamia Eradication: In collaboration with Indian Red Cross Society, Barrackpore subdivision, the college has set up the Centre for Thalaseamia Eradication in depts. of Microbiology for the detection and screening of careers for beta thallasaemia. HPLC machine for analysing the variant form of adult haemoglobin has been installed. The schools and college students from Belghoria to Kanchrapara of the dist of 24 pgs (North) can avail of this facility at lower cost than any non- Government diagnostic centre in Kolkata. The doctors and the teachers of this college will counsel the detected careers for beta thalassaemia. 3.4.2 What are the outreach programmes organized by the institution? How are they integrated with the academic curricula? 3.4.2 The institution organised the following outreach programmes: 1 Programme on Anti-AIDS/HIV awareness with the local Schools of Barrackpore Municipality. 2 Out reach programme with the help of physician and medical practitioners catering to the needs of the society.

3 Workshop on Plus Two level Mathematics for School Teachers organised by the Dept. of Mathematics. 4 Workshop on open source software on Computer Learning for the Teachers of the Schools of Barrackpore Subdivision. 5 Workshop on Commerce on Application of Computer in Business, 6 Survey of the Municipal area on the issues like Municipal service, Health, Education etc. 3.4.3 How does the institution promote college-neighborhood network in which students acquire attitude for service and training, contributive to community development? 3.4.3 The institution promotes college-neighbourhood network through organising Outreach Programmes and Extension Activities such as 1 Survey On General Health Education and Municipal Services 2 Donation of books, exercise books, pencils, black boards and garments to the street children, Imparting Teaching by NSS to the street children and made campaign for clean campus 3 Adoption of Ward No. 17 at Barrackpore Municipality through the involvement of college students 4 Organization of Mock Parliament 5 Organization of motivation and training programmes for Eradication of Thalassaemia 6 Organization of Blood Donation camp 7 Distribution of Micro-Savings Boxes 8 Formation of Voluntary Blood Donors Club 9 Observance of parades on Republic day by NCC cadets 10 Participation of NCC cadets in Law and Order Management during festival days 11 Survey on identification of dropout of Primary School Children and Children not going to primary school in a ward of Barrackpore Municilpality.

These programmes are organized by the college involving the students. These help the students to acquire attitude for service and training, contribution to community development. 3.4.4 What are the initiatives taken by the institution to have a partnership with University / Research institutions / Industries / NGOs etc. for extension activities? 3.4.4 The initiatives taken by the Institution are 1 Partner Institution (BRSC College) of IGNOU under the convergence scheme of ODL and conventional system 2 Joint Venture with Red Cross Society an International Organisation 3 MOUs with Institute of Computer Engineers of India (ICEI) 4 MOUs with JETKING 5 MOUs with Institute of Cost & Works Accountants of India (ICWA) 6 MOUs with Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science (IACS)

7 MOUs with Technable Solutions 3.4.5 How has the local community benefited by the institution? (Contribution of the institution through various extension activities, outreach programmes, partnering with NGOs and GOs) 3.4.5 The local community has been benefited through the various extension activities and outreach programmes arranged by the Institution in the following area.

1 Software and Hardware Courses for the students; 2 Jobs and Placements in different organisations; 3 Garments and teaching aids for the street children; 4 Facilities of blood in times of emergency; 5 Facility of blood testing of individuals of Barrackpore Subdivision as a support service for Thalassaemia eradication;

6 Making the society aware of the dangers of AIDS/HIV; 7 New Methodology of Teaching Mathematics at plus two level; 8 Making the neighbouring schoolteachers aware of the use of Open Source operating system (free software movement) as an

alternative to Microsoft. 3.4.6 How has the institution involved the community in its extension activities? (Community participation in institutional development, institution- community networking etc.) 3.4.6 The institution has actively involved the community in its various extension programmes by arranging a meaningful participatory role and motivating them with help of socially committed people. 1 Collaboration with the Barrackpore Municipality Personnel to plant trees; 2 Conducted survey on General Health, Education and Municipal Services in association with Municipality; 3 Collaboration with Indian Red Cross Society (Barrackpore Branch) to set up a centre for Thalassaemia Eradication; 4 Organised programmes to spread the awareness of the dangers of AIDS/HIV among the students of the neighbouring schools 5 Organised awareness programme on Consumer Rights involving Consumer Protection Forum, Govt. of West Bengal 6 Organised workshop on Staff Improvement programme involving Joint Director of Public Instruction, Reader, Dept. of Library Science, Asst. Registrar of Calcutta University 7 Organised “Health Awareness Programme Among The College Students” involving well-known and distinguished medical practitioners of the society. 3.4.7 Any awards or recognition received by the faculty / students / Institution for the extension activities? 3.4.8 Awarded Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort in the session 2004-05 by Thoughtshop Foundation, Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd. and State AIDS Prevention Control Society, Govt. of West Bengal for NSS activities of the students of the college.

3.5 Collaborations

3.5.1 Give details of the collaborative activities of the institution with the following organizations: o local bodies/ community o State o National o International o Industry o Service sector o Agriculture sector o Administrative agencies o Any other (specify) 3.5.1 The institution has under taken collaborative activities with the following organisations 1 Local community, through out reach and extension activities 2 National organisations, through seminars, research, workshop, conferences, UGC activities 3 International organisations, through seminars, research, workshop, conferences and linkages with Sherbrooke University, Canada as part of IACS programme led by Prof. Fernando Ouellet. 4 Industries, like HCL and Jetking

5 Agricultural sector through Participatory Rural Development Programme through Biotechnology and other agro-based technology in collaboration with Prof S. K. Pal, former Dean, Science, Jadavpur University, Prof Dipak Bagchi, former Vice Chancellor, Bidhan Chandra Krishi Viswavidyalaya and Dept. of Microbiology, BRSC, funded under MP LADS. 3.5.2 How has the institution benefited from the collaboration? (a) Curriculum development (b) Internship (c) On-the-job training (d) Faculty exchange and development (e) Research (f) Consultancy (g) Extension (h) Publication (i) Student Placement

3.5.2. The institution has benefited from the collaboration in the following areas:  Curriculum Development- During the revision and updating of curricula expert opinion from the eminent scientist, Professors, Academicians from reputed Institute are gratefully received. Direct assistances from some of these experts in taking theoretical and practical classes have been obtained.  The college has received the benefits from the experts of Institute of English, Kolkata, in the design and development of the curricula of Communicative English  On the CSIR Foundation Day our students get invitation to visit the reputed scientific laboratories of the CSIR institutes like Indian Institute of Chemical Biology and can avail of the opportunities to see the running experiments and interact with the scientists, and research scholars.  As part of curricula our students can get the opportunities to visit different industries like Metro diary, Mother dairy, East India Pharmaceuticals etc and different laboratories of different reputed industries.  Internship – College received the benefits from Bose Institute, Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, School of Tropical Medicine, Chittaranjan Cancer Research Hospital, Universities of Calcutta, Jadavpur, Kalyani and Burdwan, Indian Statistical Institute, Bengal Engineering and Science University, Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics, Anandalok Hospital, Sharp Industries, Dept of Post and Telegraph, to name a few for giving the facility of summer projects and dissertation works of post graduate students.  On the job training - Job training is done by TATA Johnson Automotive limited, WEBEL Infovision for medical transcription, Hero Mind Mine, CTS etc

 Research-Dr. Madhumita Maitra, Dept. of Microbiology has been doing the research work on “Isolation and Characterization of a Microbial Culture to be used as Probiotic” in collaboration with Prof. Ranjana Choudhury, HOD, Dept of Chemical Engineering, Jadavpur University and the Dept. is benefited by getting the expert suggestions, lab trainings, instruments, chemicals and library facilities through the collaborating research.  Consultancy- Received from Dr Purnendu Roy, eminent Physician, and a successful entrepreneur of Genesis Hospital, Kolkata, Dr. Debashis Bhattacharya, Founder of Disha Eye Hospital, Sri Aritra Roy Choudhury, of CELLA system, Chairman of School Service Commission, Mr. Dipanjan Saha, Sr. Manager, CTS (22/02/08) on “New Trends in Career Options & Their Impact on Society”.  Extension - In collaboration with Indian Red Cross Society, Barrackpore Sub division, the college has set up the Centre for Thalassaemia Eradication in the Dept. of Microbiology for the detection and screening of careers for beta thalassaemia. HPLC machine for analysing the variant form of adult haemoglobin has been installed. The schools and college students from Barrackpore Subdivision can avail of this facilities at much less cost than any non- govt diagnostic centre in Kolkata. The doctors and the teachers of this college will counsel the detected careers for beta thalassaemia.  Publication - See item no. 3.2.5 (Annexure Enclosed)  Students Placement- students got jobs in CTS, WIPRO, GENPACT, DABUR, INFOSIS, E.MERCK, Milliipore, Albert David, Electro Steel, ICICI Prudential, Glaxo Smithclime, Tech Mihindra, ITC, India Foils etc 3.5.3 Does the institution have any MoU/MoC / mutually beneficial agreements signed with . Other academic institutions

. Industry . Other agencies 3.5.3 The institution has MOUs with: 1 Other Academic Institution – Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science 2 Industry – HCL, Jetking, Institute of Computer Engineers of India

3.6 Best Practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension

3.6.1 What are the significant innovations / good practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension activities of the institution? 3.6.1 Best Practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension 1 A sizeable number of teachers are engaged in research work and publication of papers in reputed journals. Refer name of the journals 2 Provision of seed money in the College Annual Budget. 3 Teachers’ enthusiastic participation in Faculty Improvement Programmes. 4 Participation of faculty members in seminars, workshop, and conferences at the State, National and International Levels. 5 Extension lecture by outstanding personalities- Rastraguru Surendranath Bandyopadhyay Memorial Lecture by Sri Sunil Gangopadhyay, eminent litterateur and president, Sahitya Academy. 6 Project work by UG level students of Sociology & Geography and Post Graduate students of Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce. 7 Encouragement of faculty to offer consultancy. 8 Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort award received by the NSS students given by the Thoughtshop Foundation Kolkata, Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd. and State AIDS Prevention and Control Society, Govt. of W. Bengal. 9 NCC cadets awarded excellent (A) in “B” and “C” certificate examination, 2008.

Additional information for Re-accreditation 1. What were the evaluative observations made under Research, Consultancy and Extension in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon? Though the NAAC peer team in their first assessment report made no evaluative observations in the recommending part of the report, however they made some observations on Criterion aspect of Research, Consultancy and Extension: Observation: i)“The Research activity in the college is yet to gain momentum. There is need for the faculties to be involved in research work in greater numbers.” ii) “Efforts should also be made to take up consultancy work and resource generation.” Response: i) As a follow up action to the above the college has set up Research Monitoring Cell on 29th April 2004 to boost up research activities and the cell has taken up the following activities: 1 Motivating the teachers and the students to undertake research work as a result 43 teachers participated in MRP work with an outlay of Rs. 20.21lakhs during the 5 years; 2 Providing adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research activities. 3 Motivating Faculty members for Registration of M.Phil. / Ph.D. programmes; as a result eight members either completed or joined in M.Phil programme and twenty-two members either completed or joined in Ph.D work during this period. 4 Involvement of more teachers in minor research projects in their areas of specialization; 5 Creation of six (6) Minor Research Project funded by college during 2008-2009.

6 Publications of articles / papers in leading journals including web journals. 7 Undertaking collaborative research programmes with Jadavpur University, Calcutta University, Annamalai University, Kalyani University etc. 8 Monitoring, reviewing and encouraging research activities of the faculty members and the PG students periodically. 9 Initiative for attending International / National / State / Regional level Workshops / Seminars / Conferences. 10 Organization of Seminar, workshop, Symposiums funded by UGC /other funding agencies 11 Arrangement of separate laboratory space for research work 12 Subscription of some research journal, e-journal 13 Arrangement of some modern equipments like HPLC, PCR, Gel Doc, Spectrophotometer, Software, Hardware; Response ii) Consultancy work by an affiliated college in our country is not a popular phenomenon. College Governing Body has developed Career Development Cell, a consultancy organisation for its stakeholders. The cell is now providing different coaching facilities to the stakeholders in the form of coaching for School Service Commission (SSC), finishing school module by means of soft and communication skill development, MAT, and coaching for other Govt. services etc. By this mechanism college is able to generate its resource. The cell is extending its activities to students of the locality also. 2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Research, Consultancy and Extension?

Continuous effort by the Research Monitoring Cell, Active initiative by the Seminar Sub- committee, initiation of the NSS & NCC cadets made us possible in quality sustenance and enhancement measure with regard to Research, Consultancy and Extension. A good number of faculty members are engaged in active research work and they are supported by adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research activities. Persuasion to senior teachers to act as Research Guide, motivation for participation in publication of papers, speakers/resource person in Seminar, Conferences, Workshops at the Institutional level, State level, National level and International level. {ref. 3.1.2, 3.2.1,3.3.1 etc.} Creation of six (6) Minor Research Project funded by college during 2008- 2009 for a period of two years in the model of UGC MRP which is a unique feature for a college. Orientation of syllabus and curriculum of the post graduate courses with project work so that students may engage in projects works as per the syllabi. Organisation of seminars and workshops by the departments is now becoming institutionalised. Invitation of the external experts and evaluation by them on seminar presentation by the students and faculty members are the steps towards enhancing quality. Students of each dept. publish wall magazines, which contain articles on contemporary issues. The college publishes Annual Magazine with yellow pages in each year {six volumes in last six years}, where abstract of papers by the faculty, alumni and students are published. Provision and utilisation of seed money in the college annual Budget. To promote the innovative and creative ideas of the faculty members and the students, Department of Commerce has taken initiatives to publish Departmental Journal – Journal of Business and Economic Issues.

Initiation and continuous monitoring of Consultancy services in form of ‘Career Development Cell’ to in and out campus students are provided in the form of support services on finishing school model. Extension and outreach programmes have been organised. The college has organised an interactive session on “Socio-Economic, Political and Cultural Aspects of Canada and France vis-à-vis West Bengal as well as India” with International delegates (Comprising 15 members from Canada and France) lead by Prof Fernand Ouellet, Department of Philosophy, University of Sherbrooke, Canada. To honour institutional responsibility towards society college has designed and executed the following and made attempts to enhance and sustain them. a) Thalassaemia Eradication Programme in association with Indian Red Cross Society, Barrackpore Branch, b) Voluntary Blood Donors Club with the involvement of all the students, teachers and non-teachers (inaugurated by Sri Buddhadev Bhattacharjee, Hon’ble Chief Minister, Govt. of W.B. on 22.09.2007) c) Adoption of ward no. 17 of Barrackpore Municipality to work on awareness development and support services towards health, education and related programmes. From all the activities under Research, Consultancy and Extension it appears that the college is heading towards achieving a Centre for Excellence, the vision of the college.

4. Criterion IV: Infrastructure and Learning Resources

4.1 Physical Facilities

4.1.1 What are the infrastructure facilities available for (a) Academic activities? (b) Co-curricular activities? (c) Extra –curricular activities and sports? 4.1.1 The infrastructure facilities available for, (a) Academic activities are: 1 Campus area 4.955 acres (4.8 Acres + 0.155 acres common) with built up area of 20052.88 sq. mts. 2 Principal’s Room 3 Staff room for Teachers in both the campuses 4 Office in both the campuses 5 Class rooms with OHP 6 Digital class rooms with Laptop, LCD Projector visualiser, Internet connection 7 Laboratories with modern equipments, chemicals etc. 8 Libraries with open access facilities like Reading room, Clipping, Bibliographic compilation, Reference, Reprography, Information Display etc. and Departmental libraries 9 Central computer facility with 15 terminals 10 Partner institution centre of IGNOU in the scheme on Convergence of Open & Distance Learning & Conventional System 12 Girls’ hostel 13 Canteen 14 Students’ Union room & Common Room 15 Girls’ Common Room cum rest room 16 Space for drinking water with purifier & cooler 17 Seminar Room and Examination room

(b) Co-curricular activities are 1 Auditorium 2 Health Centre 3 Internet facility & connectivity with Broadband 4 Career Development & Placement Cell 5 Language laboratory 6 Thalassaemia Eradication centre (c) Extra curricular activities & sports are 1 Sports field 2 A 17-unit Multi-Gymnasium 3 Indoor Games 4 Outdoor Games 5 NCC Room 6 NSS Room 7 Guest room 8 Sports Room 9 Photocopy centre in both the campuses 10 Vehicle parking facility 4.1.2 Enclose the Master Plan of the college campus indicating the existing physical infrastructure and the projected future expansions.

4.1.2 The master plan of the college campus indicating the existing physical infrastructure is enclosed herewith. The proposal viewed as long-term plans for development have been accepted by the Governing Body in its meeting dated. 17.12.2008. The projected future expansions of the college are given below criteria wise:

Curricular Aspects

1 To open PG Courses in Sociology, Journalism & Mass Communication, Management, Education, Mathematics, Geography, Bengali, English, Political Science, MCA etc. by phase.

2 To open UG courses in Botany and Zoology. 3 To open Certificate & PG Diploma Courses in emerging subjects. 4 To introduce M. Phil, Ph.D. Programmes. 5 To revise the curricula of UG and PG courses. 6 To develop the entrepreneurial ability of the students through inclusion of information on advanced technology in some fields of study.

Teaching Learning & Evaluation 1 Activation of Evaluation on Teaching and Learning through Tutor- Ward System. 2 Extension of Remedial teaching for disadvantage students. 3 Evaluation and Reformation of Examination System. 4 Promotion of technology enabled teaching-learning. 5 Formation of more Digital Class Rooms. 6 Flourishing computer aided learning 7 Proposal for introducing INFLIBNET 8 Proposal for introducing EDUSAT 9 Proposal for central computer facilities. 10 Proposal for virtual class room 11 Promoting teaching learning through project work, dramatisation, play etc. 12 Extension of laboratory space 13 Consideration of different departments by engaging more teachers and laboratory staff. Research Consultancy & Extension 1 Continuation of the endeavour to promote research culture among faculty and students through Institutional Research Projects. 2 Publication of Research Journal by the Departments / News Letter of the College. 3 Extension of National & International Linkage.

4 Organising of National / International Seminar / Conference. 5 Publication of Research Paper through website. 6 Organization of Rastraguru Surendranath Bandyopadhyay Memorial Lecture by eminent Academicians/Social Worker Infrastructure & Learning Resources 1 Continuous effort to get residual portion of 6, Riverside Road campus/ Purchase of New Campus. Rs. 1 Crore. 2 Construction of Art & Handicrafts Gallery cum Shop at 85, Middle Road campus. Rs. 12 Lakhs. 3 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks A at 85, Middle Road campus. Rs. 50 Lakhs 4 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks B at 85, Middle Road campus. Rs. 45 Lakhs. 5 Construction of instrumentation workshop. 6 Construction of 1st floor of Block F at 85, Middle Road for Guest Room/ Principal’s Quarter. Rs. 18 Lakhs 7 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks B, at 6, Riverside Road campus. Rs. 18 Lakhs. 8 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks D & E at 6, Riverside Road campus. Rs. 70 Lakhs 9 Construction of 1st and 2nd floor of Women’s Hostel. Rs. 60 Lakhs 10 Construction of ground and 1st floor of Boys’ Hostel. Rs. 70 Lakhs 11 Repair and renovation of existing building 12 Extension of library space 13 Proposal for inter-library borrowing facility 14 Proposal for access of the online and internet services in the library for the users 15 Proposal for up gradation of computer systems 16 Extension of Departmental Library

Student Support and Progression 1 Facilitating Support services through placement cell in IT, Hardware/ Networking, Financial, Retail and Marketing Management, Cost and Chartered Accountancy. 2 Provision of training facilities of the students through MOUs between college and industry such as MAYA Academy, ICA, ICWA and Apparel designing etc. 3 Creation of fund for the poor and meritorious students 4 Arrangement of lift for the physically challenged students 5 Organisation of Seminars / Workshop for Entrepreneurship Development of the students. 6 Supporting coaching facilities for different state/national level examination, e.g. NET/ SET /GATE /TOEFL etc. 7 Extension of coaching & sports facilities - Football, Cricket, Basketball, Athletics, Gymnasium, Khokho etc. 8 Opening of indoor facilities of sports in a stadium 9 Opening of Media Room in both the campus. 10 Introduction of Medical Aid Fund 11 Extension of Cultural Interaction – Meet & Competition, Exhibitions, Seminars, Group Discussion, Debates. Governance & Leadership 1 Extending the office at 6, Riverside Road campus. 2 Planning and developing strategies for resource mobilisation. 3 Budgeting and optimum utilization of finance reflected in up-to-date Audit. 4 Proposal for faculty development programme of teaching and non- teaching staff 5 Improvement of Teacher - Student ratio for better academic openings. 6 Development of student friendly computerization mechanism.

7 Enhancement of routine fees (Tuition Fee, Lab. Fee) at a interval of 3-5 years 8 Enhancement of Scale and allowances for Management appointed faculties 9 Attempt to get more substantive posts from government and to fill these up 10 Attempt to process Govt., M.L.A/M.P. LADS & UGC grants and DST Innovative Practices 1 Activation of Thalassaemia Eradication Centre 2 Extension of NSS activities in the form of adopting model village 3 Extension of NCC activities for the girls students 4 Proposal for games and sports for girls students 5 Activation of Voluntary Blood Donor’s Club 6 Extension of Earn & Learn Activities 7 Extension of Social Participation and Community Service

4.1.3 Has the institution augmented the infrastructure to keep pace with its academic growth? If yes, specify the facilities and the amount spent during the last five years. 4.1.3 Yes, the institution has augmented the infrastructure to keep pace with its academic growth. The following table shows how the existing infrastructure has been extended to keep pace with academic growth during the last five years.

Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 F a) Laboratory space for Additional construction Additional space of The construction of ground Construction of 1st floors Chemistry, of 4200 sq. ft. in 1st 9,800 sq. ft. in 1st floor of D Block at 6, of B Block: Area 5500 A Microbiology and floor A Block at 6, floor A Block at 6, Riverside Rd. campus has sq. ft. with a cost of Rs. Geography has been Riverside Rd. campus Riverside Rd. been done (area 5,500 sq. ft.) 44,19,587 and E Block C extended by an area plus 4,000 sq. ft. in Campus for class with a cost of Rs. 46 lakhs to area 3300 sq. ft. with the 6,800 sq. ft. (1st floor, C Block E at 85, Middle room accommodate the classroom cost of Rs.15,36,022 I Block) Rd. campus for class and lab. of commerce dept. (Estimated amount) at 6, room and students and Bibhuti Bhusan Hall Riverside Road campus L common room, canteen, (Auditorium) with modern for class and laboratory sports room. facilities and with a seating and Boys’ and Girls’ I accommodation of 210. Toilet. b) New computer lab. with Additional space (9×7.5 PG lab. space of Renovation of heritage Facilities of students T 12 upgraded computers sq. mt.) for computer Comp. Sc. have been building of ground floor of B canteen, common room, for commerce students at lab.for commerce increased & new Block (area 5,500 sq. ft.) to sports room provided at I 6, Riverside Rd. campus students at 85, Middle equipments have extend the library space, NSS the ground floor of has been set up to Rd. campus been purchased and NCC room. Block E (3300 sq. ft.) of E accommodate IT in the 6, Riverside Road syllabus campus

S c) Extension of library Purchase of 6 new 1 Digital classroom Construction of 1st floor of Construction of 1st floor space at 85, Middle Rd. computers for as computer-aided block C at 6, Riverside Rd. of D Block at 6, campus for the students Geography Dept. to technology has been campus area 1,500 sq. ft. as Riverside Road with an accommodate GIS and constructed in the Principal’s room and staff area of 5500 sq. ft. remote sensing in the Ground floor of A room for commerce dept. costing Rs. 31 lakhs syllabus. Block (6×7.5 sq. mt. at 85, Middle Rd. campus) of Comp. Sc. dept. have been constructed d) Purchase of 2,055 copies Purchase of 1347 books LCD, OHP, Laptop & 1743 copies of books have College has purchased of additional books (RS (UG+PG) in the library computers with been purchased for library at a 2,079 copies of books in 2,80,509/-) & 20 worth Rs. 399316/- and advanced cost of Rs. 606095 and the library, at a cost of journals (Rs. 6232) in Journals worth Rs. configuration have journal of Rs. 26577/- as Rs. 442777/- and the central library: 14531/- been purchased learning facilities to the users. journals of Rs.13483/- e) Construction of 17 units Extension of internet Construction of Girls’ Online journal IEEE has been College has made gymnasium at 85, facility & Broadband hostel has been made subscribed by dept. of Comp. necessary arrangement Middle Rd. campus (2nd connection with 13 in the Ground floor Sc. for purchase of 93 rare floor, D Block) as extra nodes area 3000 sq. ft. cost and valuable books for curricular activities. Rs. 36.5 lakhs the benefit of students & teachers. f) Purchase of land of Purchase of 12 cottas Additional Nine (9) journals Room renovated for approx. 8 cottas for of land for Boys’ of national and international Thalaseamia Eradication construction of Girls’ hostel Cost standards have been Centre at Ground floor Hostel Valued at Rs. 16 Rs.15,47,705 subscribed & kept in the of B Block at 85, Middle lakhs as facilities for library Road campus. women

g) Renovation of canteen at Repair & renovation Construction of at 85, Middle Rd. of computer additional stair cases up F campus as common laboratory at 85, to the 1st floor in E facilities for the Middle Rd. campus Block at 6, Riverside A students. Road campus & B Block at 85, Middle Road C campus utilising joist available from old I rooms

h) Extension of internet Remodelling of lab. L facilities to students of Psychology dept.

through Dias with 6 I nodes as computer

facility. T i) Renovation of staff room Purchase of 835

& construction of 8 copies library books I cubicles for 8 depts. at at a cost of Rs.

85, Middle Rd. campus 169695/- and Journal E Valued at Rs. 2.5 lakhs of Rs.16716/-.

as per recommendation S of NAAC peer team during the first visit.

4.1.4 Does the institution provide facilities like common room, separate rest rooms for women students and staff? 4.1.4 The institution provides the following facilities: Facilities Area (in sq. mt.)

1. Students common room 7.5×6.5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus & 10×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus 2. Students Union room 3×6.5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus & 3×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus 3. Separate Rest room for Women 3×5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus Students 3×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus 4. Staff room for teachers 15×9 at 85, Middle Rd. campus 7.75×14.15 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus 4.1.5 How does the institution plan and ensure that the available infrastructure is optimally utilized? 4.1.5 The college utilises its campus, available infrastructure and other facilities for the regular students on weekdays from 10 am to 5 pm

a) Infrastructure is also used through distant education organisation, value added education beyond college hours (5 pm to 7 pm) and also used in Sundays by career development cells, ICE & ODL of IGNOU.

b) Utilisation of infrastructure for conducting different public examination on Sundays and other holidays

c) Utilisation of college ground by the college students in the afternoon session from 3.30 pm to 6 pm

d) Utilisation of college ground by NCC cadets on Saturday, Sunday and other holidays

e) Utilisation of college ground by the Govt. officials in the morning session (from 7 am to 9 am)

f) Utilisation of Girls’ hostel by accommodating – 18 girls students g) Computer facilities are utilised beyond college hours by the students through tie-ups of the college with Jetking and ICE

h) Log books of laboratories of different departments have been maintained

Still we feel that there is scope for utilising the infrastructure. We are planning for further utilisation of infrastructure. 4.1.6 How does the institution ensure that the infrastructure facilities meet the requirements of the differently-abled students? 4.1.6 That the infrastructural facilities meet the requirements of the differently- abled students are assured through Students’ Feedback. Entire planning is guided by feedback mechanism, departmental meetings and meetings of the Teachers’ Council.

4.2 Maintenance of Infrastructure

4.2.1 What is the budget allocation for the maintenance of (last year’s data) a. Land? b. Building? c. Furniture? d. Equipment? e. Computers? f. Vehicles? 4.2.1 The budget allocation for the maintenance of the following is given below: Table – 1 Budgetary Statement of following items for the period 2003-04 to 2007-08 Sl. Period

No. 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 1. Land Nil Nil 10 lakhs .50 lakh 20 lakhs (UGC Grants) 2. Building 28 lakhs 30 lakhs 45 lakhs 1.1120 96 lakhs cores 3. Furniture 3 lakhs 3 lakhs 2 lakhs 5 lakhs 10 lakhs 4. Sc. Apparatus (including UGC & 6 lakhs 5 lakhs 6 lakhs 7 lakhs 5 lakhs MP LADS) 5. Computer 5 lakhs 3 lakhs 4 lakhs 4 lakhs 8 lakhs 6. Library Books 2 lakhs 1 lakh 5 lakhs 4 lakhs 11 lakhs (Including UGC) 7. Internet Surfing 10,200 .30 lakh .50 lakh .50 lakh 1 lakh Charges 4.2.2 How does the institution ensure optimal utilization of budget allocated for various activities? 4.2.2 Income-Expenditure Statements are given along with the budget. 94

Table – 2 Actual Expenditure Statement of following items for the period 2003-04 to 2007-08 Sl. Period

No 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 .

1 Land 15,475 16,27,016 15,47,705 Nil Nil

2 Building 15,35,832 15,43,242 31,95,870 81,62,148 68,67,210

3 Furniture 4,58,542 6,42,619 3,48,775 10,79,300 12,80,162

4 Sc. Apparatus (including 2,37,037 9,10,883 10,19,470 6,83,652 12,66,963 UGC & MP LADS)

5 Computer 6,45,300 5,37,710 5,73,216 6,46,587 7,83,352

6 Library Books 2,80,509 3,99,316 1,86,411 6,30,911 3,02,200 (Including UGC)

7 Internet Surfing Charges 11,461 18,989 19,237 80,753 97,367

Optimal utilisations of budget allocation for various activities are shown in the above tables (Table 1 & table 2). 4.2.3 Does the institution appoint staff for maintenance and repair? If not, how are the infrastructure facilities, services and equipment maintained? 4.2.3 The College has not appointed staff for maintenance and repair. However, Maintenance of building is operated through Building Subcommittee as constituted by the Governing Body and monitored by a retired Engineer with the involvement of civil and relevant contractors/vendors. Two retired Sr. Superintendent engineers assist the college as Advisors. College is also taking the support of executive engineer PW (CB), Govt. of W.B. Maintenance system is operated in decentralised form through the depts. by utilising the Expertise of Service Engineer and other service personnel.

Computer Hardware are maintained through AMC Software development for the college purpose is also maintained through AMC Water purifier, generator, EPBX, paste control are maintained through contract by AMC

4.3 Library as a Learning Resource

4.3.1 Does the library have a Library Advisory Committee? What are its major responsibilities? 4.3.1 Yes, the college library has a Library Advisory Committee consisting of following members: Principal as Chairman; Secretary to Teachers’ Council as Convenor, Librarian, Head Clerk, General Secretary of Students’ Union, Senior Teachers and Non-teaching staff. The major responsibilities of Library Advisory Committee are:

1 To identify and adopt good practices & bench marks 2 To build a collection of Books, Journals, CDs, DVDs and to offer services & facilities to the end users

3 To promote activities relating to working hours, stock verification of Books, Journals & other learning resources, resource mobilisation, manpower planning, information resources development, technical services

4 To supervise digitisation & computerisation of library resources 5 To review the library activities 6 To consider the effective arrangement for celebration of library year and to make arrangement for library class for the students

7 To review the progress and functioning of the departmental library 8 To conduct the arrangement of Book Fair on a regular interval 4.3.2 How does the library ensure access, use and security of materials?

4.3.2 Access, use & security of materials are recorded through the computer. Daily records of access & use are maintained through soft copies and are verified by the Principal as & when required. Vigilance by the library staff and the use of Close Circuit Camera ensures the security of materials. Stocks taking of Books & non-book material, journals are maintained year-wise as on 31st March with regular interaction with internal audit and statutory audit mechanism. 4.3.3 What are the various support facilities available in the library? (computers, internet, band width, reprographic facilities etc.) 4.3.3 The support facilities available in the library are

1 Open access of students since the last peer team visit of NAAC 2 Digitalisation of books and library cards through Bar coding, 3 Internet with Broadband connections (4 set of Broadband connection),

4 Clipping, 5 Reprography 6 Display of new arrivals 7 Information display 8 Power backup 4.3.4 How does the library ensure purchase and use of current titles, important journals and other reading materials? Specify the amount spent on new books and journals during the last five years. 4.3.4 The library ensures purchase and use of current titles, important journals and other reading materials through the following:

1 Students are asked to place requisition of books, journals and other reading materials of their choice of text and reference books in the register maintained in the library

2 Requisition of books and non-book materials by the heads of the dept. along with the teachers and the students of the dept.

3 Motivation of teachers and students to purchase and use books through organisation of Book Fair.

4 Forwarding the requisition by the librarian to the Principal for necessary order

5 Comparison sheets consisting of price lists given by the different publishers and those by different suppliers are used to purchase books and other reading materials.

6 After receiving the books accession is done through checking of books and other reading materials, putting college stamp, entering in accession register and making accession numbers.

7 Purchases are made after verification of the bills by the concerned authority The amounts spent on new books and journals during the last five years are given below: Amount Spent Year wise (In Rs.)

Item 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Books 280509 399316/- 169695/- 606095/- 442777/- Journals 6232 14531/- 16716/- 26577/- 13483/- 4.3.5 Give details on the access of the on-line and Internet services in the library to the students and faculty? (hours, frequency of use , subscriptions, licensed software etc.,). 4.3.5 The details on the access of the online and Internet services to the students and faculty are given in terms of the following parameters: Hours: 30 minutes given to a students for internet uses and no time limit for faculty; Students can avail of these services from 10.00 am to 5.00 pm on weekdays and Faculty can avail of these services from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm on weekdays. Frequency of use: - Number of nodes for students use: 12 - Number of nodes for departmental use by the students: 66 By the faculty: 66 - Number of nodes used by the faculty: 67

Subscription: Rs. 60/- per students on annual basis as Internet surfing charge. License Software: Using both open source (Linux) and licensed software of Microsoft. Online services are used by the UG student for downloading their forms from the college website. The college has taken measures to fill up online forms by the PG students with the help of Internet. These facilities are particularly helpful for the students of distant places. 4.3.6 Are the library services computerized? If yes, to what extent? 4.3.6 Yes, the library services are computerized. The extent of computerization is given below

1 Accession Register of Books giving information Department wise, Subject wise, Entry date, Accession No., Book No. Title, Author etc.

2 Member Register giving details about membership number, member name, type, date of joining etc.

3 Daily Book issue Register containing book number, accession number, title, membership no., and member name.

4 Daily Book Return Register 5 Books statistics giving full list and title (department and subject wise).

6 Issue return statistics counting books issued/return date wise and department wise

7 List of books outside library 8 Book movement Register 9 Search of books 10 Catalogue Register 11 Bar-coding 4.3.7 Does the institution make use of INFLIBNET / DELNET/IUC facilities? If yes, give details. 4.3.7 No. However, the college has taken initiative to introduce and make use of INFLIBNET/EDUSAT facilities as learning resources.

4.3.8 What initiatives are taken by the library staff to enrich the faculty and students with its latest acquisitions? 4.3.8 The library staff displays the new arrivals of books & journals for a fortnight. 4.3.9 Does the library have interlibrary borrowing facility? If yes, give details of the facility 4.3.9 Though inter-library borrowing facility is yet to take place, we have institutional linkage with British Council, Kolkata from where we get different facilities. 4.3.10 What are the special facilities offered by the library to the visually- and physically-challenged persons? 4.3.10 Library staff provides supports services to the physically challenged students in getting the books and journals through maintaining the library rules. Library facilities are extended to the financially weak students having family income upto Rs. 5000/- as per the following model:

Year Category Family Facility income 1st & 2nd Year Honours i) 3 Copies Honours Book for Hons. Subjects ii) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects st nd Up to 1 & 2 Year General i) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects Rs. 5000/- 3rd Year Honours i) 3 Copies of Book for Hons. subjects 3rd Year General i) 3 Copies of Book for general subjects 1st & 2nd Year Honours 2 Copies of Book for Hons. subjects 1st & 2nd Year General More than i) 1 Copies of Book for general subjects 3rd Year Honours Rs. 5000/- i) 3 Copies of Book for Hons. Subjects 3rd Year General i) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects 4.3.11 List the infrastructural development of the library over the last five years 4.3.11 The infrastructural development of the library. 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 . Extension . Addition . Recording . Libr .Cons of Library of Books and visualing ary space has truction of Space (1347) (Rs. of library been virtual . Addition of 399316/-) accession extended by library at Books (2055) and Journals . Addition 5500 sq. ft. 85, (Rs. 280509/-) (05) (Rs. of 835 (Rs. at 6, Middle and Journals 14531/-) as 169695/-) Riverside Road (20) (Rs. on copies library Road campus. 6232/-) as on 31.03.2005 books at a campus. and space

100

31.03.2004 . Introducti cost of Rs. . for . Extension of on of and journals Additi departmen Internet Departmental (02) at a cost on of Books tal library facilities Library of Rs. 16716/- (1743) (Rs. (1000 sq. . Introducti . 606095/-) ft.) on of . Purch and Journals . Ad Broadband ase of books (02) (Rs. dition of Internet in the 26577/-) Books Service with departmental . Purch (2079) 13 nods and library ase of books (Rs. DIAS with 6 in the 4,442,777 nods. departmental /-) and . New library Journals books (02) at a purchased for cost of PG dept. of Rs. Microbiology 13482/- worth Rs. 1.5 .Purch lakhs ase of books in the departmen tal library 4.3.12 What other information services are provided by the library to its users? 4.3.12 Other facilities such as online searching and cubicles etc. are provided by the library to its users like Research Workers, Alumni, Librarian of other colleges, and students of the Library Sc. Information on total no. of books, types of books & journals, Internet facilities are provided to the users.

4.4 ICT as Learning Resources

4.4.1 Does the Institution have up-to-date computer facility? If yes, give details on the available hardware and software (Number of computers, computer- students ratio, stand alone facility, LAN facility, configuration, licenced software etc.) 4.4.1 Number of computers: 160 (approx) Computer & Students Ratio: 1:25 Computer with Stand-alone facilities: 96 (approx), LAN Facility: 64 (approx) Licensed: Windows 98, NT & XP, Ms-Office, Oracle 9i, Quack Express, GIS Software. 101

Configuration: IBM compatible PCs with Processor 1.66 GHz to Dual Core, HDD 40 to 160 GB, at least 256 MB RAM, with windows XP and Ms-office. 4.4.2 Is there a central computing facility? If yes, how is it utilized for staff to students? 4.4.2 At 85, Middle Road campus each Science Departments has computer facilities and the college is making arrangement for providing computer facilities to Arts departments at 6, Riverside Road campus. Yes, there is a central computing facility at 6, Riverside Road Campus. Computer facilities with LAN are available for each department in both the campus. 4.4.3 How are the faculty facilitated to prepare computer-aided teaching/ learning materials? What are the facilities available in the college for such efforts? 4.4.3 The College provides facilities to the faculty to prepare computer aided teaching-learning materials as a supplement to the conventional method of teaching & learning. As a follow up of the two days workshop in 2004 in IIIT (B) at Bangalore and two days workshop on “Technology enabled teaching and learning” at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College in 4th February 2004 we undertake some specific programmes as:

1 To use Technology enabled teaching aids in some subjects as Chemistry, Geography, Microbiology, Physics, Mathematics, and Computer Sc. etc.

2 To introduce digital class rooms, 3 To introduce the facilities of internet services for all the students and the faculty

4 To introduce virtual class room 5 To introduce INFLIBNET SYSTEM, EDUSAT etc. The facilities available in the college for such efforts are:

1 Using Technology enabled teaching aids such as LCD, OHP,

102

Laptop and PowerPoint presentation

2 Using digital class rooms. At present there are 5 well equipped Digital Class Rooms with setting of laptop, LCD Projector, Visualizer, Internet connection

3 using internet facilities by the faculty and the students 4.4.4 Does the Institution have a website? How frequently is it updated? Give details. 4.4.4 Yes, Name of the College Web Site: www.brsnc.com The web site is updated twice in a week. The web site is developing with assistance of Dream weaver and other relative software. The website contains: About Us –College Profile, , History, Nostalgia, Journey Events, Institution –Infrastructure, Student Activity, Student Support Courses: Admission, Departments, UG, PG, Value Added Courses, Distance Courses, Placement Facility etc. News – Events, Seminars, Special news, Results, Research Activity, web Journal, Organisation- Governing Body, IQAC, Staff, With the help of website the students, teachers and society persons of the college and other colleges and institutes around the world are getting all sorts of information about our college. The college is making arrangement for web publishing of the innovative and research works of the faculty and the students of the college as per the suggestions of the IQAC. 4.4.5 How often does the institution plan and upgrade its computer systems? What is the provision made in the annual budget for update, deployment and maintenance of the computers in the institution? 4.4.5 The institution makes plan and upgrades its computer system according to the needs of the stakeholders. Internet services through DIAS have been replaced by internet services through Broadband for better connectivity and high speed. 1 10 Old computers of the comp. Sc. Dept. have been replaced by new

103

and latest computers of upgraded configuration 2 The LAN have been upgraded to accommodate new UG and PG subjects such as Food & Nutrition, Zoology, Geography, Mathematics and IGNOU office etc. 3 Arrangements for inter and intra-connectivity have been made The provisions made in the annual budget for update, deployment and maintenance of the computers are given below: Budgetary Statement of Computer for the period 2003-04 to 2007-08 (in Rs.) Period Items 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Computer 5,00,000 3,00,000 4,00,000 4,00,000 8,00,000 4.4.6 How are the computers and their accessories maintained? (AMC etc.) 4.4.6 The computers and their accessories are maintained through AMCs with different companies given below: Item AMC with companies Computers Binary Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Printers and UPS Binary Solutions Pvt. Ltd LAN Elite Enterprise

4.5 Other Facilities

4.5.1 Give details of the following facilities: d) Capacity of the hostels (to be given separately for boys and Girls) e) Occupancy f) Rooms in the hostel (to be given separately for boys and Girls) g) Recreational facilities h) Sports and Games (Indoor and Outdoor) facilities i) Health and Hygiene (Health Care centre, Ambulance, Nurse, Qualified Doctor) (full time/ part time etc.) 4.5.1 (a) Capacity of the Girls’ Hostel – 20 girl students Occupancy – Rented Rooms in the hostel – 6 rooms at the ground floor Recreational facilities – i) Cultual functions (Suprova) ii) Social functions

104

iii) Wall Magazine iv) Exhibition of Handicrafts v) Departmental Picnic & Tour

Sports and Games – Football, Cricket, Athletics, Gymnasium, Table Tennis, Badminton, Basket Ball Health & Hygiene – i) Health Centre with First Aid Box, qualified Doctor and Beds ii) Arrangement for water Purifier cum Cooler, iii) Two well spaced and airy canteens at both campuses for the benefits of the students and iv) Two canteens for the faculties and the non-teaching staff at both the campus 4.5.2 How does the institution ensure participation of women in intra-and inter- institutional sports competitions and cultural activities? 4.5.2 The institution ensures the involvement of girls students in intra and inter- institutional sports competitions and cultural activities with the encouragement of the departmental teachers, students union and the Principal and the coaches of different sports activities. 4.5.3 Give details of the common facilities available with the Institution (Staff room, day care centre, common room for students, rest rooms, health centre, vehicle parking, guest house, Canteen, telephone, internet cafe, transport, drinking water etc.) 4.5.3 The common facilities available with the institution are  Staff room at the both the  Telephone campuses  Photocopy centre at both  Common room for both the campuses boys and girls students  Internet café  Health centre  Water purifier cum cooler  Vehicle parking  Play ground  Guest Room  Well maintained Garden  Canteen  Spots for sitting

105

arrangements at both the  Airy and wide lawns campuses

4.6 Best Practices in Infrastructure and Learning Resources

4.6.1 What innovations/best practices in ‘Infrastructure and Learning Resources’ are in vogue or adopted/adapted by the institution? 4.6.1 The best practices in ‘Infrastructure and Learning Resources’ in vogue are

1 Lush green ambience of the college campus 2 Clean and well maintained campuses 3 Optimum use of campus facilities 4 Infrastructural growth matching academic growth 5 Well ventilated and well lit class rooms with electrical and generator facilities

6 Airy and spacious Laboratories with modern equipment, availability of water, gas, reagents, chemicals.

7 Growing library with more infrastructural and academic facilities such as Books, National and International journals, Magazines, Internet connection and Reprographic facilities in both the campus separately. College has purchased 8600 (approx) copies of text and reference books and 40 national/international journal (Nature) including e-journal for the students and the faculty by spending Rs. 21 lakhs (approx).

8 Open access of students in the Library as learning facilities for the students has been introduced and monitored.

9 Co-curricular and extra curricular facilities- sports & games, gymnasium and cultural activities.

10 Health care facilities to take care of minor health problems of the students and staff.

106

11 Girls’ Hostel with modern facilities are available to girls students. At present the number of boarders is 18. To accommodate more girls students vertical expansion up to the second floor in under active consideration of the college.

12 Space for Boys’ Hostel has been generated through purchase of land. The hostel is meant specially for the students of disadvantaged community (SC/ST/OBC).

13 Students Canteen in both the campuses have been developed through providing more space, cleanliness, variety of foods with improved diets and other facilities as per the recommendation of the NAAC Peer Team.

14 The college has constructed a Guest Room with two beds and other facilities at 6, Riverside Road campus. The construction of another Guest Room at 85, Middle Road campus is going to be started

15 Rain Water Harvesting model has been introduced at 6, Riverside Road campus as a model for recharging of water and maintaining ecological balance

16 The NAAC peer team in the first visit focused on Infrastructure and Learning Resources, saying “maintenance of Infrastructure like classrooms, Labs., Library and other facilities is noticeably good and proper emphasis on automation of office, library and labs has already begun.” Additional information for Re-accreditation

1. What were the evaluative observations made under Infrastructure and Learning Resources in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon? The NAAC peer team in the first visit made the following evaluative observations under Infrastructure and Learning Resources: 1 “Paucity of space at 85, Middle Road is strongly felt as it is the hub of all activities of this college. In the absent of land space the college has to expand vertically”

107

2 “The canteen needs improvement in the area of space, cleanliness and variety of food.” 3 “There is need for more text books as well as reference books. The library space should be further increased. Departmental Libraries may be encouraged. ” 4 “The reference section of the library can be kept open up to 8 pm on all working days as suggested by the students. ” 5 “ Future plan of the college to have a girls hostel is laudable. Creating hostel facilities for out side students is very desirable.” 6 “ The need of the teacher in arts faculty to have separate rooms requires attention. Each department may be provided at least a separate office place.” Considering the evaluative observations by NAAC Peer Team the college prepared long term future plan with the approval of Governing Body of the college and the following show how they have been acted upon: 1. Laboratory space for Chemistry, Microbiology and Geography have been extended by an area of 6800 sq. ft. at 85, Middle Road campus through vertical expansion. Construction of 17 units Gymnasium (with area 720 sq. ft.) at a cost of Rs. 3 lakhs from the Ministry of Sports and Youth Welfare, Govt. of India has been made in the 85, Middle Road campus through vertical expansion as a support service to the students of physical fitness. An area of 2000 sq ft. of construction of 1st floor of Block E at 85, Middle Road campus has been made. An additional area of 46000 sq. ft. has been created at 6, Riverside Road campus through renovation and vertical expansion to accommodate academic flexibility and growth. New Laboratory space was provided to the dept. of Psychology, Journalism & Mass Communication, Mathematics, Film Studies, Commerce, Language lab., Sociology, Food & Nutrition. A new computer

108

laboratory in the commerce dept with 20 computers has been constructed at 6, Riverside Road campus. Laboratory spaces of Chemistry, Geography, Physics, Computer Science, Electronic Science, Microbiology departments have been more than doubled after first NAAC visit. 2 The college has provided improved canteen facility to the students with nutritious and tasty of food, pure and cold drinking water through Aqua guard and clean environment as suggested by NAAC Peer Team. 3 As per the suggestion of the NAAC peer team the college has purchased 8600 (approx) volumes of text and reference books and 40 Titles of national and international journals (Nature) and periodicals including e-journal for the benefits of the students and the staff. 4 Open access system has been introduced in the library since March 2003 and the library hours have been extended from 5 pm to 7 pm as per the suggestion of the NAAC. 5 The college has constructed a Girl’s hostel with a plinth area of 283.75 sq. m. to accommodate 18 girls’ students. An additional covered area of 595.065 sq. m. in the first and second floors is under active consideration. The necessary plans and documents have been submitted to PW (CB) DTE for effective implementation. UGC has granted the proposal and fund will be disbursed shortly. 6 The college has given separate office space for teachers of all the departments-Science, Arts and Commerce as per the suggestion of the NAAC peer team. These facilities will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit 2. What ate the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Infrastructure and Learning Resources? • Use of feedbacks from different stakeholders. .

109

• Continuous monitoring and supervision by the management through the

democratic functioning of different committees.

• Implementation of Action Plan of the college in a phased manner.

• Allotments of funds in the budget for repair, renovation, maintenance

and construction of buildings. The college has spent Rs.2.11 crore in building development and 1.26 crore for equipments of laboratories and furniture, computer etc. during the last five years.

• Up gradation of instruments and equipments, computer and other

learning resources. The numbers of computers has been increased to 160 (approx.) with latest configuration. In the category of Instruments and Equipments, modern and highly sophisticated machines like HPLC, Visualiser, PCR have been installed and used. Details of instruments and equipments will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

• Ensuring access, use and security of materials through AMCs,

Insurances, day and night guards etc.

• Ensuring purchase and use of current titles, national and international

journals and other reading materials. The college has purchased 8600 (approx) number of text and reference books and 40 Titles of National and International Journals including e-journals and other periodicals.

• Ensuring maintenances of computers and accessories through AMCs

• Increasing the space for classroom and laboratories.

Developed infrastructure and learning resources are the prerequisites for imparting quality education. The college is well aware of it. During the last five years the physical infrastructure i.e. building space has been more than doubled. Growth of library and laboratories are quite satisfactory for the last five years. Number of computers has increased enormously during the last five years. But we are not complacent about our achievement as there is still a lot to be done if the core values of NAAC are taken into account in its letter and content

110

Criterion V: Student Support and Progression

5.1 Student Progression

1.1.1 Give the socio-economic profile (General, SC/ST, OBC etc.,) of the students of the last five years. The socio-economic profile of the students of the last five years is

given below:

Under Graduate Students Session General SC ST OBC Total 2004-05 3683 (86.6%) 430 (10%) 42 (1%) 95 (2.2%) 4250 2005-06 3605 (87.69%) 377 (9.17%) 46 (1.11%) 83 (2.01%) 4111 2006-07 3639 (88.09%) 370 (8.95%) 42 (1.01%) 80 (1.93%) 4131 2007-08 3720 (87.63%) 392 (10.82%) 62 (1.46%) 71 (1.67%) 4245 2008-09 3755 (86.44%) 457 (10.52%) 71 (1.63%) 61 (1.40%) 4344 Above table shows that the college has been steadily maintaining inclusive character of the students profile at the Undergraduate level admission. Relevantly it should be mentioned that the density of population of SC and ST in the Barrackpore Subdivision stands at: SC – 10.75% and ST - 0.53% Post Graduate Students

Session General SC ST OBC Total 2003-04 - - - - - 2004-05 14 (82.3%) 0 0 03 (17.6%) 17 2005-06 52 (92.85%) 0 0 04 (7.14%) 56 2006-07 158 (94.61) 05 (2.99%) 0 04 (2.39%) 167 2007-08 187 (92.11%) 09 (4.43%) 0 07 (3.44%) 203 2008-09 166 (89.72%) 11 (5.94%) 01 (0.54%) 07 (3.78%) 185

Comparison of Gen. student Comparison of SC student

3800 500 457 3755 430 450 3750 3720 392 377 400 370 3700 3683 350 300 3639 3650 Series1 250 Series1 3605 200 3600 150 100 3550 50 0 3500 2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05

111

Comparison of ST student Comparison of OBC student

80 71 100 95 70 62 90 80 83 60 80 71 46 70 61 50 42 42 60 40 Series1 50 Series1 40 30 30 20 20 10 10 0 0 2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05

Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (04-05) Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (03-04)

1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 4% 7% 8% Below 1500 Below 1500 1501-5000 1501-5000 5001-10000 5001-10000 46% 10001-15000 47% 10001-15000 37% 15001-20000 36% 15001-20000 above 20000 above 20000

Economic Status of the Students Economic Status of the Students 1st 1st Yr. (05-06) Yr. (06-07)

3% 2% 12% 5% 3% 16% Below 1000 15% 9% Below 1500 1001-2000 1501-5000 2001-5000 5001-10000 5001-10000 10001-15000 10001-20000 31% 15001-20000 above 20000 26% above 20000 36% 42%

Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (07-08) Economic Status of students in 2008-09

5% 9% 5%

12% Below 13.0 8.90 4.55 Below 1500 1501- 1501-5000 4.95 5001 - 5001-10000 43% 10001- 10001-15000 26% 10.9 35.0 15001- 15001-20000 20000 & above 20000 22.5 Not

112

Economic background of the students shows that the college is aiming to go towards more inclusive education, since more than 50% of the students belong to the status of income below Rs. 5,000 per month per family. 5.1.2 What are the efforts made by the Institution to minimize the dropout rate and facilitate the students to complete the course? 2.1.2 The dropout rate is seen to be rather low in recent years. However the fall from the number of students enrolled to the number of students appeared at the final examination is caused: i Shift of students from general education to technology education ii Shift to other colleges for getting admission in their preferred Hons. subject iii Joining as apprentice in the near by Defence Factories/ Air force Taking all these factors into consideration, the drop out in the real sense of the term is very low and it never exceeds 5-7%. Even then, to counter students from dropping out, the institution provides sufficient financial assistance in the following manner: 1. Freeship and half-freeship to 10-12% students beyond the Govt. funded scholarship. 2. Financial assistance from the Teachers’ Council fund. 3. Six stipends provided by the alumni association. 4. Financial assistance provided by teachers personally. 5. Financial assistance from the Medical and Means fund. 6. Financial assistance provided by the Government for SC/ST/Hindi students. 7. Financial assistance by the benevolent organisation such Maatre Mangal Janakalyan Samati and two memorial funds. If it is found that for any social reason (marriage / family conflict in case of girl students) students may discontinue their study, Principal / Senior teachers of the concerned departments take personal initiative to

113

counsel their parents to ensure so that the students may continue their study and in most of the cases the intervention has been successful. Moreover, if teachers find through the exercise of Tutor-ward system that any student remains absent for a long period, immediately the student and their parents are called and persuaded so that the discontinuation does not take place. 5.1.3 On an average, what percentage of the students progress to further studies and for employment? Give details for the last five years. (UG to PG to Ph.D and /or to employment) 5.1.3 Student progression to further studies can be seen in the following figures: In the Science streams it is seen that around 65-70% go on to pursue further studies whereas in the Arts stream about 30-35% go in for formal education, i.e., pursue regular post-graduate courses and about 30-35% enrolled in the open and distance education. Commerce sees an average of 25-30% pursuing M.Com. and some 30-35% go in for Professional courses. A list of progression department wise is given in Table 5.1.

114

Table No. 5.1 Students Progression to further studies

Subject 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Passed Progression to PG Passed Progression Passed Progression Passed Progression Passed Progression out out to PG out to PG out to PG out to PG Geography 33 20 30 15 30 09 30 06 34 12 Computer Sc. 26 18 14 08 18 14 18 11 25 09 Physics 15 07 14 07 16 07 15 10 12 08 Mathematics 32 17 27 22 35 23 30 17 23 12 Electronic Sc. 23 20 13 12 21 20 08 06 19 13 Microbiology 22 21 24 24 18 18 21 19 20 15 Economics 27 14 27 17 14 08 21 11 14 10 Chemistry 15 11 13 09 27 22 18 16 11 08 Psychology ------10 06 25 13 Bengali 78 64 86 70 86 67 69 58 82 64 English 35 30 58 44 51 35 48 34 45 30 Education 41 30 51 38 52 39 43 32 44 35 Hindi 16 14 19 17 43 37 36 30 34 26 History 45 34 52 40 49 38 34 24 66 50 Philosophy 37 30 48 36 40 30 29 21 41 20 Political Sc. 65 53 65 51 66 50 57 44 70 50 Journalism & Mass 23 15 24 18 25 19 28 21 33 20 Communication Sociology ------20 05 26 10 Accountancy 297 120 310 127 209 82 143 54 125 76 Marketing - - - - 85 35 104 45 80 45

115

Passed out graduate students completed Post Graduate study in other institution now doing Ph.D. (as per information available from departmental data and alumni record) are as following: Session Progression to Ph.D. 2004-05 12 2005-06 12 2006-07 08 2007-08 Yet to register As far as progression to employment is concerned, it was rather less in number soon after their graduation; but now there is a noticeable increase due to the activities of the Placement Cell in the institution which conducts value added programmes, trains the students, grooms and arranges a number of campus interviews, specially for students in the final year of their studies. 5.1.4 How does the institution facilitate the placement of its outgoing students? What proportion of the graduating students has been employed? (average of last five years). 5.1.5 The College has a Career Development and Placement Cell which is responsible for contacting corporate houses and arranging campus recruitment programmes. Students are notified through circulars, notices on the Student Notice Board, and also through display of posters. This works very well for the students in the final year of their studies since most of the campus recruitment drives are held during the tenure of the final year for the current students. For the students who have passed out and left the college, the placement cell contacts them over telephone if any scope for placement is anticipated for them.

Session Progression to Employment Percentage Progression to after Graduation (%) Ph.D. 2003-04 17 out of 861 1.97 Record not available 2004-05 11 out of 826 1.33 12 2005-06 15 out of 872 1.72 12 2006-07 130 out of 891 14.59 08 2007-08 132 out of 784 16.83 Yet to register

116

5.1.6 How does the institution facilitate and support students for appearing and qualifying in various competitive examinations? Give details on the number of students coached, appeared and qualified in various competitive examinations (Average of last five years) (UGC-CSIR-NET, SLET, GATE, CAT, GRE, TOFEL, GMAT, Civil Services- IAS,IPS,IFS, Central/State services etc.) 5.1.5 The college has set up the Centre for Career Development with the objective of providing Value-added Education to make the students ready for the job market. This centre took cognizance of the needs of the industry and accordingly introduced Communicative English (since 2003) with a view to improving the communication skills of the students. Coaching facilities for School Service Commission Examination for college and outside students began in 2006. The centre has also introduced Coaching for MAT and other examinations such as Bank, Rail and Government services in 2007. In addition to these initiatives taken by the college, arrangements are made in the campus to provide professional training. The college has tied up with a few agencies that handle such training programmes. Jetking provides training in Hardware and Networking, Technable Solutions Pvt. Ltd. imparts training for BPO services, ICEI provides necessary facilities for the DOEACC courses up to A level [O-Level, PGDSA]. These organizations also look after the placements of the students they have trained. The institution facilitates students for appearing and qualifying various competitive examinations in the following ways: 2 Teachers guide them in the core subject area. 3 Additional assistance is provided by expertise person in the non-core subjects, such as General English, Logical Reasoning, Quantitative Reasoning etc. 4 Result year wise is presented in the following table:

117

Performance of the SSC Students Year No. of students Appeared Qualified Percentage coached of success 2006 15 12 03 25 2007 09 07 02 28.57 2008 15 12 Result - yet to be published

Performance of the Students appeared at MAT Year No. of students Appeared Qualified Percentage coached of success 2008 07 06 04 66.67 5.1.7 Give a comparative analysis of the institutional academic performance with reference to other colleges of the affiliating University and the university average. (Pass percentage, Distinctions, Gold medals and University Ranks, Marks obtained in relation to university average etc. (Last five years) 5.1.6 The college has been maintaining an enviable position in the sphere of

academic performance. The performance of the college vis-à-vis university

in the final examination and the result of a group of near by colleges

mentioning their rank in NAAC are placed from the data received from

university.

PERFORMANCE OF BARRACKPORE RASTRAGURU SURENDRANATH COLLEGE VIS- À-VIS UNIVERSITY B.A./B.SC./B.COM. PART-II (HONOURS) EXAMINATION, 2003-2008 [UNDER 2+1 SYSTEM AND 1+1+1 SYSTEM]

Scheme Year No of No of No No of % % % % stude studen of secon first first pass passed nts ts first d class class ed CU appea passed clas class colleg CU Coll red s e ege BA(Hons) 2003 365 365 5 336 1.36 1.39 100 98.91 2004 337 337 1 336 0.3 1.35 100 99.17 2005 399 399 8 381 2 1.54 100 99.14 2006 414 411 15 385 3.62 2.27 99.2 99.19 2007 365 365 8 341 2.19 2.11 100 99.41 2008 436 433 9 405 2.07 2.07 99.3 99.8 1

118

PERFORMANCE OF BARRACKPORE RASTRAGURU SURENDRANATH COLLEGE VIS- À-VIS UNIVERSITY B.A./B.SC./B.COM. PART-II (HONOURS) EXAMINATION, 2003-2008 [UNDER 2+1 SYSTEM AND 1+1+1 SYSTEM]

Scheme Year No of No of No No of % % % % stude studen of secon first first pass passed nts ts first d class class ed CU appea passed clas class colleg CU Coll red s e ege B.Sc. 2003 144 142 35 94 24.3 18.49 98.6 97.9 (Hons) 1 2004 193 190 45 145 23.3 21.19 98.0 98.37 2005 160 160 30 126 18.75 23.96 100 98.82 2006 183 179 51 118 27.8 23.58 98.4 97.93 2007 170 169 34 126 20 18.15 99.4 97.52 2008 172 171 43 121 25 23.8 99.4 98.89 2

B.Com 2003 355 352 12 308 3.38 8.12 99.1 97.21 (Hons) 5 2004 298 294 32 262 10.73 8.88 99.0 93.90 2005 310 307 62 212 20 15.02 99.0 96.78 2006 293 292 132 158 45 31.07 99.8 99.75 2007 253 252 67 182 26.4 21.59 99.7 99.22 2008 205 205 53 148 25.85 19.36 100 99.62

119

2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 Name of the Multi- Location No of No of No of No of No of No of No of No of No of No of college stream students first students first students first students first students first NAAC appeared class appeared class appeared class appeared class appeared class grade /passed (%) /passed (%) /passed (%) /passed (%) /passed (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) Acharyya B++ Madhyamgram, 404/397 25 403/397 39 363/359 44 325/323 42 223/215 23 Praphullachandra 24 Pgs (N) (98.27) (6.19) (98.51) (9.68) (98.90) (12.12) (99.38) (12.92) (96.41) (10.31) College Barasat govt Not Barasat, 24 Pgs 357/353 28 369/367 42 424/422 45 331/330 22 254/253 14 College accredited (N) (98.88) (7.84) (99.46) (11.38) (99.53) (10.61) (99.70) (6.65) (99.61) (5.51) Bidhan Nagar B++ Bidhan Nagar, 278/275 33 277/271 56 238/238 54 180/180 18 162/160 10 College Kolkata (98.92) (11.87) (98.19) (20.22) (100.00) (22.69) (100.00) (9.63) (98.77) (6.17) Rishi Bankim B Naihati, 24 Pgs 334/326 13 362/356 13 279/274 19 348/344 6 301/299 7 Chandra college (N) (97.7) (3.89) (98.28) (3.72) (98.21) (6.81) (98.85) (1.72) (99.34) (2.33) Mahadevananda B++ Barrackpore, 107/105 6 92/88 3 105/105 0 125/124 1 118/115 0 Mahavidyalaya 24 Pgs (N) (98.13) (5.61) (95.65) (3.26) (100.00) (0.00) (99.20) (0.80) (97.46) (0.00) Gobardanga A 24 Pgs (N) 335/330 6 340/331 4 400/392 1 191/184 2 314/311 1 College (98.51) (1.79) (97.35) (1.18) (98.00) (0.25) (96.34) (1.05) (99.04) (0.32) Scottish church A Kolkata 387/376 71 370/364 69 380/376 76 364/363 41 348/348 27 College (97.03) (15.04) (98.38) (18.65) (98.95) (20.00) (99.73) (11.26) (100.00) (7.76) Bhairab Ganguly B 24 Pgs (N) 333/331 24 344/337 35 342/340 34 277/275 10 277/277 16 College (99.4) (7.21) (97.97) (10.17) (99.42) (9.94) (99.28) (3.61) (100.00) (5.78) DumDum B++ 24 Pgs (N) 203/197 10 222/213 7 250/246 2 263/257 5 210/203 2 Motijheel (97.04) (4.93) (95.95) (3.15) (98.40) (0.80) (97.72) (1.90) (97.62) (0.95) College Bararckpore B Barrackpore, 784/784 112 896/891 203 875/872 105 833/826 78 863/861 58 R.S. College 24 Pgs (N) (100.00) (14.29) (99.55) (22.66) (99.66) (12.00) (99.16) (9.36) (99.77) (6.72) Mrinalinidevi B++ 24 Pgs (N) 259/259 4 271/267 6 265/259 3 243/234 1 248/241 0 Mahavidyalaya (100) (1.54) (98.89) (2.21) (97.74) (1.13) (96.30) (0.41) (97.18) (0.00) Sarojini Naidu B++ 24 Pgs (N) 193/190 4 219/216 10 171/170 6 132/131 6 89/88 1 College for (98.45) (2.07) (98.63) (4.57) (99.42) (3.51) (99.24) (4.55) (98.88) (1.12) women

120

Following is the mention of the University Ranks year wise

Last Five years Year 03-04 04-05 05-06 06-07 07-08 (Total) University Ranks 31 25 35 40 30 161

Details may be presented at the time of visit. Evaluation: The above two tables show the relative comparison of the result of the institution with respect to the average of the university. When compared with the University, the college performance is better than the University average and has been steadily maintaining the position. When compared with the neighbouring colleges affiliated to the same University, with reference to the number of students appearing for the final exams, to the number of students passing out, getting first class and percentage of students passing, the college has occupied 1st except two years i.e., 2nd / 3rd position in 2003, 2006 among the neighbouring colleges of the district which are now included in the new university, West Bengal State University. It is important to mention here that the number of students appeared per year is almost double or more than the candidates appeared from the neighbouring colleges. Results PG 05-06 06-07 07-08 Pass Percentage MCBM MCBM +CMSM MCBM +CMSM 100% 100% +COMM 100% Number of first classes 13 34 70

Steady growth, better quantitative and qualitative status, best performing amongst the neighbouring as well as in district colleges is noteworthy.

121

5.2 Student Support

5.2.1 Does the institution publish its updated prospectus, handbook and other student information material annually? If yes, what is the information disseminated to students through these publications? 5.2.1 Every year, before commencement of academic session, the prospectus is published which carries important information for the prospective students regarding admission rules, admission criteria, programmes and courses offered, fee structure, facilities provided, list of faculty with their qualifications, college highlights, value-added education, and other general rules for a students to follow while he/she pursues a course in the college. Day-to day information is communicated through class notification or display on the general notice board. 5.2.2 Does the institution provide financial aid to students? If yes, specify the type and number of scholarships/ freeships given to the students during the last academic year by the institution (other than those provided by the social welfare departments of the State or Central Governments). 5.2.2 College has a long-standing tradition in the matter of granting financial aid to students. Since a substantial number of students come from economically challenged families, the college is highly concerned about them. The teaching community of this college has also come forward to shoulder the responsibility of assisting 6-10 students with a scholarship of not less than Rs. 2500/- annually. An amount of Rs. 50/- is deducted from the salaries of teachers every month towards the funding of the above students. The college has also been granting full freeship or half freeship to nearly 12% of the total students’ volume. Financial assistance is granted to students on the basis some criteria, which take into consideration the merit, the regular attendance and the financial position of the family. Alumni Association of the college has also taken initiative to provide financial assistance to the meritorious cum financially poor students. Presently, the number is six and valuation is Rs. 2500/- each per annum.

122

College has also been able to arrange for some more scholarship for the students funded by some benevolent organisations. (Ref. Institutional Data Criterion V- 2; Page - Vol- I) From the table mentioned above, it is clear that granting financial assistance to students can not be considered occasional or an event of a year. Rather it is a continuous and sustained effort that the college has made to ensure the completion of studies of the financially challenged students. The number of recipients shown in the table is not selective, it is inclusive. No bonafide application is rejected. 5.2.3 Give details of schemes for student welfare? (Insurance, subsidized canteen facilities, special diets, student counseling support, “earn while you learn” scheme etc.) 5.2.3 The college has developed a medical insurance for students in the form of granting financial assistance to meet their medical expenditure against any accident caused on the basis of their applications. The maximum amount paid from this fund is Rs. 22,000/- to a single student in the year 2005-06. College has 4 subsidized canteens – 2 for students in both campuses of the college and a similar figure for the teachers. Subsidy is provided in the form of providing free space, and electricity, water, furniture at zero cost to all the 4 canteens, thereby facilitating both students and teachers to have subsidized food in the campus. Special diets round the year after regular practices are available to those who undertake coaching in sports and games. Expenditure in this head crossed more than Rs. 25000/- per annum. The college has appointed three professional coaches to train the students in football, cricket and athletics. A gym instructor has been appointed to carefully monitor the students when they work exercise on the instruments in the multi-gym. College is practicing the ‘Earn while you Learn’ mechanism as a support service for the students as one of its best practices since 2003-04.

123

Students are maintaining garden, arranging books in the library etc. within this scheme. The Institutional Data Criterion V- 2 is indicating the number of participants and the amount spent in this scheme. (Ref. Page – Vol - I)

5.2.4 What type of support services are available to overseas students? 5.2.4 All Support Services as mentioned above are also available to overseas students. 5.2.5 Give details of the placement and counseling services for the students?

5.2.5 In a general undergraduate degree college, campus recruitment is not a very popular phenomenon. Our college can claim distinction in this regard. The process began before the last assessment, but has gathered momentum since 2006. Students were offered placements in the sectors of IT, ITes, Sales and Marketing, Healthcare Services, Pharmaceutical companies, Insurance, Banking, Retail etc. The counselling programmes are conducted in phases. The first phase consists of apprising the students of the over all trends prevailing in the job market today. Students are persuaded to realize the importance of proficiency in communication. Creating awareness is the first thing that is targeted at the first phase of counselling. The first phase lasts for almost a month and a half. During this phase students are exposed to motivational lectures delivered by one of the members of the Career Development Cell. After the presentation students are allowed to ask questions and clear their doubts. Thereafter they enrol themselves in the value added education programmes, which includes, Communicative English language and Soft Skill Development. The second phase of counselling begins when a specific date is fixed for campus recruitment. Students are made aware of the details of the company, Job profile and the mode of interview that they will be attending.

124

The third phase takes place four to seven days before every recruitment programme to assess the students’ progress and remedial measures are taken, if necessary. The fourth phase of counselling is held after the recruitment process is over. A session is arranged to apprise the students who have not succeeded about the areas where they are required to improve further, on the basis of feedback we gather from the recruiting team on the day of interview itself. Our faculty members engaged in the career building activities of the students start working further to improve the quality of the unsuccessful candidates. From 2006-07 we have unleashed a new initiative to expand and broaden the counselling and career building activities. First Career Fair 2007 for Education and Counselling was organised by the Centre for Career Development from 26th November to 2nd December 2007. 1st Career Fair 2007

26.11.2007 Persons and Organizations Participated Counseling Session Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya, Director, School of I Education Technology, JU. Presentation by Hero Mindmine Outsourcing & presentation by Techno India Group Multimedia Sri Santanu Bhattachryya, Director, Technable Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Lecture on Multimedia by Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya Interactive Session 27.11.2007 Counseling Session Prof. Subrata Paul, Dean of Science, Jadavpur II University Dr. Ranajit Basu, Chairman, School Service School Teaching, Commission Law, Dr. Manik Bhattacharyya, Principal, Jogesh Chandra Journalism, Choudhury Law College Career Related to Bio Prof. Asok Bhattacharyya, Dept. of Mass Science, Communication, Jadavpur University Career Related to Prof. Dhruba Ranjan Dandapate, Head, Dept. of Commerce Education Commerce, CU

125

Counseling Session Lecture on Management Course by Prof. Ranjit III a Chakraborty, Dean, Commerce, Social Welfare and Management, CU. Career Chartered Presentation : Institute of Chartered Accountants of Accountant, Banking, India. Insurance & Management Interactive Session

Counseling Session Prof. Dwijesh Dutta Majumder, Indian Statistical III b Institute Sri Sekhar Chakraborty, Asst. General Manager, Jetking. Presentation by HCL. Software & Hardware Presentation by Webel

Interactive Session

28.11.2007 Counseling Session Prof. Sunil Gandhi, Dept. of Commerce, KU. IV Presentation by ICSI Company Secretary¸ Presentation by ICWAI Cost & Works Accountant Interactive Session

Counseling Session Sri Ananda Mohan Paul, Dept. of Management, C.U. V Sri Sandip Dutta, Director, Bengal Tax Council Sri Ram Kishore Chakraborty, faculty Mamber , W.B. Tax, Retail, General and Cooperative Bank Training Institute Banking Sri Chanchal Chakraborti, BRSC

2nd Career Fair 2008 for Education and Counselling was held from 2nd to 7th December 2008. 2nd Career Fair 2008 02.12.2008 Persons and Organizations Participated Counseling Session Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya, Director, School of Education Technology, JU. I ICA SHINE. Hardware, Networking & GT Group. Interactive Session Multimedia 03.12.2008 Counseling Session Dr. Dhruba Ranjan Dandapate, Head Dept. Commerce, C.U. II Dr. Ranjit Chaudhuri, Principal, IHM. Economics, Commerce, Hotel Dr. Manik Bhattacharyya, Principal, Jogesh Management, Law Chandra Choudhury Law College Dr. Amiya Mudi, Regional Chairman, School Service Commission.

126

Counseling Session Presentation: Institute of Chartered Accounts of India. III a Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of Chartered Accountant India. Sndip Kr. Chakraborty, BRSC & Genpact Cost Accountant Interactive Session Counseling Session Presentation III b Jetking GT Group. Hardware & Animation RTG Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee, Faculty, BRSC Interactive Session 04.12.2008 Counseling Session Presentation: IV Aptech Computer Centre

Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee, Faculty, BRSC Software Developer Counseling Session Presentation: IV a EIILM

NSHM Management Study Interactive Session Counseling Session Mr. Krishnendu Sarkar, Deputy Director, IV b NSHM.

Media, Hospitality, Retail Presentation & Technable Solutions. Out Sourcing Interactive Session Counseling Session V a Presentation

MAAC Animation & NGO Service Prominent NGO Groups Interactive Session Counseling Session Presentation V b Institute of Computer Engineers of Parallel Education for MCA, India, A Techno India Group. M.Tech & Medical Aptech Computer Education. Transcription. Webel -Infovision Interactive Session 5.2.6 How does the institution encourage and develop entrepreneurial skills among the students? 5.2.6 Entrepreneurial skills among the students are developed by encouraging them to take initiatives in handling cultural programmes, sports activities, students’ seminars, students’ etc. The institution taps their leadership skill by providing scope to organise various events so that they can develop their entrepreneurial potentialities.

127

Every year the students’ union organises ‘SUPROVA’, a week long annual cultural competition where students get opportunity to exhibit their talent in different spheres of cultural activities. Annual Sports and Annual Social Function are also organised by students’ union. Students can exhibit their creative activities in Drawing, Painting, Artworks and other Handicrafts, through an Exhibition held annually. A few workshops & seminars have been held like Day Long workshop of I-CREATE an NGO, two seminars addressed by the chairman of the District Industry Centre (DIC), a government body, where students learnt about the entrepreneurship. Another seminar was held where two leading entrepreneurs, Dr. Purnendu Roy and Dr. Debasish Bhattacharya presented their experiences in developing their own enterprise and encouraged the students to develop independent initiatives. 5.2.7 Does the faculty participate in academic and personal counseling? If yes, give details on services provided during the last academic year? 5.2.7 The College has a regular system of providing academic counselling services to the students through the structured routine from the month of February till the examination is over. Students in general and science and commerce students in particular have been utilising this opportunity to a large extent. Experience has proved the wrathfulness of allotting these classes. (This has been already detailed in Criterion II) 5.2.8 Is there a separate guidance and counseling centre for women students? If yes, enumerate the activities of the centre. 5.2.8 The Career Development Cell pays special attention to the opportunities where girl students maybe employed. This is evidenced from the cases cited above in 5.2.7. Health related problems of the female students are counselled and attended by the members of the Health Committee (mainly female teachers), grievances of the girl students are addressed by the Grievance Redressal Cell. Governing Body of the college has developed a Women development cell for the support of the girls’ students and women of the 128

society. Only women members of the college are the members of this cell. The cell is making arrangement for counselling of girls students required special support mentally and psychologically. The Women development cell has extended their activity in and outside the college. The cell is participating in the awareness programme of the women of ward no.17 of Barrackpore Municipality. 5.2.9 Is there a Cell /Committee constituted for prevention/ action against sexual harassment of women students? If yes, detail its constitution and enumerate its activities (issues addressed during the last two years) 5.2.9 The environment in an around the college did not prompt us to have a separate cell for prevention of sexual harassment of women students. It generally does not happen in the college. The institution has not witnessed a single case during the last five years. More over to prevent the occurrence of such type of incidents, the college has engaged one local middle-aged woman to run the students’ canteen in one of the campuses. 5.2.10 Does the institution have a grievance redressal cell? If yes, what are its functions? Detail the major grievances redressed during the last five years. 5.2.10 The College has a Grievance Redressal Cell. Students may ventilate their grievance either through complaint box or directly presenting representation to the Principal. During the last five years the following grievances came to the cell, which were given due consideration and redressal measures were taken.

Date Nature of Grievance Redressal Measures 05.09.03 A representation to the Principal assured the delegation Principal urging immediate and subsequently ordered to release of Puja advance to the release the puja advance to the employees and approval of employees. services of the employees appointed on contract basis. 05.11.2003 Complaint of misbehivour Principal invited both Sri Thapa against Sri S. B. Thapa, a and Sri Prabir Kr. De to a Lecturer in Hindi by Sri Prabir discussion and it was amicably Kr. De, Library Staff resolved. 10.04.2004 Representation to the Principal Principal ordered immediate by the students of Psychology purchase of books and it was done department demanding more books in the library 129

24.11.2004 A representation to the Principal took immediate action, Principal by the students of the met the teachers and requested Geography department them to take corrective measures. attracting his attention towards After a few weeks he enquired some academic problems about the matter and was informed that the problem ha been solved. 13.04.2006 Representation from the Cell met, discussed and resolved Students’ Union requesting that for second time duplicate Principal to order to issue a card with jacket be issued with second I-card in case of loss of out any cost. it. 01.08.2008 Complaint by two guardians Cell met and discussed the issue. that their wards have been As per discussion the accused beaten by four student (name students were called by the mentioned) Principal. They tendered unconditional apology and assure that it will not recur. 5.2.11 Is there a provision for acquiring computer skills / literacy for all students, in the curriculum? If yes, give details on how it is imparted, and level of proficiency. 5.2.11 In fact, 70-75% students at their entry level are computer literate, because in most of the schools, now a day, computer literacy programme is carried out on. Most of the Science subjects taught in the college, there are provisions in the curriculum for acquiring computer learning and skill. Among the Arts subjects, Journalism and Mass Communication students have the scope in their curriculum to acquire basic computer learning. For the rest the college has its own mechanism. When students are counselled for enrolment in the value-added education, we gather information to prepare database so that we can easily identify the students who are still left with no basic computer knowledge. We arrange separate classes for them to acquire computer skill. Our objective is to reach a position where every passed out student of this college will be computer literate. We can claim that now we are 5% short of that, which we will definitely achieve in the very near future. 5.2.11 What value-added courses are introduced by the institution to develop life skills; career training; community orientation; good citizenship and personality development of students?

130

5.2.12 In order to hone the skills of our students we have emphasised and introduced some value added courses like: 1 Communicative English, 2 Personality and Soft Skill Development, 3 Computer Literacy, 4 Training Programme e.g., School Service Commission, MAT, Combined Examination, 5 BPO Services, 6 Hardware & Networking, 7 ‘O’ Level & PGDSE. Activities related to community orientation and good citizenship are carried out through some action programme. (maybe cited at the time of visit) 5.2.13 How does the institution ensure safety and security of the students, faculty and the institutional assets? 5.2.13 The College is trying to ensure the safety and security of its stakeholders and institutional assets. 1. Compounding of both the campuses of the college. 2. Issuance of Identity Card for individual student and regular monitoring by the Principal & the teachers so that non-bonafide persons can enter in the campus. 3. Arrangement of continuous watching of the entrance of the college by Guard. 4. Arrangement of accidental insurance benefit for the students. 5. BRSC Staff Co-operative Credit Society for teaching & Non-teaching staff including management appointed staff. 6. Arrangement of EPF & GPF for the college management staff and the govt. aided staff respectively. 7. Insurance coverage for college assets

131

8. AMCs for different assets (e.g. Computer Hardware, Database Management Software, Water Purifier, EPBX) of the college. 9. Maintenance of fire extinguisher at the important places.

5.3 Student Activities

5.3.1 Does the institution have an Alumni Association? If yes, i. List its current Office bearers ii. List its activities during the last five years. iii. Give details of the top ten alumni occupying prominent positions. iv. Give details of the contribution of alumni to the growth and development of the institution. 5.3.1 The College has an Alumni Association, ‘PRAKTANIKA’, which was established in the year 2001 just before the Golden Jubilee celebrations. It is now registered under the West Bengal Society registration Act, 1961 (Registration No. S/1L/51372 of 2007-2008). Its registered office is at 6, Riverside Road campus of the College. The management and control of the society is effected by an Executive Committee, elected every two years by the members of ‘Praktanika’. As of now the First Executive Committee has portfolios like President, Working President, Secretary, 2 Asst. secretaries, Treasurer and 5 members. The aims and objectives of the Association are primarily to promote social welfare through i) adult education ii) eradication of illiteracy iii) raise social consciousness among the rural people. i. Following is the list of the office bearers: President – Professor Barin Kumar Basu Working President – Sri Kishori Mohan Banerjee General Secretary – Galive Iquebal Asst. General Secretary – 1. Sri Sandip Dasgupta 2. Sri Aniruddha Ghosh Treasurer – Sri Subrata Roy

ii. Alumni Activities - As part of student support, some of our alumni, Sri Kishori Mohan Banerjee an ex-faculty member of our college and also

132

Alumni, Dr Sandip Dasgupta, Principal, Motijheel Rabindra Mahavidyalaya and Sri Rabindranath Bhattacharya, Advocate, Barrackpore Court have been providing stipend to six needy and meritorious students of an amount of Rs. 2500/- each. ‘Praktanika’ convenes meeting regularly to give advice to the authority in the development of the College It has plans to take drive for fund collection in order to help in the development of the college. ‘Praktanika’ assists the College to develop industrial relations; to start P.G. Diploma courses of one to two years duration; to generate a linkage between the academics and the industry. Organizes re-union of the ex- and present students, teachers, non-teaching staff on the first Sunday of the month of December every year. Students who have secured first class marks in the final level University exam and University rank holders are felicitated on the day of Reunion. iii. Some Top Alumni: 1. Prof. B. K. Basu (Ex-Dean of Commerce and Management, CU) 2. Sri Pallav Roy Choudhury (Ex-Commissioner, Audit Service) 3. Prof. Kishori Mohan Banerjee (Retired Teacher, Commerce, BRSC) 4. Dr. Sandip Dasgupta (Principal, Motijheel Rabindra Mahavidyalaya) 5. Sri Subrata Bhattacharjee (Ex- Footballer, Indian Team & Coach) 6. Sri Srijib Bardhan (Deputy Director, Eastern India Regional Council, Institute of Charted Accountants) 7. Sri Swastik Chakraborty (Scientist, ISRO) 8. Dr.Chandan Mukherjee, Max Plank Institute, Germany. 9. Sri Anurag Dasgupta, Iwoa University, USA, 10. Sri Anil Mondal (Ex-Olympian, Weight Lifting) 11. Sri Sushil Sinha (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team) 12. Sri Chinmoy Chatterjee (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team) 13. Sri Bidyut Saha (Scientist, Philips Carbon)

133

14. Sri Swapan Sengupta (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team) 5.3.2 How does the institution encourage its students to participate in extra- curricular activities including sports and games? Give details on the achievements of students during the last two years. (Institution level/ inter- collegiate / Inter-University/ Inter-state/ National/ International) 5.3.2 The College encourages a number of extra-curricular activities to go along simultaneously with academic. Among them sports and games take precedence with the Annual Sports Meet held regularly under the guidance of the Sports Advisory Committee and the Students’ Union. Over the past five years (every year 500 students participated) our students have participated extensively in the college annual sports and represented the college elsewhere in various meets successfully. Details of the achievements of the students in sports are given below: 2003-04:

Urmila Choudhury of B.A. II year represented CU and the State of West Bengal in the All India inter university Khoko Meet and National Kho-Kho Championship. Subhra Debnath of B.A. II year secured 3rd position at State Level Inter- Collegiate Sports Meet organised by Govt. of West Bengal. Sujaruta Rao stood first in the Eastern Zonal Rock Climbing Competition. Debajyoti Mukherjee of B.A. III year represented West Bengal in the XIth National Wushu Championship. Subrata Das of B.A. II year secured Champion’s Trophy in the Boys’ Section in the Inter College District Sports Meet organised by Govt. of west Bengal and secured 3rd position in the 100 mtr Race in the State Sports Meet organized by the Government of West Bengal. 2004-05:

There was extensive participation in District, University and State

level competition in Football, Cricket and Athletics.

134

District Level Non-Govt. Inter-College Athletic Meet held on

February 2005, the following prizes were bagged by students of our college:

Event (Female) Position Name 200 mt Run 1st Mousumi Pal 100 mt Run 2nd Mousumi Pal Long Jump 1st Mousumi Pal Discuss Throw 1st Deepmala Singh Shot Put 2nd Deepmala Singh

Event (Male) Position Name 100 mt. Run 1st Subrata Das 200 mt. Run 1st Subrata Das Long Jump 2nd Biswajeet Bag Football Match won Runners Cup

Our College won the Champion’s Trophy in both Male and Female Athletic

Competition at the District level. Subrata Das own individual Champion

Trophy.

Calcutta University Inter-College Sports Meet

Event (Male) Position Name 400 mtr. Run 1st Subrata Das 200mtr. Run 2nd Subrata Das 100 mtr Run 3rd Subrata Das 2005-06

District Level Non-Government Inter-College Athletic Meet

Event (Female) Position Name Shot-put 1st Mousumi Pal Discus Throw 1st Mousumi Pal Javlin 1st Mousumi Pal Long Jump 2nd Laxmi Oraon Long Jump 3rd Julekha Yasmin Shot-put 3rd Deepmala Singh Discus Throw 3rd Deepmala Singh 135

400 mtr. Run 3rd Neelima Roy High Jump 2nd Subhra Dey

Event (Male) Position Name 100 mtr. Run 3rd Sashadhar Das 200mtr. Run 3rd Sashadhar Das Shot-put 2nd Md. Imran Long Jump 3rd Md. Imraj High Jump 2nd Debasish das Bairagya Javlin 3rd Tirtha Bhattachaejee 800mtr. Run 3rd Kaushik Mondal Mousumi Pal won individual Champion Trophy State Level Sports Meet at ‘Yuvabharati Krirangan’,

Event (Female) Position Name Shot-put 4th Mousumi Pal Event (Male) Position Name 4 x 100 mtr Relay Race 3rd Ashim Das

2006-07: University Meet

Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 2nd Mousumi Pal State Level Inter-District Sports Meet

Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 4th Mousumi Pal Event (Male) Position Name 400x100 mt Relay Race 3rd Ashim Das The Cricket Team of the College qualified up to the 2nd round at the

University Meet.

2007-08: District Level Non-Govt Inter-College Athletic Meet

Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 1st Urbashi Shaw Discus 1st Urbashi Shaw Javlin 1st Urbashi Shaw Javlin 2nd Subhra Dey 800 mt Run 1st Deepika Pal 400 mt Run 1st Deepika Pal 136

Discus Throw 3rd Subhra Dey 200 mtr. Run 1st Deepika Pal High Jump 2nd Ankita Dasgupta Long Jump 2nd Laxmi Oraon Long Jump 3rd Chimnoyee Bera 800 mt. Run 3rd Ranijita Chahar

Event (Male) Position Name 1500 mt Run 1st Amit Das 100 mt Run 2nd Ashim Das 400x100 mt Relay Race 2nd Ashim Das Santanu Biswas Amit Das High Jump Ayan Kr Mondal Javlin 2nd Ashim Das High Jump 2nd K. Narsingh Discis Throw 3rd Abinash Ujjwal Long Jump 3rd Shymal Mehta Urbashi Shaw and Deepika Pal won jointly individual Champion Throphy

Calcutta University Meet Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 2nd Mousumi Pal The College stood Runners Up of the Women’s Group in the Inter- College Championship organized by the University of Calcutta in the year 2007-08. Bani Bose of 1st year B.Sc of this college has been selected as a member of “West Bengal Women’s Cricket Association”. 5.3.3 How does the institution involve and encourage students to publish materials like catalogues, wall magazines, college magazine, and other material? List the major publications/ materials brought out by the students during the previous academic session. 5.3.3 The faculty members take on the responsibility of instilling in the students the need for publishing. They are encouraged to put down their thoughts on paper and give expression to thoughts and ideas they would like to share with others or feel strongly about. Writing helps them to tap their creative potentialities. They are encouraged to contribute regularly to the Wall Magazine, which, practically every department has been bringing out. Such

137

contributions are mostly in the form of articles which have social relevance or up-to-date information on some burning topics. The College brings out an Annual Magazine which is looked forward to by every student who has contributed to it. It is another platform to share ones thoughts with the student fraternity. The Magazine Committee handles this by announcing and inviting articles and encourages by placing the magazine box at strategic places in the campus for the students to see and do the needful. The Journalism Department brings out its own journal, ‘Batayan’, which is awaited eagerly by the students of the department. Post Graduate department of Commerce is in the footstep of publishing a peer reviewed Journal of Business and Economic Studies. Some other departments are encouraged to bring out departmental journals, where along with students the teachers can also find space to exhibit their writings. 5.3.4 Does the institution have a Student Council or any similar body? Give details on its constitution, major activities and funding. 5.3.4 The institution has a very active Students’ Union which is formed every year after a full fledged election process. An Election Commission comprising of five faculty members is constituted to oversee the election process. Election takes place at two levels, firstly, general students elect their class representatives. At the second stage, the elected class representatives elect the office bearers and members of the Executive Committee. The term of office of the Students’ Union is one year. The office bearers of the Students’ Union are the President, the Vice-President, General Secretary, Asst. Secretary, and Treasurer and they are assisted in their work by several committees like the Cultural, Games, Magazine, Common-room, Canteen, Library, and Welfare committees. The major activities of the Students’ Union include:

138

• Organizing cultural activities like Annual Social, ‘Nabin Baran’ (freshers’ welcome), Saraswati Puja etc.

• Celebration of International Mother Language Day ‘Ekushe’, ‘Hindi Diwas’, ‘Teachers’ Day’ etc.

• Organizing Annual sports and games, Inter Class Football & Cricket Competition.

• Organizing Annual Cultural Competition, ‘Suprova’.

• Assistance in decision making for granting freeship and half-freeship to general students.

• Help in the distribution of the Students’ Medical Aid and Means Fund, Medical Insurance and other Student Welfare programme.

• Participatory role in policymaking and assistance in Admission process of the students.

• Participatory role in policy making in Library management, Canteen management etc.

• Participation in College Magazine publication, Wall Magazine publication.

• Giving donations for different developmental activities of the college like purchase of library books, fans, sports goods etc.

• Interaction with the College Authorities on the general problems of the students. Funding is provided mainly by subscription of general students, collected every year at the time of admission. The fund is maintained in a bank account operated jointly by Principal and General Secretary of the Students’ Union. 5.3.5 Give details of the various academic and administrative bodies and their activities (academic and administrative), which have student representations on them. 5.3.5 Some of the academic and administrative bodies where student representatives are included:

139

1.Governing Body –: highest policymaking body of the institution. 2. IQAC – highest body entrusted with the responsibility of ensuring quality teaching learning. 3. Academic Sub-Committee – All academic related matters including schedule of examination, result etc. are discussed and decided. 4. Admission Committee – Admission rules, procedure of admission, publication of merit list are some of the issues which are discussed and resolved in this committee. 5. Magazine Committee – responsible for collecting write ups from the students and publication of the magazine. 6. Students’ Aid Fund – the committee scrutinises the individual application of students and decide to grant freeship and half-freeship according to the merit and needs of a particular student. 7. Sports Committee – oversees coaching activities in the field of football, cricket, athletics and organises annual sports meet. 8. Grievance Redressal Cell – the cell takes into consideration whenever any grievance comes to its notice in the form of petition made by students, staff, guardian and teachers and endeavours to resolve the same. 9. Women development cell: – Two girls students are working as the member of the committee. In every committee, students’ representatives always extend their cooperation and this is noted with great satisfaction that ours is a college free from any sort of students’ agitation. The college had not witnessed a single agitation during last five years. 5.3.6 Does the institution have a mechanism to seek and use data and feedback from its graduates and from employers, to improve the growth and development of the institution? 5.3.6 The institution has a very detailed and well-planned mechanism to seek feedback from students on almost every aspect of the institution. The objective is to use the feedback for improvement and development of the

140

college. The final year students are requested to give their feedback in a fair and free manner. They are asked to rate the most important aspects of the college which begins from location, curriculum aspect, teaching learning, library, examination, canteen & other services of the college. The respective departments pore over the feedback and analyse the findings which are then discussed threadbare in departmental meetings. Suggestions, advice and recommendations are noted down with a view to implementing them in whatever way possible. Although we have been taking feedback inputs from students of final year since 2003, the process of taking feedback from the graduate students has stated recently and it is yet to pick up. The feedback is taken from the graduate students mainly curricular and other aspect of the college and it is taken on the day of Re-Union, organised by the Alumni Association. 5.4.1 Give details of institutional best practices towards Student Support and Progression? Following are the best practices that the institution has been

following with utmost sincerity

 Granting of full freeship and half freeship to students on the basis of

merit and need;

 Introduction of value –added programmes (ref. 5.2.12) which is a new

addition in the post-accreditation period.

 Arrangement of wide spread counseling services (Academic, Career

and Personal)

 Organization of Career Fair for education and counseling.

 Improvement of teaching learning process which has made students to

improve their results (Ref. 5.1.6) and thereby progression to post

graduate studies;

141

 Formations and Activation of Career Development and Placement Cell

which has made possible recruitment of large number of students at the

graduation level; (Ref. 5.1.4)

 Facilities provided to the students for promotions of their talent in the

field of Sports and Games (Ref. 5.3.2), which is an achievement in the

post-accreditation period.

 Arrangement for taking feedback from students Parents, and other

stakeholders

 Formation and activation of Women’s Development Cell

 Earn & Learn programme

 Establishment of Thalassaemia Detection Centre

 Adoptation of Municipality Ward no. 17 of Barrackpore Municipality

for extension activities.

Additional information For Re-accreditation:

1. What were the evaluative observations made under Student Support and Progression in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon? Following are the observations made in the previous assessment Report under Student Support and Progression: a) “Being an undergraduate college, progression of students in terms of employment is limited” b) “The dropout rate is negligible.” c) “However the department of Microbiology, Computer Science have exhibited their employment potential.” d) “ the college would be benefited if it can explore the rich potential of its Alumni.” e) Students “had some reservations about closed access system in the library and shortage of teaching staff.” f) “Revival of NCC for girl students and more indoor games in the girls’ common room are some of the specific needs identified by the students Response of the college

i) The college has overcome the limitation to a large extent faced

by an undergraduate college in terms of employment of its students at

142

the graduate level. The college has attached great importance to this

aspect and therefore constituted.

‘Centre For Career Development’ developed in the year 2004-05 and

entrusted responsibility to explore the employment opportunities of our

system. The situation has undergone a thorough change since 2006.

The college has become a favoured destination of some of the high

profile names in the corporate world, which have been regularly

conducting campus interviews.

In the previous assessment report the members of the visiting Peer

Team noted only the names of two industries, which had conducted

campus interviews. But during last five years the following industries

and corporate houses have visited our campus and recruited our

students as their employees.

 Infosys  India Foils

 Coginizant Technology  Debur

Solution  ITC

 Wipro BPO  IDBI Capital

 IBM DAKSHA  DISHA Eye Hospital

 Genpact  Tata Johanson Automative Ltd.

Placement Records

2003-04 Wipro BPO – 5 Electrosteel – 6 17/861 = 1.97% Bengal Chemical

Pharmaceuticals – 6

143

2004-05 ICICI –Prudential Life Insurance – 3 Pitambar Infovision –8 11/826 = 1.33%

205-06 Electrosteel – 6 Bangal Chemical 15/872 = 1.72% Pharmaceuticals – 5 I CICI Prudential – 4 2006-07 130 130/891=14.59 2007-08 132 132/784=16.83

Others who have invited our students to participate in joint Campus Recruitment Programme include: (a) Satyam Cpmuters (b) Tech Mahindra Relevantly it should br mentioned that the potentialities of the students of Microbiology and Computer Science have largely been utilized Also the college has been trying showly but steadily to explore ‘the rich potential’ of its Alumni in the following warp:

• Stipends are coming for the present students from the Alumni

• The college has appointed some of its ex-students as faculty members.

• 3Alumni have been taking part in the overall development of the college.

• Most important is the fact that Alumni members inhabited in and around

the locality are always available for rendering their services as and

when required.

• Open access system in the library has come into effect in 2003, the

students have really benefited from the new system.

• Arrangements for more indoor games have been made in the girls’

common room. Only one observation i.e. college has initiated the

process of arrangement for ‘NCC for girls’ students’ and submitted the

application for the same, but is yet to be effected in action.

144

2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Student Support and Progression?

Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation are as follows (a) Introduction of value-added education programme. (b) Formation and Activation of Career Development and Placement Cell (c) Organization of Career Fair for Education and Counselling (d) Sports and Games facilities provided to the students (e) Special Diet support of the sports participants.

145

Criterion VI: Governance and Leadership

6.1 Institutional Vision and Leadership

6.1.1 State the Vision and Mission statement of the institution and give details on how the institution a) ensures that the vision and mission of the institution is in tune with the objectives of the Higher Education policies of the Nation? b) translates its vision statement into its activities?

6.1.1 Vision & Mission Statements:

The vision, mission and objectives of Barrackpore Rastraguru

Surendranath College are stated below:

VISION: To make the college a centre of excellence and an institution of national acclaim. MISSION:

• To ensure and sustain Quality in education.

• To provide value based and value added education with a view to instilling self-confidence among the students.

• To inject energy and vigour among our youth and help them to learn, grow and evolve so that their dreams come true.

• To make our students socially committed and adaptable to global changes. OBJECTIVES: 1) Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids. 2) Provision of need based higher education to cope up with the changing requirements of the society. 3) Attainment of excellence through academics. (a) It is understood that the objective of higher education in any country

is nation building and it ushers in new dimensions in economic

development with social well being & social justice. With the passage of

146

time the requirements of the society keep changing due to advancement of knowledge, technology, reasoning, invention, innovation etc. and the higher education institutions are required to cope up with this changing scenario.

So the college as a higher education institution has set its vision and missions to ensure quality in education, which is assumed to be the need of anytime in general, and particularly at this transitional period of globalisation and participation of private players in the field of education.

The objectives of higher education policies are to assist in National development with social justice, to increase global competencies among the students through skill development, to inculcate values of cooperation and mutual understanding in this diversified society with pluralistic culture, to promote the use of technology in higher education and in the quest for excellence. The vision and mission statements of our institution are definitely in tune with the objectives of higher education policies as is evident from our history of educational development. The main thrust of our vision and mission statements is on enhancement and sustenance of quality in education with a goal to achieve excellence in all spheres so that it becomes a centre of excellence at the national level in due course of time.

(b) One of the main objectives of higher education policies of our nation is to increase access to higher education. It is estimated that only 8-9% percent of our youth in the age group of 18-24 years can get the opportunity of higher education whereas in any country of medium development 20% of their youth of the same age group can have the opportunity of higher education and in the developed countries this figure is above 50%. There is a positive correlation between the percentage of

147

population engaged in higher education and economic development. Our policy framers like to raise this percentage up to 25% without sacrificing quality and the target is to attend 15% during XI Plan period. So we have emphasised on the advancement of learning in higher education institute like ours where more than 4,300 students are getting quality education in different programmes and can engage themselves in national development through their services in the society. We have introduced technology enabled teaching and learning process as far as practicable right at this moment to hone the skills of our students so that they are globally competent and can achieve excellence. The student profile of our college will show that they are coming from different economic backgrounds. (Ref. Criterion 5.1.1) It is highly notable that the intake of female candidates in different programmes is increasing day by day. The library and office works have been fully computerised. We are providing computer-training facilities to the teachers and non-teaching staff so that they can operate computer and can enter into the wonder world of Internet to update their knowledge. The students without computer background at the previous level are provided with computer training programme at a cheaper cost with the assistance of Institute of Computer Engineers, a DOEACC accredited institution. We have introduced several value added programmes to enhance the skills of our students so that they can compete with others nationally or internationally. Disciplines in all spheres – administrative, academic and financial are maintained through various measures, as we believe that nothing can be achieved without discipline. Students, teachers and non-teaching staff are properly motivated towards it and academic calendar is strictly maintained. The internal and statutory external audit is up-to-date. The result of the students at the end level examination of the university is quite satisfactory. ‘Earn and Learn’ campaign has got momentum and the

148

students coming from the lower strata of the society are gaining through it and becoming self-reliant and self confident. All the activities as described above in a nutshell are directed to achieve excellence-ensuring quality in education. The IQAC in our college is also working in the right direction. 6.1.2 Enumerate the Management’s commitment, leadership-role and involvement for effective and efficient transaction of the teaching-learning processes.

6.1.2 The management’s commitment is to ensure transparent and equity based admission, quality teaching learning and students’ career building. The management’s involvement for effective & efficient transactions of the teaching-learning processes are reflected as follows: Since teaching learning process starts primarily with admission process at the commencement of each academic session Principal as CEO took the leadership to ensure implementation of transparent and equity based admission procedures by strict vigilance over day to day admission activities. The management has taken a leading role in introducing emerging subjects such as Microbiology, Computer Science, Electronic Science, Food & Nutrition, Journalism & Mass Communication, Film Studies, and Business Administration, Sociology, Psychology, Marketing Management to satisfy the needs of the society. Moreover, management has taken special initiative to design and implement the curriculum programme keeping in view the principle of academic flexibility. To have a good number of combinations the students can take for each programme, a wide spread time table is essential and that can be possible only if infrastructural facilities are improved. The Governing Body has always chalked out its planning to accommodate the increasing requirement for development.

149

Academic counselling classes and remedial coaching are planned and provided for differently abled students. Management has planned and installed the mechanism to provide modern Teaching aids by development of Digital Class Room, extended Internet facility, planning for EDUSAT connectivity and other modern aids. Management has formed a Cell for Career Development for better employability of the students. Enhancement of access to higher education by maintaining good teacher student ratio is the motto of the management and to achieve this motto Govt. sanctioned teaching posts are not enough. To overcome this problem, nowadays there exists a dualistic approach for recruitment of Teaching and Non-teaching staff. (a) For recruitment of teachers in all the substantive teaching posts including the post of Principal approved by the Govt. of W.B., the recommending authority is the West Bengal College Service Commission (WBCSC) constituted by West Bengal State Legislation Act, 1978 and the appointing authority is the Governing Body of the College. (b) To improve the Teacher-Students ratio and to impart quality education, the Governing Body of the College has been creating whole time teaching posts in different subjects from time to time as per requirement reflected in students’ feedback and Parent Teacher meetings. We can mention that till date the college has created 35 and filled up 33 whole time teaching staff who are paid from the College Fund. These posts are filled up through the recommendation of the Selection Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the College. The Selection Committee is composed of a subject expert from the parent university, President of the GB, Principal of the College and Head/senior most teacher of the department. The college invites applications through advertisement in the leading newspaper (usually The Statesman) from

150

the personas having UGC prescribed qualification. Transparency and the quality are the guiding forces for appointment in this category of teachers. We are not shaky to say that inspite of all our best effort the teacher student ratio in some departments is not satisfactory. Financial crunch at the Govt. level seems to be the limiting factor for lack of adequate number of teaching staff. Reservation policy of the Govt. and non-availability of suitable candidate in this category (for SC and ST candidates) are the other hindrances. There is also a limitation with respect to the financial capability of the college itself. Still we believe that we will be able to overcome this problem. So far as non-teaching posts are concerned there is also a dual policy in respect of requirement. 1. The Government sanctioned Non-teaching posts are filled up as per exiting govt. rules. Applications are invited from the candidates through open advertisement in the leading newspaper and through local Employment Exchange. The Selection Committee framed by the college Governing Body takes the screening test, if required. The Selection Committee calls short-listed candidates for the interview. A panel of three (3) candidates is prepared by the Selection Committee and is placed before the Governing Body for approval. Principal is authorised to give appointment according to the merit list (1st, 2nd, 3rd) made in the panel. 2. Due to financial crunch of the State Govt. and delay in sanctioning the non teaching posts for a long period of time, the college is forced to create whole time non-teaching post on contractual basis for smooth running of the college and for providing quality support services to the students. Procedure of appointment in these posts is followed through the Selection Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the College. Both the whole time teaching and non-teaching staff appointed by the college on contractual basis enjoy the scale of pay with usual benefits like DA, HRA and Medical Allowances from the College Fund.

151

They are also enjoying the benefits of the Employees Provident Fund (EPF) with employees’ and employer’s contribution. In addition to the above the college has appointed class basis contract teachers having the UGC qualification and non-teaching staff on daily basis. The college has been able to engage a good number of Guest Teachers in different departments on request with specialized skill in appropriate branch of study. The management has allotted UGC funds to purchase Books & Journals for the central library and the departmental libraries and to buy Equipments for the laboratories as support services to the students. With the commitment and involvement the departments of Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce got recognition from UGC and receive separate PG grants for purchasing books, journals and equipments. The management also applied to State Govt. for sanctioning funds for purchase of equipments for PG in Microbiology and the State Govt. has sanctioned the grants on the basis of performance. In addition to that the college has allotted funds from its own coffer to purchase books in the departmental library as a supplement to central library. Usually each department can purchase books worth Rs. 5000/-to Rs. 20000/- per annum. The management of the college has been able to motivate the students union to donate funds from Students Activity Fund to purchase books in the central library. The management has successfully approached to the Hon’ble MP & MLA for releasing funds for purchase of books and instruments. They have also responded positively. College has received specific fund from MP for library computerisation & availed funds for purchase of books from MLA and MP fund.

152

Principal requested the Heads of the departments to place requisition for national / international journals and action has been taken to purchase the same. The library is well equipped with journals also. Laboratory spaces have been extended in the Departments like Mathematics, Physics, Electronic Sc., Computer Sc., Zoology, Food & Nutrition, Microbiology, Sociology, Language Laboratory, Commerce, Journalism and Mass Communication etc. The total laboratory space has been more than doubled since 1st NAAC visit. The management has taken measures to arrange faculty development programmes for both teaching & non-teaching staff. The college has arranged Seminars, Workshops, and Symposia for both teaching & non-teaching staff. No. of teachers participated in Faculty Programmes such as

Seminar Attended: 47+30+60=137, MRP: 30,

Teachers’ performance in the designing of syllabus both at the

UG & PG level.

The management encourages faculties to participate in Seminars, Workshops, Refresher and orientation programmes. No. of teachers participated in RC&OP: 36 (during 2003-04 to 2007-08) The management of the college has decided to provide the benefits of Information & Communication technologies such as Digital Class Room/ Virtual Class Room/Seminar Room with Internet connection and other devices such as visualiser, sensor, Over Head Projector (OHP), Laptop, LCD Projectors etc. 6.1.3 How does the management and the Head of the institution ensure that responsibilities are defined and communicated to the staff of the institution? 6.1.3 Principal, on behalf of the GB of the College, defines the duties of the individual staff through terms and conditions of appointment. Communications to teaching and non-teaching staff about their

153

responsibilities are made through notices, office orders & circulars and holding meetings with different Academic and Administrative bodies, meeting with Principal and thus ensure accountability for accomplishment of allotted duties. 6.1.4 How does the Management/Head of the institution ensure that adequate information (from feedback and personal contacts etc.) is available for the management, to review the activities of the institution? 6.1.4 To review the activities of the institution, the management /Head of the institution ensure that adequate information is available from multi cornered feedbacks – a) Students’ Feedback (b) Feedback from meetings in the Parent-Teacher Association (c) Performance Appraisal Report of staff, (d) Employers Feedback Report, (e) Feedback from Alumni (f) Feedback from Head clerk, (g) Heads/senior teachers of the departments, Reports from respectable persons of the society like Chairmen of Municipalities, Physicians, Head of the school and colleges. Feedback from students & parents are available since 2001 and Performance Appraised Reports are available from the last three decades. Feedback from students have been made compulsory from the outgoing students of the 3rd year. Without filling up the feed back form no students is allowed to fill up the university form for Part-III examination. Every year parent teacher interaction are made departmentally and centrally. Teachers are asked to produce their self appraisal time to time. 6.1.5 How does the management encourage and support involvement of the staff for improvement of the effectiveness and efficiency of the institutional processes? 6.1.5 The management encourages and supports involvement of the staff for the improvement of the effectiveness & efficiency of the institutional processes through meetings with the teaching & non-teaching staff time to time convincing them about their involvement in institutional process in an effective & efficient way. The staff are given freedom to exercise their option about two fields/areas in which he/she can contribute in institutional activities. A

154

questionnaire has been prepared & given to all the staff for giving his/her options. After carefully considering the options, different subcommittees have been constituted according to choices exercised by the teachers. In the formal meetings of the committees & subcommittees, the gesture and the support services of the staff are gratefully acknowledged through resolutions taken in the meetings. Effectiveness is ensured through cordial relationship and cooperation between the inter-departmental teachers. 6.1.6 Describe the leadership role of the Head of the institution, in governance and management of the institution. 6.1.6 The leadership role of the Head of the Institution in governance & management is guided by the core values in the Higher Educational Institution such as: 1 Contributing to National Development with social justice 2 Fostering global competencies among students through skill development 3 Inculcating values of cooperation and mutual understanding among the different stakeholders 4 Promoting the use of technology 5 Quest for excellence The Head of the Institution has a key role in framing visions & missions of the college and in achieving this with the objectives. All these have bearings in the sustenance and enhancement of quality in education. For proper governance and management, meetings of the Governing Body and other Standing Subcommittees such as Finance Subcommittee, Academic Subcommittee, Admission Committee, Building Subcommittee, Library Sub Committee etc. are frequently convened by Head of the Institution and proposals and resolutions are implemented by the Head of the institution. The idea of opening up of the emerging subjects in this institution to cope up with the changing requirements of the society came in the mind of

155

the former Head of the institution and he successfully implemented the idea into reality and thus took the leadership role in this regard in the district of North 24 Parganas. The performance report of the teachers on half yearly basis is hung up on the wall of the teachers’ room for everyone’s notice, which is an innovative practice of this college. The arrangement of counselling classes for the students through structured routine is also an innovative idea. Leadership is provided by the Principal who is a person with love, care and concern. He pursues the skills of 3 Es – Envisioning, Energising and Enabling. Armed with Vision, Mission and Objectives of the institution and having the skills, the Head of the Institutions believes and maintains the following:

1 Management based on participation and transparency; 2 Maintaining integrity in the institutions’ academic programmes through Academic Audit;

3 Fixation of individual responsibilities and their discharge; 4 Effective utilisation of resources; 5 Periodic review of performances of the teachers and non-teaching staff for improvement through physical verification and discussions in the meetings;

6 Welfare schemes for all relevant stakeholders (such as Medical & Means Fund, Students’ Aid Fund, provision of scholarship from different sources, provision of Cheap Book Store, canteen facility to students & staff, Provident Fund, Puja Advance facility, Staff Cooperative Credit Society, Medical check up facility, Study leave etc.)

7 Evolving mechanism for redressal of grievances of teaching, non- teaching staff & students.

8 Effective budgeting and resource mobilisation. 9 Effective Auditing on time by internal and statutory Auditors.

156

6.2 Organizational Arrangements

6.2.1 Give the organizational structure and details of the academic and administrative bodies of the institution. Give details of the meetings held, and the decisions taken by these bodies, regarding finance, infrastructure, faculty recruitment, performance evaluation of teaching and non-teaching staff, research and extension activities, linkages and examinations held during the last two years. 6.2.1 The organisational structure and details of the Academic & Administrative Bodies of the institution are given in the following Tabular Form.

Governing Body

Principal

Academic wing IQAC Administrative wing Financial wing

Academic Sub committee Teachers’ Council General Sub Finance Sub Committee Administration Committees Examination Departments Career Librarian Bursar Subcommittee Development Cell Head Clerk Library Library Cashier & Accountant Autonomous Distance UG Clerk Attendant Cash Clerk PG Courses Education Courses PG & UG Establishment Student’s Service General Student Accounts Account PG BOS Arts Science Commerce Management

Science Commerce Dept Dept Research Women Monitoring Cell Library Selection Purchase Building Development Canteen 157 Admission NCC Grievance Redressal Election NSS Health Sports & Commission Games

As per the statute of the University of Calcutta, Governing Body of an

affiliated college is constituted by four elected members from the teaching

staff, two elected members from the non-teaching staff, one elected member

from the students’ union (mainly the General Secretary of the Students

Union), two nominated members from the parent university, two nominated

members from the Govt. of West Bengal and one person nominated in the

category of person interested in education.

President of the Governing Body is elected through voting by the

members and the President should not be the teacher member. Principal is

Ex-officio secretary to the Governing Body and Chairman of all other

committees as mention in Table 6.4.

6.2.2 To what extent is the administration decentralized? How does the institution collaborate with different sections/departments and personnel of the institution to improve the quality of its educational provisions? 6.2.2 The Administration of the college is completely decentralized on the part of General Administration, Routine (time table) Management, Purchase, Academic Planning including Organisation of Seminars & Workshops, Financial Planning, Meetings of the Teachers’ Council, Library, Departmental Meetings where the teachers, students and the non-teaching staff are involved on democratic basis. There are collaborations with Heads/Senior teachers of the Dept. who are in charge of departmental activities. They sit for Academic & Admission Subcommittees for planning and effective implementation. Academic matters are monitored by three senior most teachers in Arts, Science and Commerce. 6.2.3 Does the institution have effective internal coordination and monitoring mechanisms? If yes, specify. 6.2.3 Yes, the college has effective internal coordination and monitoring mechanisms.

158

The organisational structure of the institution reveals that there are different subcommittees for proper planning, evaluation and implementation of the activities of the institutions. These committees function through the democratic participation of the stakeholders of the institutions. Further the problems of the stakeholders are considered at the micro level and then are considered at the institutional level. The workings of internal coordination & monitoring mechanisms are given below: Table No. 6.1 Workings of the Coordinating Agencies in different fields of work

Coordinating Agency Field of Work 1. Governing Body Overall policy formulation, planning, implementation, creation of posts, appointment of staff and overall supervision. 2. Admission Committee Admission of Students 3. Academic Sub-Committee Academic Affairs 4. Finance Sub-Committee Financial Affairs 5. Library Committee Library service development, planning & policy. 6. Building Committee Infrastructural growth 7. Purchase Committee General purchase 8. Research Monitoring Cell To motivates the faculty members and the students to pursue research work. 9. Seminar Committee Organising seminars & workshops. 10. Backward Class Committee To look after the welfare of the SC, ST & OBC students. 11. Health Committee Organising health awareness programmes among the students and people of the adjoining locality. 12. Election Committee / Commission To conduct Students' Union election. 13. Grievance Redressal Cell To look after the grievances of the male & female Students, male & female Teaching and Non-teaching staff. 14. Teachers' Council To assist Principal in all academic matters. 15. Examination Committee To monitor college and university examinations. 16. Career Counselling & Placement To coordinate with employment agencies and motivate students for self- employment, entrepreneurship etc. 17. Games & Sports To motivates the students to participate

159

in games and sports activity. 18. Extension and Linkage NSS, NCC and National and International linkage. 6.2.4 Does the institution have a Grievance Redressal Cell for its employees? If yes, what are its functions? List the number of grievances redressed during the last two years. 6.2.4 Yes, the institution has a Grievance Redressal Cell. The cell has been formed as per the resolution of the Teachers’ Council dated 04.04.2000.& since then it has started functioning. The function of the Grievance Redressal Cell is

a) to consider and record the grievances of teaching, non-teaching staff and the students;

b) to take measures to redress (or, to minimise) grievances; c) to create an environment of peace, harmony and coordination among the stakeholders for the betterment of the institution. The following is the list of number of grievances redressed year wise: Table No. 6.2 List of Grievances redressed Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005- 2006-07 2007-08 06 No. of Grievances redressed 08 04 04 02 02 6.2.5 How many times does the management meet the staff in an academic year? What are the major issues discussed during the last meeting? 6.2.5 On behalf of the management, Principal of our college meet frequently in an academic year. Table: Year wise no. of meetings of the Principal with Teaching and non- teaching staff and students Table No. 6.3 Principal’s Meeting Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 No. of 15 10 14 13 11 Principal’s Meetings Major issues of discussion in the meetings were:

a) Procedure of admission at the graduation and post-graduation level and the role of teaching, non-teaching staff & students

b) New fee structure & the other charges of students 160

c) Pay structure of teachers of some Depts. (Full time contract) d) Deductions Income Tax, EPF, CPF etc. e) Programme for cluster of colleges f) Reunion of staff, students & alumni g) Inaugural ceremony of newly constructed buildings and naming of the buildings

h) Reviewing the works of different subcommittees i) Teaching module of value based education j) Appreciation model of teaching & non-teaching staff k) Thalassaemia Eradiation programme with the involvement of teaching, non-teaching staff, students, Indian Red Cross Society and society persons

l) Organisation of the programme ‘Commencement, 2008’ (Convocation Address)

m) Scheme on convergence of Open & Distance Learning (IGNOU) & Conventional System

n) Professional courses & faculty development programme for teaching & non-teaching staff. 6.2.6 Is there a Cell to prevent sexual harassment of women staff? How effective is the functioning of the Cell? 6.2.6 Yes, there is a Grievance Redressal Cell which take measures to prevent

sexual harassment of girls’ students and women staff.

The grievances of female members are discussed in the presence of

female faculty members of the cell. The opinions of the female members of

the cell are taken before implementing the decision. The processes of

redressing the grievances are normally completed within one month from

the date of complain.

After receiving the complaints from the female members, a

meeting of the Grievance Redressal Cell is convened where it is

161

discussed. The female faculty members are requested to make thorough

investigation along with the assistance of senior female faculty

members. They place the report in the meeting of the cell. If the

grievances are found to be true, penal measures would be taken against

the accused and warned him so that such incidents do not occur in

future (Ref: Meetings dated 20/05/05, 10/07/05, 09/08/08).

6.3 Strategy Developments and Deployment

6.3.1 Describe the procedure of developing the perspective institutional plan. How are the Teachers, Students and Administrators involved in the planning process? 6.3.1 Perspective Institutional Plan is required for institutional development. The

plan involves both identification of priorities & creation of resources to

realise them. The procedure of developing the perspective institutional plan

is described below:

1 Internal Quality Assurance Cell comprising of all stakeholders of the

institution prepare a Perspective Institutional Plan (called Future

Development Programme in the college) on Infrastructural growth,

Academic growth, Student Facility, Financial Planning.

2 The proposals are placed in the meeting of Governing Body. After

careful considerations these proposals are accepted.

3 After the approval of Governing Body, the college prepares an Annual

Plan of the institution criterion wise and priority wise and tries to

implement these annually.

4 The teachers, non-teaching staff, students and administrators are

involved in the planning process through their participation in different

162

committees such as Governing Body, Finance Committee, IQAC,

Academic Sub Committee, Admission Committee, Building Committee,

Library Committee, Grievance Redrassal Cell, Research & Monitoring

Cell, Sports Committee, Routine Committee, Examination Committee,

Purchase Committee, Career Development & Placement Cell etc and

their working in different committees.

6.3.2 How are the objectives communicated and deployed to all levels, to ensure individual employee’s contribution for the institutional development? 6.3.2 The objectives are communicated and deployed at all levels through discussions in the meetings of the Governing Body, IQAC, Academic Subcommittee, Teachers’ Council, Finance Committee, Building Committee and Principal’s meeting with teachers, non-teaching staff and students. Different stakeholders are urged upon to take responsibility in implementing the institutional plan through their involvement in different committees. Also, the performances and the progress of the works of different committees are reviewed through the reports of the convenor of respective committees. Moreover, performance appraisal reports of the staff show the employee’s contribution in respect of Teaching-Learning, Curriculum Design, Research, Consultancy & Extension, Student Support & Progression, Participation in Infrastructure & Learning Resources, Financial Support Services etc. 6.3.3 List the different committees constituted for the management of different institutional activities? Give details of the meetings held and the decisions taken, regarding academic management, finance, infrastructure, faculty, research, extension and linkages, and examinations held during the last two years. 6.3.4 The different committees constituted for the management of different institutional activities are the following:

163

Table No. 6.4

No. of Meetings held Remarks Sl. 2003- 2004- 2005- 2006- 2007- No. General Special 04 05 06 07 08 Governing 1 04 12 15 12 07 Body Finance 2 03 04 06 05 06 Committee Academic 3 03 08 07 06 04 Subcommittee Teachers’ 4 05 04 03 06 05 Council Members’ Building participate in 5 07 06 10 11 07 Subcommittee All decision the meetings are are 6 Library 02 04 03 03 01 unanimously satisfactory. 7 Admission 19 17 14 21 13 taken; Required Grievance 8 08 04 04 02 02 Meetings Documentation Redressal are regularly be placed 9 Examination 01 03 02 05 06 held before the Selection 10 03 09 04 09 13 NAAC Peer Committee Team Principal’s 11 15 10 14 13 11 Meeting Research & 12 Monitoring 01 01 01 01 02 Cell Extension & 13 04 03 04 04 06 Linkage

6.3.5 Has the institution an MIS in place, to select, collect, align and integrate data and information on the academic and administrative aspects of the institution? 6.3.4 The institution has an MIS in the form of Databases containing information

on students, library, admission, academic, Accounts.

Students’ Databases give information on the volume, status,

financial background, caste, blood group, fees structure, results (college &

university) of students.

Library Databases give the stocks of books & journals with

accession no., the issue & return of books by the faculty, employees & the

student day wise, arrival of new titles etc.

164

Admission Databases give information about the position of

admission in different subjects & streams, gender wise, caste wise,

economic background wise course wise (Hons./Gen.) & year wise (1st / 2nd /

3rd year).

Accounts Databases give information on the receipts & expenditure

department wise, year wise, financial position of the college, fund received

from different organisation & the utilisation etc., individual employees

status, salary & other financial benefits, budgetary provisions, the position

of updating Audits etc.

Performance Appraisal Data of staff (Teaching and Non-

Teaching) give information on the contribution by them to the institution.

All these data are available from the MIS in the college and can be

integrated & used for the Academic & Administrative purposes of the

institution.

6.3.6 Does the institution use the various data and information obtained from the feedback, in decision-making and performance improvement? If yes, give details. 6.3.5 To improve all-round development in accordance with the core values of NAAC our college in its ongoing efforts aims at introducing new programmes & sustain them with a view to enhancing quality to foster global competencies amongst the students & to contribute to national development. To achieve these goals, the college has developed its own system of inviting feedbacks from all the stakeholders. In the formulation & use of feedback system, certain significant contextual features come up for policy decision and performance improvement. We have developed a multi-cornered and multi-pointed feedback system involving all the stakeholders.

165

Multi-cornered Feedback are available from (1) Students, (2) Academic Peer / Alumni / Society person / Parents, (3) Management, (4) Employers. The two-way system of students’ feedback & parents’ feedback have been taken & used since 2001 & 2002 respectively. The positive & constructive suggestions made in the feedback are the best guide in taking decisions in the right perspective. Evidence of successes are reflected through using feedbacks for quality assurance & enhancements. A few are stated below:

1 Introduction of Open Access System in the library 2 Introduction of Departmental Library 3 Longer library hours for PG students 4 Extension of laboratory space 5 Construction of Girls’ Hostel 6 Unitisation of teaching plan 7 Working of Career Development & Placement Cell 8 Organisation of seminars 9 Providing facilities of water purifier-cum-cooler and improvement of canteen facilities. The feedbacks from Academic Peer/Alumni/Society persons [Municipal personnel, Medical Representatives, MP, MLA, Head Master/Mistress etc.] have been introduced since 2006. The suggestions available from them are used for performance improvement of the institution. Management’s Feedback (Performance Appraisal of teachers) was initiated three decades ago with the objective of making teachers accountable in discharging their duties to the students, institution & the society at large. The parameters used are: the no. of classes taken by a teacher out of classes allotted to him/her on daily basis, the no. of remedial classes taken, the no. of examination duty performed out of 166

duty allotted. Verification and cross checking of the duty performed by the teachers and attendance register are done by the Principal at the end of the day on daily basis. The NAAC Peer Team in its first visit highlighted that “the unique mechanism for ensuring the performance of teachers and staff on daily basis is worth appreciating”. This will help increase in the services to the students and in the completion of syllabus. Evidence of success in class performances and examination performances of teachers can be had from the following tables:

Table No .6.5 Class performance of teachers since 2003 – 04 (in percentages)

Performance Percentage\Session 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Above 90% 41.07% 52.54% 54.93% 48.72% 80 – 100% 83.93% 86.44% 76.06% 79.49%

Table No. 6.6 Examination performance of teachers since 2003 – 04 (in percentages)

Performance Percentage\Session 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 100% 23.73% 62.71% 14.08% 20.51% Above 90% 76.27% 86.44% 59.15% 67.95% 80 – 100% 93.22% 98.31% 94.37% 88.46% In addition to above, evidence of success are reflected in the following:

1 Timely submission of question paper, and award list 2 Timely publication of results 3 Engagement in research work 4 Maintenance of Academic Diaries by the teachers College is also taking feedbacks from different sections of society e.g. Society Members of IQAC, Alumni & Responsible section of the society and persons interested in education. 6.3.7 What are the institution’s initiatives for promoting co-operation, sharing of knowledge, innovations and empowerment of the faculty? (Skill sharing across departments, creating/providing conducive environment, etc.) 6.3.6 Inter disciplinary subjects such as Microbiology, Computer Sc., Electronic Sc., Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Economics, Sociology, Commerce

167

and Business Administration are taught at the UG and PG level. The knowledge and skill of the faculties are shared in these subjects. Further, in the teaching-learning process and seminars & research activities, both intra and inter departmental teachers exchange their knowledge on different subjects and make them enriched. Moreover, in the meetings of Teachers’ Council, Department and Academic Subcommittee, faculties have the freedom of expression on the need for and requirements of the institution for quality teaching & learning. The proposals are made and accepted in the respective committee meetings and placed to the Governing Body & Statutory bodies created by the Governing Body for implementation. These have been implemented by the Principal, Head/Sr. Teacher of the Depts Thus through the democratisation & involvement of the faculties in decision making, sharing of knowledge and direction of research & innovation, the institution provides the opportunities in maintaining cooperation and empowerment of faculty. Also, the institution has the mechanism to organise departmental tours, college tour, Annual General Meetings, Picnics, Get together, Organisation of cultural activity etc. to grow cooperation among the faculty members.

6.4 Human Resource Management

6.4.1 What are the mechanisms for performance assessment (teaching, research, service) of faculty and staff? (Self–appraisal method, comprehensive evaluation by students and peers). Does the institution use the evaluations to improve teaching/ research of the faculty and service of the faculty by other staff? If yes, how? 6.4.1 Mechanism for performance assessment (teaching, research, service) of

faculty & staff are:

1 Performance Appraisal of teachers 2 Students’ Feedback System 3 Feedback from Academic Peers, Alumni, Persons of society

168

4 Feedback from Parent-Teacher Association 5 Feedback from Research & Monitoring Cell 6 Daily Attendance Register The multi-cornered feedback is used to undertake SWOC analysis in order to improve teaching, research, service of the faculty & staff. Faculties in the meetings of the Departments discuss about their performances objectively. The Management’s feedback is used to understand his/her contribution in the service of the institution and the faculty becomes careful in the future course of action. Research & Monitoring Cell motivates & encourages the faculties to undertake research work, reviews the research activity of the faculty. 6.4.2 What are the welfare measures for the staff and faculty? (mention only those which affect and improve staff well-being, satisfaction and motivation) 6.4.2 The college has taken several welfare measures for the staff & the faculty in order to achieve work satisfaction and security. The following are the welfare measures for the staff & faculty:

1 General Provident Fund 2 Employees Provident Fund 3 Puja Relief 4 Festival advance 5 Facilities of loan by BRSNC Staff Cooperative Credit Society at cheaper rate of interest.

6 Grievance Redressal Cell; 6.4.3 What are the strategies and implementation plans of the institution, to recruit and retain faculty and other staff who have the desired qualifications, knowledge and skills? 6.4.3 Faculty & other staff are important stakeholders as they are facilitators in a student-centric environment of HEI. The students as learners, being the focus, are motivated by the teachers to gain knowledge in the expanding frontier of knowledge. As such the institution has to adopt strategies and to

169

implement plan to recruit and retain faculty and other staff. The strategies are: 1 The workload of different departments and the no. of teacher-student ratio are calculated; 2 Students feedback, parents feedback etc. are taken in active consideration for vacancy requirements; 3 Govt. sanctioned strength of teaching & non-teaching staff and the present position of the institution are considered; 4 The staff strength of different departments are considered and proposals for conversion of posts from one department to another without any financial burden are taken and sent to the Higher Education Department; 5 The matter is discussed in the meetings of Teachers’ Council, Academic Subcommittee, Finance Committee and the Governing Body; 6 Principal as per the direction of the above Bodies approach the Director of Public Instruction (DPI), Govt. of West Bengal to sanction the teaching & non-teaching posts and to issue orders for filling up the vacant posts; 7 Vacancies are put up in the Roster and Reservations Policies are followed as per the Govt. rules and the Roster is verified by the BCW Dept., Govt. of W.B. (A Competent Authority); 8 In spite of sanctioning of the teaching & non-teaching posts and filling up the vacancies, the teacher-student ratios in some departments appear to be low. Financial crunch at the government level appears to be a limiting factor for lack of adequate number of teaching & non-teaching staff. Even, the vacancies in the approved posts of teachers & non- teaching staff could not be filled up by the college due to the reservation policies of the Govt. and non-availability of teachers in the reserved category; 9 The Governing Body of the college after careful consideration creates whole time permanent teaching & non-teaching posts. The quality is not 170

compromised. Applications for the post of teaching staff are invited from the candidates having UGC qualification through advertisement in the leading newspaper (e.g. The Statesman);

10 Retention measures are taken in our college for dearth of qualified faculties in the emerging subjects such as Computer Sc., Electronic Sc., Microbiology & the like. The college offers higher pay in the form of senior scale or giving one or two additional increments & special pay to retain the qualified faculty with knowledge & skill; 6.4.4 What are the criteria for employing part-time/adhoc faculty? How are the recruitment conditions of part-time/adhoc faculty different from that of the regular faculty? (Eg. salary structure, workload, specialisations). 6.4.4 The criteria for employing part time/ad hoc faculty are: i) The faculty must possess UGC qualification; ii) He/She has to take 10-12 classes in a span of 2-3 days per week; iii) Payments are made on class basis/module basis; The recruitment conditions of Part time/adhoc faculty are different from that of the regular faculty is respect of: Table No. 6.7 Recruitment Conditions of the Faculty

Sl. Faculty

No. Regular Part time/Ad hoc a) Day basis 6 days in a week 2-3 days in a week Salary Basic as per UGC Scale b) structure with admissible allowances, Class basis contract; HRA & EPF 8-12 classes per week depending upon the workload c) Workload 20-22 classes per week of the Dept. requirement for the specialisation. 10 days Casual Leave, 10 days Medical Leave & 10 Leaves in form of Puja Vacation & Benefits days Study Leave, 240 days Winter Recess are granted with d) enjoyed earned leave, Summer pay. If class falls on a schedule Recess, Puja Vacation & holiday, they are still paid. Winter Recess Teachers as per his/her May avail of this condition specialisation in PG classes & in e) Specialisation but not compulsory some UG classes requiring special skill.

171

6.4.5 What are the policies, resources and practices of the institution that support and ensure the professional development of the faculty? (Eg. budget allocation for staff development, sponsoring for advanced study, research, participation in seminars, conferences, workshops, etc. and supporting membership and active involvement in local, state, national and international professional associations). 6.4.5 Our college follows the policies that support and ensure the professional development of the faculty in terms of Sponsoring of Advanced Study, Research, and Participation in Seminars, Conferences, and Workshops etc. (RC & OP) Our college believes that faculty needs training in advanced skill related to their work and to enable them to function more effectively. Exposure to such innovative ideas and training has made the faculty conversant with the goals and objectives of the institution. The institution encourages the faculty to avail of these professional

developments. At present, 43 out of 52 faculties in position, representing

82% have undertaken research projects. Almost all the faculty members

have been participating in seminars, conferences & workshops (national &

international). Some of the faculty members are the members of the

professional bodies such as Institute of Cost & Work Accounts, Indian

Economic Association, Indian Chemical Society etc.

To avail of these opportunities, the college approves study

leave, research grants, grants for holding seminars, orientation & refresher

courses. The college in its budget allocates funds for promotion of research

and development as: 2006-07(Rs 50,000/-), 2007-08(Rs. 1 lakh), 2008-

09(Rs. 2.50 lakh).

6.4.6 How do you assess the needs of the faculty development? Has the institution conducted any staff development programmes for skill up-gradation and training of the staff? If yes, give details. 6.4.6 The needs of the faculty development are assessed by

1 Feedback from students

172

2 Feedback from employees 3 Feedback from parents 4 Feedback from Academic Peers/Society Persons 5 Feedback from external agencies 6 Exchange of opinions. Yes, the institution has conducted Staff Development Programmes for skill up-gradation and training of the staff.

For faculties, the following programmes were conducted by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College. Table No. 6.9 Details of Workshop Name of the Held on Resource Person (s) Participants Workshop Technology Enabled 26th & 27th Prof. Marmar all the faculty Teaching and February, Mukhopadhyay, Joint members of the Learning 2004 Director, NEIPA, N. college Delhi Prof. Kalyan Dutta & Prof. Samar Bhattacharya, JU Professor from Jadavpur University, Calcutta University, DDPI, Govt. of W.B. Computer Awareness 2004-05 Mr. Aritra Roy Almost all the Among the Existing Chowdhury, M/S Cella faculty members Teaching Staff Syatems Environmental and 24-25, Prof Ashoke Ranjan Faculty Members Industrial Aspects of February, Thakur, VC WBUT, of Different Microbes in New 2006 Prof. Dipak Bagchi, Institute of the Millennium (UGC Dean, Faculty of CU State Sponsored State Ambika Banerjee, East Level Seminar) India Phramceutical Shymal Sanyal , Pro- VC, JU and other distinguished persons from Universities and Institutes Use of Library 18/12/07 Dr. P.K. Choudhury, All the faculty Former DPI & Former members of the Member Secretary, college WBSCHE & Dr. Swapna Banerjee,

173

Reader of Library Science, C.U. Basic computer, 23/10/08 Prof. Sunil Gandhi of Almost all the Excel, Linux, Power Kalyani University & faculty members point presentation & Sri Debiprasad use of Multimedia Bhattacharyay of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College. Teaching Learning 10/12/2008 Dr. P.K. Choudhury, All the Faculty Process Former DPI & Former Member Member Secretary, WBSCHE

For staff, the following programmes were conducted by the college.

Name of the Held on Resource Participant Workshop Person s Computer Awareness 2004-05 M/s. Cella All the existing among the existing System non-teaching staff Non-teaching staff Staff improvement 11/04/06 i) Joint DPI, Govt. of All the existing Programme on Office, West Bengal, ii) non-teaching staff Accounts & Library Reader of Library Sc., Calcutta University, iii) Assistant Register of Calcutta University Use of Library 18/12/07 i) Former DPI, Govt. of All the existing West Bengal & non-teaching staff formerly Member Secretary W.B. State Council of Higher Education ii) Reader of Library Sc., Calcutta University Basic computer, Office, 23/10/08 M/s. Cella System, All the existing Tally & Software & Faculty Members of non-teaching staff packages 24/10/08 KU, BRSNC

Further, the college conducted staff development programme through the involvement of the Research Monitoring Cell and participation in Refresher Course and Orientation Programme for skill up gradation and training of the staff.

174

6.4.6 What are the facilities provided to faculty? (Well-maintained and functional office, infrastructure and other space to carry out their work effectively etc.,)

6.4.7 Faculties of our college are provided with the following facilities:

• Well maintained and functional office;

• Spacious and decorated staff room and departmental rooms;

• Spacious libraries with Old & rare books, Books of current editions,

Journals;

• Laboratories with necessary and improved quality of equipments,

chemicals & other instruments

• Access to technology aided teaching tools such as OHP, LCD Projectors,

Laptop

• Digital class rooms

• Research facilities and working office

6.5 Financial Management and Resource Mobilization

6.5.1 Does the institution get financial support from the Government? If yes, mention the grants received in the last three years under different heads. If no, give details of the sources of revenue and income generated during the last three years?

6.5.1 Yes, the institution receives financial support from the government since 2003-04 under the following heads. Head of Grants: i) Grant-in-Aid (Pay Packet) ii) Central/State/Local Scholarship iii) UGC Grant iv) MP LAD Grant 6.5.2 What is the quantum of resources mobilized through donations? Give information for the last two years.

6.5.2 The quantum of resources mobilised through donations is given below: A donation of Rs. 30,000/- from an Ex-teacher of the college in memory of his mother was received during 2005-06.

175

6.5.3 Is there adequate budget to cover the day-to-day expenses? If no, how is the deficit met? 6.5.3 The institution prepares the budget to cover the day-to-day expenses as far as practicable. The institution makes an annual budget. On head-wise Actual amounts spent & earned during the last year Adjustment done. Annexure of Budget since 2003-04 are enclosed 6.5.4 What are the budgetary resources to fulfill the institution’s mission and offer quality programmes? (Budget allocations over the past two years (provide income expenditure statements) 6.5.4 The budgetary resources are: Tuition Fees, Laboratory Charges, Sports Activity, Session Charges, System Development Charges, Electricity & Maintenance, Internet, Admission, Library, Development Charges, Building Charges. These resources are required to realise the institution’s mission and quality programmes. Budgetary Allocations over the last 5 years (from 2003-04 to 2007-08) are enclosed: The Income & Expenditure Statements and Balance Sheets reflect the financial health of the institution and help to construct the budget. The Income & Expenditure Statements of last 5 years (during 2003-04 to 2007-08) are enclosed herewith. By comparing the Income & Expenditure Statements and Budgetary allocations for the last 5 years of the college that there is agreement of Income & Expenditure Statements with the Budget of the college. This reveals good financial planning and discipline of the college. 6.5.5 Are the accounts audited regularly? If yes, give the details of internal and external audit procedures and the audit reports for last two years. 6.5.5 Yes, the college accounts are regularly audited both internally and externally and the position of internal and external audit is up-to-date. The audit report for the financial year 2007-08 has been completed.

176

The Audit report of the college for the last 5 years (2003-04 to 2007- 08) is enclosed herewith for kind perusal. This audit report of the college gives a complete and detailed picture of financial performance, propriety and management. It is clear from the audit report that the college accounts are regularly kept and there are no cases of misappropriation & defalcation of institutional funds. The Audit reports are discussed in the meetings of Finance Committee and Governing Body. The Auditor’s report, (Internal & External), observations & suggestions are noted and accepted for future improvement of the institution. 6.5.6 Has the institution computerized its finance management systems? If yes, give details. 6.5.6 Yes, the institution has computerised its Finance Management Systems through accounting package. The financial management systems work through different softwares, packages such as Visual Basic & Tally.

6.6 Best Practices in Governance and Leadership

6.1.1 What are the significant best practices in Governance and Leadership carried out by the institution? 6.1.1 The best practices in Governance and Leadership carried out by the institution are;

1 Management based on democratic participation of stakeholders and transparency;

2 Leadership and dynamic role of the management and commitment towards efficient transactions of process.

3 Governance facilitating missions and objectives. 4 Identification and demarcation of responsibilities of stakeholders. 5 Decentralised and delegated structure in administration with effective internal coordination and monitoring mechanism.

6 Institution initiatives for promoting cooperation, sharing of knowledge, innovations and empowerment of faculty.

177

7 Effective utilization of resources 8 Periodic review of performance for improvement 9 Welfare schemes for all stakeholders 10 Effective budgeting and resource mobilization 11 Up to date internal and statutory auditing and computerized Finance Management System Additional information for Re-accreditation

1 what are the evaluative observation made under the Organisation and Management in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?

1. The NAAC peer team in their assessment and accreditation visit in 2002 made an observation under organisation and management that “The Human Resource Planning and Recruitment of staff needs improvement. The teacher taught ratio need to be reduced, Creating Hostel facilities for outside students is very desirable.” In response to the observation and suggestions, the college acted upon by taking the following steps:

 Faculty development programme through research, participation in seminar, conferences and workshops and refreshers and orientation course.

 Organization of workshop, seminars and the training programme.

 Provision of different infrastructural facilities like well maintained and spacious office, departmental room, staff room, laboratories, digital class room with LCD Projector and Laptop.

 Provision of budget allocation for staff development.

 Welfare scheme for the staff and the faculty.

 To reduce the teacher taught ratio, the college has taken steps to fill up the vacant posts of teaching and non-teaching staff on substantive basis. Further the governing body of the college has created and appointed whole time teachers having UGC qualification unaided basis who are

178

paid from college fund. In addition the college has appointed class basis contract teachers having UGC qualification and has engaged qualified guest faculty from different Universities and reputed institutions on request.

 As per the recommendation of the NAAC peer team, the college has set up Women’s Hostel which can accommodate eighteen (18) girls students at present. The first and second floors of the girls hostel are yet to complete. The college has purchased a plot of land for construction of Boy’s Hostel. 2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Organisation and Management?

2. Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures with regard to organization and management are

 Management based on democratic participation of stakeholders and transparency.

 Identification and demarcation of responsibilities of stakeholders and their discharge.

 Periodic review of performance through feedbacks from different stakeholders for improvement.

 Effective utilization of resources.

 Effective budgeting and resource mobilization The Governance and Leadership role of the college is being felt in collegiating all the stakeholders. Activities under Governance and Leadership have been undertaken by the management of the institution to achieve the vision, mission and objectives of the college and the core values of NAAC. All these have bearings in the sustenance and enhancement of quality in education

179

Criterion VII : Innovative Practices

7.1 Internal Quality Assurance System

7.1.1 What mechanisms have been developed by the institution for quality assurance within the existing academic and administrative systems?

7.1.1 The mechanisms developed by the institutions for quality assurance are described below:

1 Formation of IQAC 2 Functioning of Different Committees / Monitoring Cell 3 Introduction of Academic Diary 4 Feedback Mechanism – Students, Teachers, Employees, Management, Parent, Alumni, Society 5 Academic Counselling 6 Organisation of Remedial Teaching and holding of Tutorial classes 7 Introduction of Tutor- Ward mechanism 8 Promotion of Research Culture 9 Introduction of Technology-enabled Teaching 10 Opening of technology-enabled learning & presentation by the students 11 Use of ICT in the form of online, internet services and websites 12 Introduction of Project Work and field work by the curriculum 13 Introduction of value added classes 14 Organisation of seminar & workshop 15 Participation of teachers in Orientation Programme and Refresher course 16 Participation of Teachers in Faculty Development Programme by UGC 17 Unitising the syllabi 18 Earn & Learn programme 19 Open Access in library 20 Introduction of Library class 21 Organisation of Co curricular & Extra-curricular activities 22 Outreach programme

180

7.1.2 What are the functions carried out by the above mechanisms in the quality enhancement of the institution? 7.1.2 The mechanism in the quality enhancement of the institution is carried out by the functions of different cells, bodies and committees. IQAC- Its primary function is dissemination of information received from different corners and making arrangement for introduction of best practices and their institutionalisation. IQAC chalks out Action Plan on Academic growth, Infrastructural growth, Students’ Facility, Financial Planning to ensure and sustain quality, keeping in mind the core values of NAAC. Departmental Committee- Unitisation of the syllabus as per academic calendar, analysis of progress of syllabus, Tutor-ward interaction, performance of the students in examinations etc. Departmental teachers take measures for slow and advance learner for their betterment, consider the attendance performances of the students and take remedial measures, arrange for purchase of library books for departmental library and review the proper functioning of departmental activity. Academic Subcommittee for UG & PG Board of Studies - Discuss academic matters such as progress of syllabi, framing examination schedules and process of evaluation of examination, and framing polices for purchase of books and journals. Admission Sub Committee – Frames rules and procedures of admission, monitors and reviews admission of students, takes care of access and equity maintained for all section of students. Research Monitoring Cell - Motivates the teachers and the students to undertake research work, involves the teachers in minor research projects, motivates for registration for M.Phil. / Ph.D. programmes, encourages faculty members and students to attend International / National / State / Regional level Workshops / Seminars / Conferences, to motivate faculty

181

members to publish articles / papers in leading journals including web journals and to undertake collaborative research programmes. Seminar Committee – Organises seminars, workshops and conferences, encourages students to deliver lecture with computer-enabled technology. Finance Committee – Analyses financial planning and management. It considers how the resources are to be mobilised to match the deficit in the budget and takes effectives steps to make regular audit and prepares the college annual budget. Building Committee- Considers the planning and effective implementation of infrastructural growth to accommodate the academic growth. Library Committee- Considers planning and development of Library services for the users Purchase Committee – Frames the policy of general purchase and approves bills following the guidelines of purchase policy. Health Committee – Organises health awareness programmes among the students and people of the adjoining locality. Sport & Games –Motivates the students to participate in games and sports activity and promotes social responsibilities and good citizenship roles among the students. Cultural Committee – Consider planning and organising cultural activities of the college Grievance Redressal Cell- Considers the grievances of the male & female Students, male & female Teaching and Non-teaching staff. NSS & NCC Committees –Motivates the students to organise social work and to implement them through the involvement of the students Centre for Career Development–Coordinates with employment agencies and motivates the students for employment, self-employment, entrepreneurship etc.

182

Student Union- Organises Annual Sports & Games, Cultural Competitions, Annual Social, Special Days’ celebration, Participation in different development programme, 7.1.3 What role is played by students in assuring quality of education imparted by the institution? 7.1.3 Good teachers make good students; similarly good students make good teachers. Students are encouraged to participate discussion in the classroom, seminars, research, projects, fieldwork etc. i.e. learner – centric method of teaching is being emphasised. Students, being the important stakeholders of Higher Education, can contribute to assure quality of education through their involvement of the following:

1 Participation in different Academic and Administrative bodies; 2 Participation in Seminars, Research, Projects, Fieldworks; 3 Making use of Internet & online information and ask teachers about their queries;

4 Participation of students in publishing Wall Magazine and College Annual Magazine;

5 Participation in modernization of Library through process of Bar- coding of the books;

6 Participation in Group Discussion, Debates and Quiz competition; 7 Organisation and Participation in Cultural Activities; 8 Organisation and Participation in Games and Sports and securing ranks in different events at District, State and University level competition;

9 Participation in overall development of the college; 10 Participation in different social & community development programme. 7.1.4 What initiatives have been taken up by the institution to promote best practices in the institution? How does the institution ensure that the Best Practices have been internalized? 7.1.4 The initiatives taken up by the institution to promote best practices are the following:

183

1 Dissemination and communication of information among the new entrants (stakeholders) of the college.

2 Discussion between the Governing Body, internal stake holders [teachers, non-teaching staff, Students] with the Society Persons, Parents, Employers etc;

3 Consultation of the multi-cornered feedbacks and their implementation;

4 Continual reviews, exercise and improvement of current practices; 5 Sharing and reviewing best practices of other institutions of repute through participation of national and international seminars, conferences and workshops;

6 Initiation for introduction of the best practices of other institutions. 7.1.5 In which way has the institution added value to the quality enhancement of students? 7.1.5 The institution adds value to the quality enhancement of students in the following way:

1 Encouraging students to participate in value added mechanism through counselling;

2 Introducing communicative English to hone the skill of communication in English as English is the link language at the National and International levels;

3 Making arrangement for computer learning to all so that they are able to get benefit technology based education;

4 Workshop for Entrepreneurship development; 5 Giving facilities of internet use to have access to the wonder world of knowledge;

6 Holding departmental seminars and workshops where students are speakers and they participate using modern teaching aids which enable them to feel free to ventilate their independent thinking;

184

7 Taking follow up action on students’ feedback; 8 Involving students in undertaking NSS and NCC activities to make them socially committed and to develop a sense of Team work, development of cooperation, fellow feeling, discipline, and social justice;

9 Encouraging students to participate in games and sports and gymnasium activities to develop their physical skill in co-curricular and extra curricular activities;

10 Promoting the publication of Wall Magazine and College Annual Magazine by the students;

11 Promoting the Handicrafts works of the students to encourage creativity through Earn & Learn Programme.

7.2 Inclusive practices

7.2.1 What practices have been taken up by the institution to provide access to students from the following sections of the society: a) Socially-backward b) Economically-weaker and c) Differently-abled

7.2.1 What efforts have been made by the institution to recruit 1) Staff from the disadvantaged communities? Specify? a) teaching b) non-teaching 7.2.1 The institution has taken the following practices for students from a) Socially backward b) Economically Weaker c) Differently –abled to provide access to students through: a) Effective steps are taken for strict observance and implementation of reservation policy of government of W.B. 22% and 6% of the seats are reserved for SC and ST candidates respectively in the case of admission; It may be mentioned that the population of the socially backward people in the subdivision is not in

185

accordance with the state reservation.

College is located at an industrial area where the old industries like Jute, Engineering are in struggling mode. As a result, around 40% of the population are around lowest economic zone (income around Rs.5000/- pm).

Table No. 7.1 Population of the Barrackpore Sub Division {North 24 Parganas District} [Census 2001]

Area SC ST Others Total

Barrackpore Male- Male- 10271 Male-1687275 Male- Sub Division 205283 1902829 Female- 8912 Female-1502694 Female- Female- 181535 1693141

Total/ 386818 19183 (0.53) 3189969(88.72) 3595970 Percentage (10.75) (100)

b) Tuition and other fees are waived for students coming from economically weaker section of the society as a whole.

c) Seats are reserved for differently abled students. Facility of admission is given to them through physical verification of the extent of disability by the Admission Committee subject to the fulfillment of minimum marks in the last qualifying examination.

To sustain the academic growth of the students of these sections of society, financial facilities are given to the students in the form of SC/ST scholarship, Students Aid Fund, financial assistance from Teachers’ Council, Students Means Fund, Jayanta Chowdhury Memorial Funds, Matree Sangha Jana Kalyan Fund, financial assistance from Alumni and financial assistance from donations by Ex-teachers.

So far as the recruitment of teaching and non-teaching staff from disadvantaged communities is concerned, the institution follows the reservation policy. The Roster pattern for recruiting teaching and non- teaching staff is approved by the BCW Dept., Govt. of West Bengal and the institution takes effective steps for strict observance of the reservation rule. 186

Teaching staff on whole-time substantive basis from disadvantaged communities are recruited by the college on the recommendation of West Bengal College Service Commission and Non-teaching staff on whole-time substantive basis from disadvantaged communities are recruited on recommendation of the selection committee from the panel of candidates sponsored by Employment Exchange and from open advertisement through Newspaper. The post of teaching staff in the reserved category remains vacant due to non-availability of the candidate in the said category for a long period of time. The college accept this in spite of serious dislocation in teaching & learning. Out of 74 sanctioned posts in teacher category, 09 posts in the reserved category have been filled up and out of 33 existing posts in the non-teaching category 06 posts in the reserved category have been filled up. 7.2.2 What special efforts are made to achieve gender balance amongst students and staff? 7.2.2 We need not have to take any special effort to achieve gender balance among students and staff in this urban area because over the years increasing percentage of female students has been admitted in different subjects in our college. This aspects has also been corroborated by the NAAC peer team in their first visit. The following table will speak for itself Gender wise distribution of students:

Table No. 7.2: Gender Wise student strength dt. 31.03 of each year.

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Total 4095 4252 4216 4280 4430 Male 1896 1940 1824 1845 1871 (46.30%) (45.62%) (43.26%) (43.11%) (42.23%) Female 2199 2312 2392 2435 2559 (53.69%) (54.37%) (56.74%) (56.89%) (57.77%)

Over the years large no. of female students are getting admitted in different streams in our college. In the case of teaching and non-teaching staff gender wise Distribution is given below.

187

Genderwise Distribution of Teaching and Non-teaching staff (Fulltime)

100

80 male 60 female 40 total 20 percentage 0 Teaching Nonteaching

To maintain gender balance amongst students & staff, the institution encourages female students and staff to involve and to participate in all bodies. Female students and staff participate in the bodies of Students’ Union, different subcommittees of students’ union, Cultural Committee, Sports & Games Committee, Grievance Redressal Cell, Women’s Development Cell, Hostel Committee, Health Committee, Library Committee, Admission and Academic Committee etc. 7.2.3 Has the institution done a gender audit and/or any gender-related sensitizing courses for the staff/ students? Give details. 7.2.3 Yes, the institution has done a gender audit. The percentage of female students has been steadily increasing from 50.95% in 2003-04 to 55.5% in 2007-08 and 60% in 2008-09. The college has not introduced gender related sensitising courses for the staff and the students. However, to address the problems of the female students, the college has set up a Grievance Redressal Cell and a Women’s Development Cell with the female teaching, non-teaching staff and students. The cells also try to encourage the female participation in all sorts of activities of the college.

7.2.4 What intervention strategies have been adopted by the institution to promote the overall development of students from rural/ tribal backgrounds?

188

7.2.4 To promote the overall development of students from Rural/ Tribal background, the college has taken the following intervention strategies: 1 Remedial teaching 2 Encouraging to participate in games and sports 7.2.5 Does the institution have a mechanism to record the incremental academic growth of the students admitted from the disadvantaged sections? The table below shows the percentage of SC/ST/OBC students in our college.

Session General SC ST OBC Total 2003-04 3228 208 34 34 3504 2004-05 3683 (86.6%) 430 (10%) 42 (1%) 95 (2.2%) 4250 2005-06 3605 (87.69%) 377 (9.17%) 46 (1.11%) 83 (2.01%) 4111 2006-07 3639 (88.09%) 370 (8.95%) 42 (1.01%) 80 (1.93%) 4131 2007-08 3720 (87.63%) 392 (10.82%) 62 (1.46%) 71 (1.67%) 4245 2008-09 3755 (86.44%) 457 (10.52%) 71 (1.63%) 61 (1.40%) 4344

Yes, the institution has a mechanism to record the incremental academic growth of the students admitted from the disadvantaged sections. For their academic growth, the college has taken initiative for remedial classes. Percentage of incremental academic growth year wise of last five years

General SC ST Total 01-02 67.4 52.22 52 61.38 02-03 69.07 65.38 34.62 63.53 03-04 69.09 65.49 64.29 65.49 04-05 63.37 65.49 30.77 60.73 05-06 64.89 58.04 40 63.95

189

80 70 60 General 50 SC 40 ST 30 20 Total 10 0 01-02 02-03 03-04 04-05 05-06

7.2.6 What initiatives have been taken by the institution to promote social-justice and good citizenship amongst its students and staff? How have such initiatives reached out to the community? 7.2.6 The College has imparted value-based and value-added education through its curricula to develop cooperation, fellow feelings, fraternity, self respect which promotes social justice and good citizenship among its students & staff. With the participation of the students and the staff the college has undertaken several outreach and extension activities such as plantation of trees, Fight against HIV/ AIDS, Thalassaemia Eradication, Voluntary Blood Donors’ Club, Blood Donation Camp, Survey on General Health, Education, and Municipal Services, Distribution of garments to the students of slum dwellers, Students Health Home, in association with Barrackpore Municipality, NSS and NCC activities, Sports and Games, Participating Rural Development Programmes by Department of Microbiology, Outreach Programme by Department of Mathematics for teaching of Mathematics at the +2 level, Outreach programme by Department of Computer Science for “Open Source Software” for school teachers. Such initiatives have been reached out to community through collaborative activities between the college and the community.

190

7.3 Stakeholder relationships

7.3.1 How does the institution involve all its stakeholders in planning, implementation and evaluation of the academic programmes?

7.3.1 The college invites plan from the individual teachers, non-teaching staff, students, Alumni, parents, Society person at the micro level. After receiving the individual plans, the departmental planning is made. On the basis of these, institutional planning is framed in a joint meeting of IQAC and Governing Body. After the approval of the Governing Body a long term perspective plan is being prepared. To make the plan into reality in a phased manner different committee such as Admission Committee, Academic Sub Committee, Building Committee, PG Board of Studies, Library committee, Research Monitoring Cell, Seminar Committee etc. are constituted with the involvement of all its stakeholders. Principal convene a meeting every year where the conveners of the different committees are requested to place the report about the progress of work and to give suggestions for effective implementation of the plans chalked out. 7.3.2 How does the institution develop new programmes to create an overall climate conducive to learning?

7.3.2 The College develops new programmes considering

1 Infrastructure & Capacity Building; 2 Need based programmes; 3 Fulfilment of Students demands; 4 Setting of good teaching faculty; 5 Technology enabled learning; 6 Extension of Current research work; 7 Importance towards Employment scenario & Global trends; 8 Technology Developments; (Ref. Item no. 1.1.5) 7.3.3 What are the key factors that attract students and stakeholders, to the institution and result in stakeholder satisfaction? 7.3.3 Key factors are the following:

1 Well circulated Student information system – Prospectus, website & other documents.

2 Alumni’s satisfaction towards institution;

191

3 Favourable social Audit; 4 Good Ambience and Infrastructure; 5 Clean, Green, Calm and well maintained campus. 6 Brilliant Performances by the Students reflected in University Results;

7 Access to wide range of courses available; 8 Academic Flexibility; 9 Promotion of value addition; 10 Good teacher-student relationship; 11 Transparent Admission policy; 12 Qualified and Competent teachers; 13 Well-designed teaching plan and beautiful academic environment; 14 Availability of books & journals through open access & digital facilities in the library.

15 Academic counseling. 16 Well-ventilated classrooms. 17 Airy & spacious laboratories with modern equipment. 18 Adequate supplies of purified, safe drinking water with cooler facility.

19 Computer and Internet facilities. 20 Available Hostel facilities for girls; 21 Career counseling; 22 Active Placement Cell for Placement opportunities; 23 Strong Student support system; 24 Good Management. 7.3.3 How does the institution elicit the cooperation from all stakeholders to ensure overall development of the students, considering the curricular and co-curricular activities, research, community orientation and the personal/ spiritual development of the students?

7.3.4 The institution takes the following steps:

1 Preparing long term perspective plan 192

2 Chalking out annual plans with respect to long term perspective plan

3 Constituting different committees with the involvement and cooperation of all stakeholders.

4 Convening meetings of different committees through notification and making personal contact with the persons interested in education.

5 Seeking advice and cooperation of all stakeholders. 6 Making review of the participation & performances of the stakeholders.

7 Encouraging the stakeholders for their effective involvement. 7.3.5 How do you anticipate public concerns in your current and future programme offerings and operations? 7.3.5 The institution anticipates public concerns in our current and future programme offerings and operations soliciting opinions through:

1 National Policies related to Human Resource; 2 International direction of Employability; 3 Job Market- Local, National & International; 4 Interaction with Social policy Makers e.g. MLAs / MPs 5 Educationists of the neighboring area: Headmaster / Headmistress of the neighboring schools

6 Other society Persons: Sub-Divisional Officer, Physicians, Medical Practitioners, Parents, Chairmen of different municipalities,

7 Interaction with Employers & Different Placement agencies; 8 Interaction with Academic Peers & experts from different institutes of national / international repute: Vice Chancellor, Pro- Vice Chancellor, and Registrar of Universities, Chairmen of West Bengal School Service Commission (Central and Regional), Director of Public Instruction & other officials, Higher Education

193

Department, Govt. of West Bengal;

9 Participation in different Workshop, Seminars etc. 7.3.6 How does the institution promote social responsibilities and citizenship roles among the students? Does it have any exclusive programme for the same?

7.3.6 The College has taken special care to impart value-based education through its curricular design to develop cooperation, fellow feelings, fraternity, self respect which promote social responsibilities and citizenship roles among its students. The curriculum encourages celebration of different Red Letter Days, celebration of birth day of Patriots, Nation Leaders, reading of life history of the great men. With the participation of students, the college has undertaken several outreach and extension activities such as plantation of trees, Campaign against HIV/ AIDS, Thalassaemia eradication, Voluntary Blood Donors’ Club, Local Survey programme on General Health, Education and Municipal services in Local municipality, Distribution of garments to the students of slum dwellers, Students Health Home. Exclusive Programmes:

1 Youth Parliament. 2 NSS Programmes. 3 NCC Programmes. 4 Voluntary Blood Donor’s Club. 5 Community services with the assistance of Barrackpore Municipality & local bodies.

6 Thallasaemia Eradication Programme. 7 Student Health Home. 8 Care for old persons. 7.3.7 What are the institutional efforts to bring in community-orientation in its activities?

194

7.3.7 The institution takes the following efforts to bring in community orientation in its activities: 1 Interaction with the society people to understand the necessity ; 2 Plan of programmes according to the needs of the community; 3 Discussion with the community people for its effective action & implementation, 4 Organizational involvement & support;. 5 Holding meetings according to the suitability of the community people; 6 Involvement of the community representatives (e.g. secretaries of the ward committees, Councilors, Chairmen, Members of Chairman-in- council, local club, philanthropic organizations, local schools, local M.L.A. and M.P.). 7 Allotment of money for outreach activities / extension activities. Efforts are taken to motivate and involve the NSS and NCC cadets to organize community oriented activities such as: • Donating bloods for the needy persons, • Distributing garments to the street children, • Generating awareness of Thalassaemia Eradication, • Involving the students to generate funds through micro-saving boxes. 7.3.7 How does your institution actively support and strengthen the neighborhood communities? How do you identify community needs and determine areas of emphasis for organizational involvement and support?

College faculty members, students under the umbrella of NSS activity interacted with the Chairman of the local municipality and other officials and society persons, local M.L.A., M.P., Headmasters/Headmistress, School Teachers and Alumni. Students of some departments were participated in survey work and identified a ward to adopt. After several interface with the people of the locality some problem were identified and support services were initiated. 7.3.8 How do the faculty and students contribute in these activities?

195

7.3.8 The college has taken up a ward adoption project to care for minority and disadvantaged section of people. The college has decided to make the school students computer literate to an extension programme, to organize awareness of general health of mother and children involving female faculties and the students and to make a survey on extent of dropouts of students at the primary level Faculty and students contribute through active participation in different community oriented activities. Students can contribute through donations and collection of money by micro saving boxes. Our institution actively support and strengthen the neighborhood communities through participation in such activities as:

1 Organizing blood donation camp; 2 Forming Voluntary Blood Donors Club; 3 Distributing garments and learning aids to the street children; 4 Caring for senior citizens in nearby old age home; 5 Organizing awareness campaign about the danger of Thalassaemia

6 Distribution of foods to patients of the nearby hospital on Republic Day as means to promote good citizenship and social responsibilities to the students.

7 Undertaking survey on general health education and municipal services by the students of Economics, Sociology and Geography in association with Barrackpore Municipality on ‘Earn and Learn Proramme’ Outreach programme by the NSS cadets and different faculty members in different schools of the sub division in association with Local Municipalities, Indian Medical Association, Indian Red Cross Society, Student Health Home, etc.

196

7.3.8 Describe how your institution determines student satisfaction, relative to academic benchmarks? Do you update the approach in view of the current and future educational needs and challenges?

7.3.9 A good industry cares for consumers’ satisfaction; a good institution cares for students’ satisfactions which are reflected by the following mechanism: 1 A Detailed Feedback mechanism of the Students; 2 Classroom interaction; 3 Discussion in the meetings of the parent teacher association 4 Interaction with the alumni and society person, 5 Performance in a Campus interview for placement 6 Vertical progression of the students Yes, the approach is updated in view of the current and future educational needs and challenges. As per the needs of the society and students, new programmes such as introduction of Hons. in Journalism & Mass Communication, Microbiology, Computer Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition etc and Post Graduation in Computer Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance and Control, and Marketing Management have been introduced. We are ready to accept the changes and mould ourselves accordingly. 7.3.10 How do you build relationships?  to attract and retain students  to enhance students performance and  to meet their expectations of learning 7.3.10 The institution builds relationship with the teachers, Headmaster/Headmistress of Schools of catchments area through meetings, by presentation of college profile, and participation in different activities e.g.; career fair, refresher courses etc. In these meeting, college disseminates the message of Quality, Modernisation, National Necessity, Course Module, for the future users. Alumni’s satisfaction towards institution; Favourable social Audit is also prevailing to attract and retain students.

197

 Students are attracted through; Results, Discipline, Academic flexibility, Initiation of new programmes, Good teacher – taught relationship, Good management.

1 Students performances are enhanced through; Teachers participation in the classroom-on average 88% to 90% of the classes allotted are held, Organisation of tutorial and remedial classes, Organization of Tutor-Ward interaction, Continuous evaluation mechanism, Seminars and projects works conducted by the students, Special Coaching to the Advanced Students.

2 Students’ expectation of learning are met through; Good Teachers interaction, Ensuring technology enabled teaching and learning, Arrangement for digital classroom, Arrangement for Internet facility, Arrangement for purchase of more text and reference books inn the central and departmental library, Well equipped Laboratory Facility, Introduction of value added education Making arrangement for campus interview for employment Vertical progression of students 7.3.11 What is your complaint management process? How do you ensure that these complaints are resolved promptly and effectively? How are complaints aggregated and analyzed for use in the improvement of the organization, and for better stakeholder-relationship and satisfaction? 7.3.11 The complain management process of our institution is to collect complaint through the following mechanism and redress them as much as practicable:

1) Installation of Complaint and Suggestion Box, 2) Grievance Redressal Cell,

198

3) Students Feedback, 4) Parent Teacher Association, 5) Society people interaction and Audit, 6) Performance in University Examination, After receiving the complaints from the stakeholders the members of the Grievances Redressal cell discuss about the nature of grievances and try to minimize the grievances promptly and effectively. Complains are also received from students’ feedback and from other sources. The departmental teachers aggregate the different types of complain and analysis them for improvement of library, laboratories, canteen, services from office staff and teaching staff, environment of the college etc. Addition information for Re-accreditation

1. How are the core values of NAAC reflected in the various function of the institution? The core values of the NAAC are reflected in the various functions of the institution as given below: Contributing to national development: The college has taken different measures in capacity building of the institution as per the need of the students and society. All sorts of infrastructure have been developed as has been started in different criteria. The admission process is transparent and democratic without any bias towards any caste, community and religion. If we scan our students profile we see that 45% of the students are coming from the weaker section of the community and number of students getting admission to this college are on the rise. Students from SC and ST community are getting their due share as per Govt. rule. It is to be noted here with much elation that girls students constitute 60% of the total intake of the college. These activities assure equity, social justice and increasing access to higher education which will boost up human resource development. These steps and functions are in tune with the contribution to National Development, one of the core values prescribed by the NAAC.

199

Fostering global competencies among students: In order to face the global requirements various measures are being taken to grow the core competencies of our student. We have introduced technology enabled teaching and learning process by using modern technological aids to make them acquainted with the modern gadgets used in education. Internet facilities given to the students have widened the scope to expand their knowledge base. Syllabi of the newly introduced PG courses on autonomous basis have been updated and revised to make our students at par with the students of any national and international institutions of repute. Further, different value added courses have been introduced to enhance the soft skills of our student so that they can compete with others in the job market. In order to generate the core competencies like innovation, creativity and entrepreneurial ability some specific actions have been taken. Each department is organizing two seminars in an academic year where students are encouraged to participate at speaker or present paper. Students are getting involved in project works where they can prove their innovative ideas and creativity. Organization of seminars, cultural activities, games and sports, community service has added focus on their entrepreneurial abilities. The college has arranged some classes both at the UG and PG level to be taken by the guest teachers of different universities and institute of national repute to develop their skill. Besides, collaborative activities with the Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science, Institute of Engineers of India, Jetking Infotech Ltd. are taken to foster global competencies among students. Inculcating Value System among Students: The Student profile of our college is showing that students are coming from different states of India as well as from BenglaDesh, a neighbourhood country, Uttarpradesh Bihar, Maharastra, Tamil Nadu, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Andhrapradesh etc. so we can feel the flavour of pluralistic culture and diversity of languages like Bengali, Hindi, Urdu, Telegu, Tamil etc. We are observing Hindi Divas in 200

the month of September, Bhasa Divas on 21st February and encouraging cultural activities of other languages so that the students can cooperate and develop mutual understanding. Strict supervision and friendly relation among the students usher in a healthy environment as a result of which the college is free from ragging, agitation and any sorts of harassment. Promoting the use of Technology: The college has introduced ICT in teaching and learning process. It has launched its own website www.brsnc.com and it is being constantly updated. The computer student ratio at present is 1:35. LCD projectors, Overhead projectors are being increasingly used. Digital classrooms have been constructed where the students and faculty members can present their papers, projects through Power Point presentation. Computer literacy drive has been successfully launched and we will achieve cent percent computer literacy within a very short period. Library, office, students profile are fully computerised. Thus the college is promoting the use of Technology. Quest for Excellence: Quest for excellence is our vision. All the activities undertaken by the college are being channelised towards achieving this vision. Continuous evaluation of the students through Class Test, Periodical examination, Pre Tests, Test examinations, introduction of Research and monitoring cell, Activation of teacher in undertaking research achieving through MRP, Publication of Papers, Recruitment of qualified teachers, arrangement of Guest Teachers, training and faculty Development Programmes, Multi-cornered feedback mechanism, Performance appraisal of the teachers by the administration on daily basis are some benchmarks in our institution which will enable us to enhance and sustain quality. The teachers taught ratio still remains a challenge to us. But is not unique in our case as we believe that it is a notional phenomenon. If we emphasize on increasing access to higher education and Government’s reservation policy remains as it is, we will not be able touch the ideal ratio.

201 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

History of the Department: The department of chemistry came into existence in the year 1969 at 85 Middle Road campus & it’s now housed in the 1st floor of the C block 85 Middle Road campus of the new building. Then affiliation of Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics to the B.Sc pass standard commence with effect from session 1970-71 ie. The permission of the candidates in the above mentioned subjects at the Bsc part I examination was in the 1972 and Bsc Part II examination in 1973 (vide letter of Deputy Inspector of college Dr. Samit Kumar Basu letter No. C/450/112-AFFL dt 25th August 1970. Then the improvement of the college took a long gap. Honours in chemistry was approved by Calcutta University letter no C/1326/112 dt 15/11/1990 and govt order no 1358 edn (C.S) dt 19/09/1990 from the session 1990-91. In pursuance of the recommendation after the inspection dated 28/03/1990. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department was started with the object of giving the practical and concrete shape of the educational idea. Besides there are following objectives of the department -: i) The ability to work effectively and safely in a lab environment. ii) The ability to use the power of computer in the application of chemistry. iii) The ability to communicate effectively. iv) Learn how to tackle critically and analize the problems of Chemistry. v) Ability to work in teams as well as independently. vi) The ability to initiate higher career after graduation. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 05 05 2. Fulltime –Management 00 00 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 01 01 Management Appointee / Guest

202 b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl Name Designation Highest Specialization Experience Teachers’ No qualification Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) 1. Dr. Rabindra Head and M.Sc., Ph. D Inorganic 26 years 63.88 Kumar Reader in Chattopadhyay Chemistry 2. Dr. Anjushree Reader in M.Sc., Ph. D Organic 12 years 67.25 Dhara Chemistry 3 Dr. Niloy Kar Senior M.Sc., NET, Organic 6 years 77.45 Chaudhury Lecturer Ph. D 4 Gunomoni Saha Lecturer M.Sc, NET Analytical 3 years 81.16 5 Rajat Kumar Lecturer M.Sc, NET Physical 4 months Shaw 6 Ajoy Kumar Principal M.Sc, Ph. D Organic 30 years 75.17 Mukherjee Chemistry *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 76 76 91 97 98 SC 7 6 2 11 9 ST 0 0 1 0 0 OBC 2 0 4 5 6 Total 85 82 98 113 113 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 4 3 1501-5000 17 18 5001-10000 18 12 10001-15000 16 8 15001-20000 8 6 Above 20000 5 3 Total * 85 82 The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students.

203 Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 and modified in 2006-07 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 14 14 01 09 02 - - 47.37 100 97.37 2004 15 15 03 06 04 01 6.67 25.07 100 98.53 2005 13 13 04 05 04 - - 27.82 100 99.29 2006 27 27 04 07 07 08 29.63 31.90 100 96.24 2007 18 18 02 04 06 06 33.33 29.49 100 98.98 2008 11 11 1 2 2 6 54.54 40.03 100 99.25 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental infrastructure: Lab Room No. 233 : 6mX3m( Physical) Lab Room No. 235 : 6mX12m (Gen) Balance Room No. 236 : 6mX3m Lab Room No. 237 : 6mX9m (Hons.) Lab Room No. 238 :6mX3m (R&D) Digital Class Room No. 230 : 6mX6m (Hons.) Class Room No. 232 : 6mX3m (Hons.) Class Room No. 127 : 15mx10m (Gen) b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 90 1238 01

c. Computer: Two with uninterrupted internet facility. d. Laboratory: i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab Room No. 233 : 6mX3m( Physical) Lab Room No. 235 : 6mX12m (Gen)

204 Balance Room No. 236 : 6mX3m Lab Room No. 237 : 6mX9m (Hons.) Lab Room No. 238 :6mX3m (R&D) Digital Class Room No. 230 : 6mX6m (Hons.) ii. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods:

Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √ 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation): Participant Refresher & Orientation Date Teacher

Sri Nilay Kar Refresher Course– Calcutta University 20 Aug to 09 Chaudhuri Sep 08  Orientation Programme - Calcutta 2 July to 28 University July 2007 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction /project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / 205 teacher / week 05 12 hrs. 15hrs 6 hrs 5 hrs. 2 hrs. - (fulltime) 03 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis) 10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date Teacher & orientation programme

Dr. Anjushree Eighteenth National Symposium on organic Chemistry 26 March Dhara (NASOC-XVIII) 2004 Nineteenth National Symposium on organic Chemistry 29 March (NASOC-XIX) 05 One day seminar on Chemistry Honours 23 March (1+1+1)Curriculum 06 Prospects of basic Science vis-à-vis Technical 15/03/2003 Dr.Nilay Kar Education India(UGC) Chaudhuri Fifty Years of Parliamentary Democracy in India(UGC) 18/09/2003 National Symposium on Organic Chemistry-II (NSOC- 17/02/2003 II) Current Trends and prospects (J.U) Vocationalisation of Higher Education (UGC) at Loreto 19/02/2005 College 19th National Symposium on Organic 29/03/2005 Chemistry(NASOC-xix)

One day Seminar on Chemistry Honours (1+1+1) 23/03/2006 Curriculum at C.U. Symposium on Instrumental Techniques In Chemistry 28/03/2006 at C.U. International Conference on ‘Structure and Dynamics: 15-17 from Micro to Macro’ at C.U. Dec,2006 Dr. Rabindra One day Seminar on Chemistry Honours(1+1+1) 23/03/2006 Kumar Curriculum at C.U. Chattopadhyay Trends in Surface Science and related areas (J.U.) May 2008 Sri. Gunomoni Saha Inorganic Qualitative Semi-micro analysis (C.U.) 2008

Convention of Chemists At Karnataka ( Indian Nov.2008 Chemical Society)

206 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing Project: Sri Gunomoni Saha Research Project Title-: Copper (I/II) Complexes of diimine (-N=C-C=N-) and azoimine (-N=N-C=N-) functions: Structure, Reactivity and Photophysical Studies Funding agency: UGC (MRP) Amount Sanctioned: - Rs. 100000/- only Name of the Title Year International/National/College teacher In Journals Dr.Nilay Microwave- assisted 2002 J. Chem. Res.(S),180 Karchaudhuri condensation reactions ( International) exploiting HMT as catalyst under solvent free conditions Deoximation & 2003 Indian Journal of Chemistry, 42B, Dehydrazonation of 1537 ( International) ketoximes & ketophenyl hydrazones by wet HMT in solid state under microwave conditions Regiospecific conversion of 2003 J. Ind.Chem.Soc., 80, 923 substituted cinnamic acids to ( National) cinnamyl alcohols Unusual regioselectivity in 2003 ARKIVOC, 96 ( International) nucleophillic addition to ŋ3-Π- alkyl palladium complexes. An eco-friendly regeneration 2004 J. Chem. Res.(S),237 of aldehydes exploiting ( International) ammonium acetate under microwave irradiation Cu(II) mediated regeneration 2004 J. Ind.Chem.Soc., 81, 79 of carbonyls from oximes & ( National) semicarbazones under solvent free microwave irradiated conditions. Solvent free knoerenagel 2005 J. Ind.Chem.Soc., 82, 81 condensation reactions under ( National) microwave irradiation, exploiting a new reagent: Antimony trichloride. In Books Microwave synthesis 2002 Brittany L.Hayes ( ed), CEM Publishing, USA Microwave in organic 2002 Andre Loupy ( ed.), Wiley-VCH, synthesis Federal Republic of Germany

207 Solvent free organic synthesis 2003 K.Tanaka (ed.), Wiley-VCH, Federal Republic of Germany Others: The work related to Greener Approaches to undergraduate Chemistry experiments have been recognized by American Chemical Society, 2002 Sri Gunomoni Azoimidazolium Polyhedron (Communicated) Saha Iodocuprate(I) & iodoargentate (I) 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: (i)During the last five years 11 students have been appointed in substantive post as teachers in higher secondary schools through School Service Commission. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. (ii) Five students were appointed as chemists in R&D in Dabur, aleading pharmaceutical company. (iii) Four students qualifed NET and doing Ph.D (iv) Seven students have been placed in CTS, IBM,SBI etc. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers have provided assistances to the students for SSC examination and core subjects for the NET examination. 13. Future Plans: i) Purchasing more books for departmental library. ii) To organize workshop at the department for acquiring good knowledge about the instruments. iii) To open PG Course in Chemistry. iv) Increase of Laboratory Space. v) Increase in the availability of modern instruments. 14. Any other information: Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are cooperative, 1. Non-availability 1. More teaching staff needed regular and sincere. of requisite number 2. Introduction of PG Course. 2. Classes are regularly held. of teachers 3. Increase of Laboratory 2. Less copies of text space. & reference books.

208 Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting: • By enlargement guardians/parents are happy with the performance and commitment of the teachers. • Students’ Canteen facility may improve. • A more personalized monitoring of students’ progress would be welcome. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 85.56%  Graduate students are participating in Project Work.  Department Organizes Seminars  Result of the students is praiseworthy and it is reflected in a good number of 1st classes.  Departmental teaches are involved in publication work.  Dr. Nilay Karchaudhury functions as convenor of the Sports & Games Committee. Concluding Remarks: The performance of the department of Chemistry is satisfactory considering the teacher-student relationship, results, laboratory facilities and cooperation of laboratory staff. The departmental teachers help the students in and outside the classroom in different ways. Department organizes tour where the involvement of teachers, students and laboratory staff is remarkable. The department publishes the wall magazine ‘Songspondan’ (Resonance). The departmental students take part in co-curriculur activities.

209 DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

History of the Department: The Department of Compute science was established in the academic year 1995-96 at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, which was then affiliated to the University of Calcutta. The subject was introduced as a general subject in undergraduate degree level from session 1995-96 vides reference no. C/1195/112- dt. 26/10/1995. In the session 1996-97, the department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to teach Computer Science at the Honours level vide reference no. C/773/112-Affln dt. 28.08.1996. The department is among the pioneering departments in the state to start the Honours course. It was second in the state to start this course. The first honours course in Computer Science was started in 1995-96 in APC College, New Barrackpore. In 1996-97 Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College and Surendranath College, Kolkata started this course in their respective departments. The department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to teach Computer Science at the Post Graduate level on autonomus basis in the year 2005- 2006 vide reference no. 2129 dt. 22/07/05. Aims and Objectives of the Department: Computer Science is a subject which has immense practical use as well as a very active research area. The Department of Computer science aims at creating interest in the subject among the students by imparting the basic working principles of a computer, making the students aware of current progress of the subject and the use of computer as an emerging technological tool. The goal of the department is to activate the potential of the students and develop their analytical skill to study the subject. The department wants to build globally competent young dynamic professionals. The department also encourages the students to understand opportunity to explore and exploit new avenues in the field of Computer technology. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Type of Post Sanctioned Present Position Sl. 1. Substantive 04 02 210 2. Fulltime Management 06 05 appointee 3. Class basis Management 03 03 appointee 4. Guest - 05 5. Allied Department - 04 Total 19 b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the Designation and Status Qualification Experience Field of Teachers’ Teacher in years Specialization Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) 1. Ishita Sr. Lecturer and Head of M.Sc, 8 and ½ Pattern 81.08 De(Ghosh) the M.Tech years Recognition, Department(Substantive) Image Processing, Computer Graphics. 2. Anirban Lecturer(Substantive) M.C.A 5 Networking, Chakraborty. Compiler Design 3. Debi Prasad Lecturer on Fulltime M.Sc. 1 year VLSI 91.90 Bhattacharya. Contract basis 4. Indrani Lecturer on Fulltime B.Tech 1 year Mobile Sadhukhan Contract basis. Computing 5. Barnali Lecturer on Fulltime M.Sc. 6 Months Artificial Bhowmick Contract basis Intelligence 6. Tumpa Lecturer on Fulltime M.Sc. 3 Months Image Chakraborty Contract basis Processing, Compiler Design 7. Karanji Tanti Lecturer on Fulltime M.Sc. 3 Months VLSI, Contract basis Compiler Design 8. Debasish Lecturer (Class basis M.Sc. 3 Months IP & CD Bera contract) 9. Atanu Lecturer (Class basis M.Sc. 2 years Duttakhan contract) 10. Arnab Lecturer(Guest) B.Tech., 10 years Chakraborty M.Tech 11. Koutav Lecturer(Guest) B.Tech., Sarengi M.Tech 12. Siddhartha Lecturer(Guest) M.Sc, 4 years Banerjee M.Tech 13. Susobhan Lecturer(Guest) M.Sc, 7 years Ghosh M.Tech *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback

211 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 84 84 70 54 54 SC 6 5 4 6 8 ST 1 0 1 1 1 OBC 6 5 3 1 4 Total 97 94 78 62 67 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 2 2 1501-5000 15 7 5001-10000 20 11 10001-15000 25 21 15001-20000 15 6 Above 20000 8 5 Total* 85 52 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students. Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2007-08 by the University of Calcutta. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 10 10 - 02 02 06 60.00 47.34 100 97.37 2004 26 26 04 04 12 06 23.08 21.24 100 97.93 2005 14 14 1 5 6 2 14.29 35.09 100 97.81 2006 19 18 03 04 05 07 36.84 32.09 95 98.51 2007 18 18 02 04 06 06 33.33 29.49 100 98.98 2008 25 25 - 05 06 14 56.00 35.38 100 99.18 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure:

212 Software Lab. Room No. 107 : 9mX7.5m Software Lab. Room No.115 : 6mX7.5m Software Lab. Room No. 116 : 6mX7.5m Software Lab. Room No. 117: 3mX7.5m Hardware Lab. Room No. 118: 6mX7.5m Seminar/ Digital Class Room No. 106 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.) Class Room No. 207 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.) b. Library Books Journal/ periodicals 441 (PG) + 642 (UG) Two c. Computer: 63 with uninterrupted Internet connection d. Laboratory: i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Software Lab. Room No. 107 : 9mX7.5m Software Lab. Room No.115 : 6mX7.5m Software Lab. Room No. 116 : 6mX7.5m Software Lab. Room No. 117: 3mX7.5m Hardware Lab. Room No. 118: 6mX7.5m Seminar/ Digital Class Room No. 106 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.) ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. e. Other Resources:

6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including √ internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √ 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]:

213 On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Refresher & Orientation Date Teacher

Ishita De Refresher 2007-08 Nirnal Bhumia Orientation 2006-07 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction Project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 07 12.5 hrs. 6 hrs. - 6 hrs. 6 hrs. - (fulltime) 08 (Class 6 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - - basis) 10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date Teacher & orientation programme Smt. Ishita De As a participant in State level Seminar on Prospects of 15th Basic Science vis-à-vis technical education in India at March, BRSN College 2003 As a participant in State level Workshop on 26th- Technology enabled teaching & learning at BRSN 27th College Feb, As a speaker in National level workshop on computer 12th - vision, graphics & image processing WCVGIP at IIT 13th Hyderadad Jan As a participant in International Level Asian Jan conference on computer vision ACCV at IIT, 13th - Hyderabad 16th

214 As a participant in State level Seminar on Prospects of Feb autonomous colleges in West Bengal at BRSN College 19th ,2006 As a participant in International Conference on 2nd -4th Advances in Pattern Recognition ICAPR at ISI Kolkata Jan 2007 As a participant in National Seminar on Recent trends 9th in Computing at Dept. of Computer Science & March, Engineering, C.U 2007 As a speaker on IEEE WIE National Symposium on June Emerging technologies at WBUT 29th - th As a resource person on Inter institution workshop on Nov open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN 18th college 2008 Anirban As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open Nov Chakraborty source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college 18, 2008 Karanji Tanti As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open Nov source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college 18, 2008

As a Participant in National Level Seminar on Dec Computer Applications for the 21st Century – Synergies 11-12, & Vistas at Vidyasagar College, 2008

Smt. Indrani As a participant in Seminar on 5th Asian International 3rd -6th Sadhukhan mobile computing conference 2007 Jan As a Participant in Inter institution workshop on open Nov source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college 18, 2008 Debiprasad As a Speaker in Inter institution workshop on open Nov Bhattacharjee source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college 18, 2008 Tumpa As a Speaker in Inter institution workshop on open Nov Chakraborty source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college 18, 2008 As a Participant in National Level Seminar on Dec Computer Applications for the 21st Century – Synergies 11-12, & Vistas at Vidyasagar College, 2008

215 Barnali As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open Nov Bhowmick source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college 18, 2008

As a Participant in National Level Seminar on Dec Computer Applications for the 21st Century – Synergies 11-12, & Vistas at Vidyasagar College, 2008

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Publications by faculty (last 5 years) Name of Title Year International/National/College the teacher In Journals A simple & efficient 2006 Signal Processing, 86,924-936 algorithm for multifocus (International) image fusion using morphological wavelets. Enhancing effective depth-of 2006 Image & Vision Computing, 24, –field by image fusion using 1278-1287 (International) mathematical morphology In Seminar/ Workshop/Symposium/ Conference Multifocus image fusion 2006 National workshop on computer using morphological wavelets vision, graphics & image processing (WCVGIP), Jan 12- 13, Hyderadad, India A simple & efficient method 2007 IEEE WIE National Symposium for multifocus image fusion on emerging technologies (WIENSET 2007) June 29-30 Kolkata, India 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the session 2005-06 five students, 2006-07 twelve students and 2007-08 four students have joined in reputed IT compaines like Cognizzant Technology Solutions. Apart from this a good number of students are places in different companies and are shown in the following table. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Students’ Progression (Graduation)

Year 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 Admitted to M.Sc.& 07 08 07 B.Tech. 216 Admitted to M.C.A 02 02 05 Admitted to M.B.A 00 01 02 Entry into Job Market 08 06 02 Preparing for 10 01 02 Competitive Exams Students’ Progression (About M.Sc. passed outs) Number of students passed Entry into Job Pursuing Higher Year M.Sc. Market Education 05 (M.Tech.) 2007 20 18 01(MBA) 03 (M.Tech.) (1 candidate is doing 2008 23 21 job, along with pursuing M.tech.) b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers have assisted in the form of motivating them to develop their language proficiency so that they may easily find placement in the booming IT industries and in fact a large number of students shown above have been placed in IT sector through campus recruitment programme. 13. Future Plans: 1. The Department arranged a Workshop on Open Source Software, where mainly the school teachers took part and the workshop was appreciated. In very near future, the Department wants to organize such workshops. 2. The Department wants to organize some Seminars/Symposiums/Workshops on some emergent fields of Computer Science, on which various Research activities are being carried out, world-wide. 3. The faculties are getting ready to take part in research work more actively by submitting major/minor research projects. 4. The faculties are preparing for presenting at least one paper per academic year. 5. The Department will also organize student seminars, like every year. 14. Any other information: 1. Students’ Feedback: the department of Computer science maintains Students’ Feedback in structured format. It analyses the suggestions, strengths and weaknesses about the department in the departmental meeting. The recommendations of the

217 departmental meeting are sent to the principal and are analyzed in the meeting of the Academic Sub Committee. 2. Parents Feedback: The department organizes a parent teacher meeting during the month of February of every year. The meeting was held on 16.02.2008 where the guardians gave the following suggestions: a. Classes of Communicative English & Computer Course be started from the 1st year. b. Poor but meritorious students be given financial assistance. c. Parent-teacher meeting be organized regularly. d. Syllabus should be completed in advance. e. More books be needed in the departmental library. f. Moral education be given to the students. In this meeting the parents feel free to ventilate their opinions, the problems encountered by their wards and give suggestions for the improvement. The parents express their satisfaction in the departmental meeting. 3. Feedback from Peer Members: The department has a mechanism to organize departmental seminars, workshops where the external experts from the University of Calcutta, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata and other institutions of repute interact with the teachers, expresses opinions about the performance of the students who are the speakers in the departmental seminars and give their suggestions about the inclusion of some topics in the syllabus etc. 4. Feedback from Ex-students of the department: The Department has a mechanism to record the opinion of the ex-students in the meeting of Re-Union of students, teachers and non-teaching staff usually held on 1st Sunday of December of Every year where the ex-students acquaint the departmental teachers and students about the global changes in teaching and learning, give direction to opening of job opportunities in the employment market and redesigning of new topics in compute science as desired by the financial institutions and other corporate sectors. 5. Tutor-Ward System: the Department maintains Tutor-Ward systems for the last three years. The students in small groups are distributed to a teacher who undertakes both academic and personal counseling. Each teacher interacts with his or her group

218 students individually, and gets the feedback from the students regarding their problems and give suggestions for further improvement. All the information about their month-wise class attendance, performance in the class test, College Examinations, University Examinations, their behavior in the class room, attentiveness are submitted to the principal in a prescribed performa. Through theses mechanism the departmental teachers can understand the strength & deficiencies of the students as reflected in their class tests, periodicals and test examinations and give more weightage for remedial and counseling classes. It is possible to improve their results in the final year examination. Similarly, considering the percentage of attendance in the different months of the year the respective students are encouraged and warned so that attendance can be improved and reflected in their results. It has been observed that the students even if academically good performed not upto the mark due to the low attendance at the 3rd year classes. Distinguishing features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91.79% The department makes use of modern equipments like LCD, OHP and digital classroom to make the teacher more articulate and students more inteactive. The department subscribed an online journal IEEE. Concluding Remarks The department thiks aout placement of the students and organises placement meetings in association with the Centre for Career Develoment and Placement Cell of the college where reputed IT industries are invited to conduct placement interview and offer letters are given to sucessful students. The department is rich with brilliant of UG and PG.

219 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

History of the Department: The Department of Economics was established in the academic year 1957-58 at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College affiliated to the University of Calcutta. Economics as the general subject at the Undergraduate Degree level was introduced from the period 1957-58 vide letter no. C/2836/42 dt 24.06.1957. In the session 1995-96, the department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to teach Economics at the Honours level vide reference no. C/1195/112-Affl. dt. 26.10.1995. The Department of Economics also functions as an interdisciplinary subject to teach Managerial Economics of the Post Graduate students of Commerce Department and Managerial Economics of the students of Bachelor of Business Administration and Business Economics and Business Environment of the students of B.Com (Hons.) & B.Com. (Gen.). Aims and Objectives of the Department: The basic objective of the Department of Economics is to inculcate among the students the “ Economic Ways of Thinking”, i.e, a technique of thinking which helps its possessors to draw correct conclusion. As a result of this the students will not only be satisfied with explaining economic events such as food crises, hike in petroleum prices, high rate of inflation, problem of huge unemployment etc, but also they will judge whether the policies undertaken are suitable or not for the benefit of the society and if not, what should be the proper policies. For designing such policies, different tools and techniques are taught to the students.

1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status Sl. 1. Substantive 04 03 2. Fulltime –Management 01 01 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 02 02 Management Appointee / Guest

220 b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the Designati Qualificati Experience Field of Teachers’ Teacher on on in years Specialization Achieveme nt reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) 1. Sri Tarun Kr. S.G. M.A. 33 Money & 77.8 Sanyal Lecturer Banking (Rtd.) 2. Dr. Reader M.A., 27 Statistics & 85.88 Chandrasekha M.Phil., Econometrics r Mukherjee Ph.D. 3. Dr. Anjan Reader & M.A., 26 Agricultural 90.75 Majumdar HOD M.Phil., Economics & Ph.D. Econometrics 4. Sri Lecturer M.Sc. 04 International 80.54 Debaprasad Economics & Sarkar Operation Research 5. Sri Rupam Lecturer M.Sc. 05 International 92.33 Mukherjee Economics & Environment Economics 6. Smt. Lecturer M.Sc., 04 International 77.66 Smritikana M.Phil. Economics Ghosh 7. Sri Kushal Lecturer M.Sc. 01 Statistics & - Banik Econometrics Chowdhury 8. Smt. Sangeeta Lecturer M.Sc. 3 months Advanced Joined Roy Mathematical recently Methods in Applied Economics 9. Smt. Moumita Lecturer M.Sc. 3 months Advanced Joined Das Mathematical recently Methods in Applied Economics *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback

221 2. Student Profile: Entry Level Competency: Eligibility Criteria Honors in Best Minimum in Subject / Related Highest Lowest Four Subject marks marks admitted admitted Economics 55% in For taught Students 45% in Ref. Criterion II Aggregate Economics + 40% in (Input) item no.2 Mathematics For non taught 45% in Mathematics Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 94 94 78 102 134 SC 2 2 2 4 7 ST 0 1 0 0 0 OBC 0 0 0 0 1 Total 96* 97 80 106 142 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 5 5 1501-5000 22 11 5001-10000 23 17 10001-15000 16 12 15001-20000 5 5 Above 20000 6 6 Total* 77 56 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students.

Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes:

The University of Calcutta has revised the syllabus for three year B.A./B.Sc (Hons. and General) course of studies in Economics on 17.12.2002 and it came into effect from the academic session 2003-04. Again the University of Calcutta reorganized the syllabus for three year B.A./ B.Sc. (Hons.) course in Economics

222 under 1+1+1 Examination system and came into effect from the academic session 2006-07. As an affiliated college of the University of Calcutta we have to accommodate these changes. The syllabus of Economics is framed and revised in consideration with the needs of the society, learner centric way and current trends in research on Economics and market potential. In the revised syllabus topics such as Game Theory and Competitive Strategy, Risk and Uncertainty theory, Analysis of Pricing by Firms with Market Power and Strategic Trade Theory have been included. More over the syllabus is framed and revised in such a way that the subject can be used as a tool for decision making. For this Econometrics and Statistical Analysis have been introduced at the undergraduate level as a tool for improving economics reasoning and aptitude of the students of Economics. During the revision of syllabus the departmental teachers contributed in the workshop on Revision of syllabus on Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, Statistics and Econometrics and Development Economics and expressed their opinions regarding the change of syllabus, conducted by Dept. of Economics, University of Calcutta. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No % % % % students students of first first passed passed appeared passed* first class class College CU >=40% >=50% >=55% class college CU <50% <55% <60% 2003 11 10 04 - 01 - - 3.26 91 99.78 2004 28 27 16 04 02 - - 9.49 96 99.17 2005 27 27 15 07 02 - - 15.33 100 99.28 2006 14 14 07 - 04 - - 20.86 100 99.48 2007 21 21 15 01 02 - - 17.16 100 98.96 2008 14 14 9 2 2 1 7.1 23.69 100 100 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure: No. of Departmental Rooms with Area: 1 (area 3x3.5 sq m) No. of Class Room with Area: 2 (area 6x7.5 sq.m) No. of Seminar Room with Area: 1(area 6x7.5 sq.m) sharing with other departments No. of Laboratories with Area: N.A 223

b) Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 109 1962 Three (29 as Gifted and 80 as purchased by the college)

c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection. d) Laboratory: i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: N.A ii) List of Equipments: N.A a. Other Resources: N.A e) Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including √ internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √ 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: Academic and Personal Counseling classes are arranged in the structured timetable. Five to six counseling classes of 45 minutes each per day allotted to each department and a teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. The teachers of the Department of Economics on average spend 4 hours on academic counseling and 1.5 hours in personal counseling per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Refresher & Orientation Date Teacher

Sri. Debaprasad Attended orientation programme on 07.09.2008 Sarkar “ Food price hike & India’s Present situation” at Academic Staff College, C.U

224 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:

Total No. of Academic Activities Laboratory Research/project teachers in including teaching interaction work the dept. on av. on av. 06 29 hrs/ week - 4 hrs/week

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/work Date Teacher shop/refresher & orientation programme

a) Participated in NAAC Sponsored 28 to 30 Dr. Chandrasekhar national Seminar on: “The role of December Mukherjee Internal Quality Assurance Cell in 2005. Quality Enhancement” organized by Yeshwant Mahavidyalaya, Nanded, Maharashtra b) Attended seminar through paper 15-16 presentation on “Microcredit, Self Help December Group & Women empowerment” : in 2005. the UGC sponsored seminar organized by Hiralal Majumdar Memorial College for Women College (accredited by NAAC), Dakshineswar, Kolkata c) Attended seminar on “Energy 07.03.2001. Generation, Strategies & Policies in India: Environmental Impact”, organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College d) Attended and successfully completed 05.05.2003- a workshop on “Undergraduate Syllabus 07.05.2003. of Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Statistics & Econometrics, Development Economics” conducted by Department of Economics, University of Calcutta Attended seminar on “ Awakening 20 July Giants, feet of clay: a comparative 2007 assessment of China & India Attended seminar on “Technology 26th and 27th Enabled Teaching and Learning” February, organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru 2004 Surendranath College 225 Attended seminar on “Prospects of 19.02.2006 Autonomous Colleges in West Bengal” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

Dr. Chandrasekhar Attended NAAC sponsored National 23rd -24th Mukherjee seminar on “ Improvement of quality of Nov 2008 higher education in colleges through management of curricula, innovations in teaching learning process & the role of IAQC” through paper presentation (Jointly) organized by Suri Vidyasagar College a) Participated in UGC sponsored 18.02.2006. Sri Rupam seminar on “Changing Scenario of Mukherjee Insurance Business in India” organized by New Alipore College b) Participated in a one day workshop 5th February on “Macroeconomic theory and policy – 2008. A contemporary perspective” organized by Centre for Studies in Social Science, Kolkata Attended Workshop on Undergraduate 05.05.2003 Syllabus in Economics for college To teachers organized by the Dept. of 07.05.2003 Economics, Calcutta University. Attended Workshop on “Teaching of 07.07.2004 Macroeconomics” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U Attended Workshop on “Teaching of 22.07.2004 Economic History” organized by the To Dept. of History, C.U. 24.07.2004 Attended Seminar on “Macroeconomics 07.01.2005 and Political Economy” organized by And the Dept. of Economics, C.U. 08.01.2005 Attended Seminar on “ Globalisation, 19.09.2008 Economic Growth and Exclusion: The Indian Experience” organized by K.K.Das College, Kolkata Attended Seminar on “India Unbound: 20.09.2008 The changing Contours” organized by the Dept. of Economics, St.Xavier’s College, Kolkata. Dr. Anjan Attended seminar on “ Awakening 20 July Majumdar Giants, feet of clay: a comparative 2007 assessment of China & India 226 Attended seminar on “Technology 26th and 27th Enabled Teaching and Learning” February, organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru 2004 Surendranath College Attended seminar on “Prospects of 19.02.2006 Autonomous Colleges in West Bengal” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College Participated in a one day workshop on 5th February “Macroeconomic theory and policy – A 2008. contemporary perspective” organized by Centre for Studies in Social Science, Kolkata Attended Workshop on Undergraduate 05.05.2003 Syllabus in Economics for college To teachers organized by the Dept. of 07.05.2003 Economics, Calcutta University. Attended Workshop on “Teaching of 07.07.2004 Macroeconomics” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U Attended Seminar on “Macroeconomics 07.01.2005 and Political Economy” organized by And the Dept. of Economics, C.U. 08.01.2005 Sri. Debaprasad Attended state level seminar on 18th Sarkar “Changing Scenario of Insurance Feb,2006 Business in India” at Dept. of Economics , New Alipore College Attended state level annual conference 16TH-17th on “Contemporary Issues in Dec.,2006 Development Economics” at Dept. of Economics JU Attended seminar on “ Higher education Dec, 2006 and participation of Backward Class” at Bankura Sammellani College Attended seminar and presented paper 8TH-9th on “Contemporary issues in Mar,2007 Development Economics” at Dept. of Economics, RBU. Attended workshop on “Data 13th-14th Assimilation” conducted by NSS. Mar, 2008 Attended seminar on “Structural changes in the Indian Economy” at Dept. of Economics, RBU. Attended State level conference on “ 15.11.2008- Higher Education & Employability” at 16.11.2008 Malda College 227 Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications) Name of the Areas for Research Year Publication of the teacher Faculties (Last Five Years) Dr. Factors determining 2001, 1. Arthabeekshan, Vol 12, Chandrasekhar farmers access to formal Completed No.2 Mukherjee credit market. ( National) 2003 Regional Growth & Disparity – A district 2007 level study of West Completed Bengal (2007) Dr. Anjan Tourism & its impact on 2001 Good Governance, high Majumdar employment generation Completed agricultural investment & rural employment, Indian Economic Journal, Conference Vol. 2007 Sustainable Development of Tourism Indian Economic Journal, Conference Volume 2008 (Paper Accepted) Sri Health, Income & Health Debaprasad Expenditure: A search for Sarkar bi-variate causal explanation; an analysis for the Indian states. 2008 (Paper Accepted - EPW) 11. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10-15 students on an average have progression to employment, for example, entry into job market and competitive Exams. In the session 2005-06 two students have joined in reputed software companies such as Cognizant Technology Solutions and are worikg there sucessfully. In the session 2006-07 one students was offered job in Cognizant Technology Solutions but he opted for M.Sc. in Ecnomiics at Delhi School of Economics, Delhi. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like WBCS, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 228 13. Future Plans: i) Enrichment of the departmental library ii) Organization of field visits to consolidate the knowledge of the students and make them conversant with the Research methodology, which may help them in future jobs. iii) To help the students to learn and apply different statistical packages which are helpful for economic data analysis. iv) To motivate the students to participate and organize seminars. v) To interact with the Economics Department of the other colleges to inculcate some ‘Best Practices’. vi) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers. vii) To undertake outreach programme such as organising seminars regarding teaching-learning process at the +2 level in which teachers of Economics of the neighbouring schools will participate. viii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout Rate of Primary School children and Children not going to Primary School’ in ward no. 17 in Barrackpore Municipality. 14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: Students of the Department of Economics also conduct creative activities such as: 1. Celebration of Teachers’ Day through their innovative presentation. 2. Presentation of papers in the seminars in the presence of departmental teachers and academic experts from universities and reputed Institute like ISI, Kolkata the other institutes. 3. Helping in the organization and arrangement of library books in the departmental library through putting bar code stickers. 4. Publication of wall magazine – “Ankur”. 5. Undertaking outreach programme to make a survey on General Health, Education and Municipal Services of three wards in association with Barrackpore Municipality.

229  Students’ Feedback The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken a. Departmental 1. Inadequate 1. Purchase of 1. Department has teacher are number of text more text and purchase more text helpful and and reference reference books in and reference books cooperative. books in the the library. for the both b. Classes are library. 2. Introduction of departmental and regularly held. 2. Computer fieldwork and central library. facilities are case studies. 2. College has lacking. 3. Improvement of provided computer 3. No separate canteen and for the department room for the sanitary system. with internet department. facilities 3. Canteen facilities and sanitary system has been thoroughly changed and improved. 1. Parent’s Feedback The college and the department usually organize meeting of the Parent-Teachers’ Association in the month of February-March in order to enrich the parent about the functioning of the college and the department and seek suggestions from them for further improvement of the institution and department. Accordingly parent-teacher meeting was held on 18.03.2006, 06.01.2007 and 16.02.2008 where the parent gave the following suggestion & observations:  Classes of Communicative English and Computer learning be started from the 1st year  Poor but meritorious students be given financial assistances  Parent –Teacher Meeting is encouraging and it should be continued.  More books are needed in the departmental library

230  Moral education and personal counseling be imparted to the students by the departmental teachers.  Parents express their satisfaction in the departmental meeting.  Tutor Ward System The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System for the last three years. Each teacher has 5 to 8 students under his charge. This enables the teachers to closely monitor the progress of each student and to redress their problems.  Distinguishing features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91.35% i. Departmental teachers contribute at least one book in every year to the departmental library. ii. Departmental teachers felicitate the students scoring the highest marks in Economics Honours from the college in the meeting of Re-Union in every year. iii. Financial assistances are provided by the departmental teachers to poor students when required. iv. Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee besides his academic assignment, functions as the coordinator of the body IQAC. v. Dr. Anjan Majumder functions as a convenor of the Examination Committee, which conducts the whole range of college and university examinations.  Concluding Remarks The department humbly claims that the teachers to the best of their capacity always take care of the interest of the students in teaching –learning process, academic growth, vertical progression, preparation for competitive examination, employment of the students, faculty development and research. The motivation and dedication of the teachers are praise worthy and highly appreciable. Particularly the teachers of the department of Economics devote much of their time to the advancement of the institution that is rarely found in case of other colleges.

231 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONIC SCIENCE

History of the Department: Honours in Electronic Science at the undergraduate level under C.U was introduced in 1997 in the BRS College vide letter no. C/138/113 dt 20.01.1998. At the outset the Dept was run by the contract teachers and teachers of the Dept of Physics. In February 2001 a permanent teacher on substantive basis joined through WBCSC. Through years of efforts the Dept gained its independent existence and is now a Dept with a solid standing in almost all the important related spheres of activities. At present the Dept has one full time teacher-on-substantive basis, one full-time teacher on contract-basis and two contract-teachers- on-class basis. One technical assistant on substantive basis is also there. Aims and Objectives of the Department: A promising Dept and Electronics is an extremely valuable subject in the present techno-savy world. But, there are some teaching problems, which, we hope, can be overcome in near future with closer coordination and cooperation between the Dept and the administration.

1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. No. of Post Sanctioned Present Status

1. Substantive 3 1

2. Fulltime –Management 1 1 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 2 2 Management Appointee / Guest b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details

232

Sl Name Designation Highest Specialization Experience Teachers’ No qualification Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) 1. Sri. Selection M.Sc. Radiophysics 8yrs 87.01 Gautam grade and Chowdhury Lecturer electronics 2. Sri. Sandip Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 2yrs 80.00 Dey 3 Sri Nishant Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1yrs Kr. Giri 4 Smt. Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1 months Priyanka Ghosh Nath *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback 2. Student Profile: Entry Level Competency: Eligibility Criteria Honors Best Minimum in Subject / Related Highest Lowest in Four Subject marks marks admitted admitted 60% in 60% in Physics & 50% in Maths. aggregate Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 66 56 63 59 76 SC 3 4 6 4 6 ST 0 1 1 1 0 OBC 6 3 2 0 5 Total 75 64 72 64 87 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 3 2 1501-5000 25 13 5001-10000 15 11 10001-15000 10 1 15001-20000 4 1 Above 20000 7 0 Total* 64 28

233 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students. Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: The curriculum was revised in 2003-04 and modified in 2006-07.Sri. Gautam Chaudhuri as a member of the Board of Studies of CU has actively participated in the syllabus revision process. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: No of No of No of second class No % first % % % Year students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 17 17 - - 04 13 76.47 52.63 100 100 2004 24 23 04 05 07 08 33.33 36.59 96 98.78 2005 13 13 01 04 02 06 46.15 34.78 100 97.10 2006 21 21 01 01 07 12 57.14 33.33 100 97.44 2007 08 08 02 02 01 03 37.50 30.43 100 98.91 2008 19 19 05 02 07 04 21.05 23.30 100 100 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental infrastructure: Department room: 8 ft by 9 ft Cubicle Class room: 223 & 224 (6, Riverside road Campus) Seminar room: Jointly shared. b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 50 2226 2 c. Computer: Three with uninterrupted internet connection. d. Laboratory: i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab: Room No. 211 : 6mX7.5m Lab: Room No : 212 : 6mX7.5m Seminar/Class Room No. 213 : 6mx7.5m (Hons.)

234 ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. e. Other Resources:

6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √ 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 4 hours and 1.5 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction Project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 02 11.5 hrs. 5 hrs. - 5 hrs. 6 hrs. - (fulltime) 02 (Class 7 hrs. 3.5 hrs. - 2 hrs. - - basis) 10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):

235

Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & Date Teacher orientation programme Sri. Gautam Attended refresher course in “Mathematical techniques in Chaudhuri biological science” Attended post centenary golden jubilee celebration at C.U Jan 18th -20th on “International seminar on science, culture & social 2007 change. Attended seminar conducted by Dept. of Mathematics of BRSN College Sri. Sandip Dey Attended seminar organized by Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics on “ Semiconductor materials & application in Science City auditorium Attended a workshop on “ VHDL language” jointly organized by J.U & C.U 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) ongoing projects: Nil. 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Since 2006 twelve (12) students from the department have been recruited from the campus by the Cognizant Technology Solutions. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers were always available for any sort of assistance to students in need. 13. Future Plans: • Needed more permanent teachers, • More books in the D.L, • At least one more dedicated class room with modern teaching-Aids, • More good quality instruments, A.M.C for the Clean Power System, improvement of the laboratory. 14. Any other information: Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

236 Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. A consistently good academic 1. Severely lacking 1. Easy access to Internet results in C.U. sufficient number of facility. 2. Serious and good teaching permanent teachers. 2. Installation of more from the teachers. 2. Lack of extra-curricular computers. activities. Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting: 1. Parents are in general happy with the ambience prevalent in the Dept. 2. They asked for more weekly/monthly tests. 3. Parents wanted a close vigil on their respective wards. 4. Some parents placed the requirement of some specific instruments which they came to know from their respective wards. Only problem with these meetings is an abnormally low percentage of attendance of the parents each year. Tutor-Ward: Since number of students in the Dept is limited, a close Tutor-Ward relationship can be maintained automatically, without further subdividing them into more classes. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 80.20% 1. Outstanding examination results almost every year, increasing no. of first class and rank-holders in C.U is the topmost achievement of the Dept. 2. Placement of the students in the high-profile courses of C.U and other Universities and in different Blue-chip Corporate Companies are another important flagship of the Dept. 3. Desciplined and academically motivated students are the assets of the Dept. 4. Sofar as the students and parent’s feedback are concerned, the teachers and the technical staff of the Dept use to learn some of the plugholes to be looped in. 5. The Dept can boast of a well-organized and almost furnished laboratory, which is adjudged as one of the finest laboratories in C.U. 6. Teachers are academically and socially active. The H.O.D himself is the member of the prestigious Board Of Studies of Electronic Science C.U for a consecutive second-term, a Newscaster (Bengali) in Door Darshan, Kolkata, and also leading

237 Science and Civic organizations of The state other teachers are also engaged in different Departmental activities, science exhibitions etc. Concluding Remarks: A promising Dept and Electronics is an extremely valuable subject in the present techno-savy world. But, there are some teething problems, which, we hope, can be overcome in near future with closer coordination and cooperation between the Dept and the administration.

238 DEPARTMENT OF FOOD & NUTRITION

History of the Department: Department of food & nutrition, the youngest child of this institution came in to existence in 2006-2007 academic sessions vide letter no. C /831/112-Affl. dt. 17.05.06 with 30 students in food & nutrition honours. After subsequent three years of growth and expansion and high demand ratio, the Department applied for the introduction of M.Sc course for the subject. The same suggestion came from the parents during their interaction and from different academic peers during their interactions. West Bengal State University, the newly formed University also approved the opening of the Post-Graduation course with effect from 2009-2010 academic session, in the year 2006. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department has established itself to teach and encourage students in both recent advances and classical field of food and nutrition, food technology, food processing etc. Apart from learning textbook lessons, cordial guidance of teachers, field visit, proper counseling and interactive venture, lead the students to find their confidence to step out at various fields. Expansion of the new domain like conversion of agricultural product to finished product, increasing demand of food processing industries, requirement of nutritionist in the health sector etc are creating new fields of career building for the students. This is also another basic objective for opening of Under-Graduate and Post- Graduate courses. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 - 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 02 02 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management 01 01 Appointee / Guest 4. Allied teachers from other department - 3 b) Competency: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers’ Teacher in years Specializatio Achievement n reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) 1. Smt. Susmita Lecturer M.Sc 03 Nutritional 239 Roy Neurotoxicol ogy 2. Smt. Ina Lecturer B.Tech, 1 month Food Mukherjee M.Tech Technology 3. Dr. Amol Roy Guest M.Sc, Ph.D 1 month Nutritional Chowdhury Lecturer toxicology & reproductive toxicology 4. Smt. Shaswati Lecturer, M.Sc 4 - Nandi Allied Dept. 5. Dr. Debaratna Lecturer, M.Sc, Ph.D 3 yrs 6 Parasitology Mukherjee Allied Dept. months & fish Protozoology 6 Smt. Sujata De Lecturer, M.Sc 6 months Human Chaudhuri Allied Dept. Genetics & Toxicogeno mics 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 59 30 - - - SC 5 1 - - - ST 0 0 - - - OBC 3 1 - - - Total 67 32

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 4 1 1501-5000 21 9 5001-10000 13 9 10001-15000 14 5 15001-20000 7 4 Above 20000 5 3 Total* 64 31 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students. Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi.

3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: In 2006-07session, syllabus was

240 changed and revised and was splitted in to three year course, due to change in examination system from 2+1 to 1+1+1 system. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: The result (part I 2007, 2008 & partII 2008) of the department are as following:-

EXAM NO OF NO. OF NO. OF % OF NO OF NO OF STUDENTS STUDENTS STUDENTS PASS 1ST 2ND TAUGHT APPEARED PASSED CLASS CLASS

B.Sc 32 32 32 100 24 8 PART-I EXAM 2007 B.Sc 34 34 34 100 22 12 PART-I EXAM 2008 B.Sc 29 29 29 100 21 8 PART-II EXAM 2008 Since the subject was introduced in 2006 academic session the first batch will pass out in 2009. 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure: Lab Room No. 223: 9mX7.5m Lab Room No. 227: 9mX7.5m Class Room No. 222: 6mX7.5m b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 22 - c. Computer: One with uninterrupted internet service d. Laboratory: i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab Room No. 223 : 9mX7.5m Lab Room No. 227: 9mX7.5m ii. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer team visit.

241 e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √ 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 02 10 hrs. 7 hrs. - 8 hrs. 5 hrs. - (fulltime) 01 (Class 6 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - - basis) 10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):

Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date Teacher & orientation programme Smt. As a participant in Seminar on “ HIV & AIDS” at CINI 2003 Susmita As a participant in Seminar on “ World consumer Right 15th Roy Day” at V.L College, C.U March,2004

242 Participant in Workshop at IBRO, ISN, CSIR Dec, 2006 Participate in the 3rd International symposium on “ 8th -9th Jan, Neurodegeneration & Neuroprotection” at International 2007 Brain Research Organization, International society for Neurochemistry 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications) Ongoing projects: Name of the Title Year International/National/College teacher In Journals Smt. Susmita Nutritional Status of arsenic 2006 Environment & Ecology Roy effective people from (National) different income group. In Symposium Arsenic induced 2007 3rd International Symposium on neurotoxicity: effect of “ Neurodegeneration & dietary protein & neuroprotection” from Jan 8-9 micronutrient

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Not applicable Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: 13. Future Plans: a) Establishment of laboratories for M.Sc course b) Application for more Minor Research Projects on related field. c) Establishment of necessary infrastructure required for improved research programme. d) Purchase of more books in the departmental library. e) Purchase of more equipments. 14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: Students of the department conduct creative activities as i) Celebration of teacher’s day ii) Helping in organization and arrangement of library books in the central library putting bar-code stickers. iii) Publication of wall magazine.

243 iv) Arrangement of blood donation and blood grouping camp. Suggestions from Parents, Peer members: Sl.No. 2006 2007 2008 Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation 1. Scarcity of implemented Scarcity of No separate Demand for Books are classroom classroom class room is the increase purchased provided but in the no. of regularly. lab space has copies of been increased book at central library 2. Laboratory Administration More Beside regular Overlapping Routine is assistants informed assistance class teachers practical restructured required. from are taking classes of teachers counseling other needed class and departments outside interaction should be classroom class as per avoided in student’s the lab demand 3. No. of Administration Shortage of Informed to the Number of Implemented Xerox informed computer & authority specimens machines Xerox should be should be facility increased increased. 4. The non Administration More books No of books Increase in Implemented. collegiate was informed needed in increased lab space & students and adequate library laboratory should be measures have equipments restricted taken to restrict for their unwanted entry entry into to the college the college. 5. Departmental On process Computers implemented library & internet should be facilities introduced should be introduced 6. Canteen and Informed Canteen & Administration food quality its food informed should be quality improved should be improved 7. No. of On process Allotment Done in the instruments of tutorial counseling should be classes & class. increased discussion of questions from the previous years question papers of 244 C.U 8. Canteen Administration Number of Administration should be informed cash informed modernized counter should be increased in the office. 9. More Special classes Honours Application has assistance are organized course been submitted from on career should be to the teachers development, introduced University required for communicative competitive English and exams , jobs others

Considering the feed back from students, parents, peer-members, the department will try its best to implement the following in future:

a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject. b) Application for Minor Research Projects on related field. c) Establishment of laboratory, equipped with necessary infrastructure required for improved research program. d) Introduction of departmental library. e) Accessibility to the Central library should be increased. f) More books should be introduced in both departmental and central library. g) Museum specimens should be increased. h) Dissection specimens should be readily available. Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 93.56%%

245 DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY

History of the Department: The Department of Geography was established in the year 1999 with Honours vide Letter No. C/148/112 dt 02.02.1999 and G.O. No. 755-Edn (CS) dt.20.06.2002 and affiliated to the University of Calcutta. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The Department of Geography aims at creating an interest in the physical and human geography and the application of different geographical techinques such as GIS and Remote Sensing, surveing quantative analysis etc.of the students. The goal of the department is to activate the potential of the students and develop their analytical skill to study the subject. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 03+01* 01+01* 2. Fulltime –Management 02 02 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – - - Management Appointee / Guest b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Name of Designation Highest Specialization Experience Teachers’ Teacher Qualification Years Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) Dr.Ajit Kr. Reader M.A., Ph.D. Pedology & 20Yrs. 47.66 Bera* Hydrology Smt.Indira Lecturer M.A. B.Ed, Cartography 6Yrs. 52 Samajdar Gangopadhyay Dr.Sumana Lecturer M.Sc., Ph.D. Cartography 6Yrs. 78.33 Bhattacharjee & Environment Smt. Nabati Lecturer M.Sc. Regional 2 yrs 80.75 Ray Planning (left on May,08) Smt.Shatarupa Lecturer M.Sc. Population 4 months Dey Niyogi Studies & Social Welfare

246 *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 98 89 92 89 89 SC 14 13 15 15 13 ST 1 2 2 1 4 OBC 3 5 5 5 5 Total 116* 109 114 110 111 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 3 2 1501-5000 35 26 5001-10000 36 27 10001-15000 15 8 15001-20000 12 10 Above 20000 5 4 Total* 106* 77 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students. Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi 3 Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: Last modified in 2005-2006.Dr. Ajit Bera as member of the Board of studies contributed in the syllabus modification. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: No of No of No of second class No % first % % % Year students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 19 19 03 06 10 - - 23.16 100 100 2004 33 33 01 12 13 07 21.21 16.22 100 100 2005 30 30 04 11 13 02 6.67 8.38 100 99.60 2006 30 30 07 14 09 - - 2.22 100 99.77 2007 30 30 13 10 04 02 6.67 1.66 100 99.79 2008 34 34 12 20 02 - - 2.77 100 99.89 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: 247 a) Departmental Infrastructure : Lab Room No. 132 : 6mX3m (GIS) Lab Room No. 134A : 5mX6m Lab Room No. 135 : 6mX9m Lab Room No. 136 : 6mX7m Seminar/Class Room No. 215 : 6mx7.5m (Hons.) b) Library Departmental Journal/ Central Purchased/Gifted Periodicals 96 877 04 i. c) Computer: 08 with uninterrupted Internet connection. ii. d) Laboratory:

i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab Room No. 132 : 6mX3m (GIS) Lab Room No. 134A : 5mX6m Lab Room No. 135 : 6mX9m Lab Room No. 136 : 6mX7m ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. e) Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including √ internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √ 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week.

248 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Teacher Refresher & Orientation Date

Smt. Indira Samajdar Refresher on Geography, CU Sep 2007 Orientation Course, CU July 2006 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class Room, interaction Project work / work / teacher / work / teachers Examination on av. work teacher week teacher / in the Duty, Script / week week dept. evaluation) / teacher / week 04 28 hrs 4 hrs 6 hrs 6hrs. 5 hrs. - (fulltime) ------10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & Date Teacher orientation programme Dr. Ajit Kr. Bera Participated and paper presented in the R’07 World Congress in 3-5 th Sep, the National and International Conference at Davos, Switzerland 2007 Participated and paper presented in the National Seminar on “ 15-17 th Geomorphology in disaster mitigation and management” at Feb,2008 Department of Geography , BHU Smt. Indira Participated and paper presented in the UGC sponsored seminar on 11-12 th Samajdar “Natural hazards and their management” at Vivekananda College March,2004 for Women, Department of Geography Participated in International symposium by Association of 27 th -29th Geomorphologists(IAG) at Department of Geography CU Feb, 2004 Participated and paper presented (Joint forest management of West 25-26th Bengal ) in the National Seminar on “Research m ethods and March,2006 techniques for sustainable development in India”, organized by Institute of Landscape, Ecology and Ekistics at Department of Geography, CU Participated in International seminar on “Poverty and development 11th & 13th in South East Asia” ) at Department of Geography CU Jan,2007 Participated in one day National Seminar and Workshop on “Geo- 29 th spatial technology and research in Geography” at Department of March,2008 Geography, BU Dr. Sumana Participated and presented paper on “Manifold effect of Arsenic 27 - 29TH Bhattacharya in West Bengal” in I nternational association of Geomorphologists Feb, 2004 symposium on Geography and Environment at Department of Geography, CU Participated in international workshop on Lanslides in Darjeeling 1st & 6th and Sikkim Himalayas organized by international association of March, geomorphologists at Darjeeling, West Bengal and Sikkim 2004

249 Participated and paper presented on Multifarious issue associated 16-17 th with earthquake hazards and their reduction in the UGC April, 2004 sponsored National Seminar on “Disaster and its management: perspectives and future approaches” at Krishnanagar Govt. College. Participated and paper presented on the problems associated with 4-6TH Arsenic pollution in ground water in the National seminar on Feb,2005 “Applied geography and application of remote sensing and GIS” at Department of Geography, CU Participated and paper presented on “Socio economic impacts of 27-28TH Arsenic pollution in North 24 Parganas District, West Bengal in March,2005 the National seminar “ Catchment management and sustainable development”, organized by Institute of Landscape, Ecology and Ekistics at Department of Geography, CU Participated and paper presented on Impact of Arsenic pollution in 15 -17 th a rural Westy Bengal with special reference to some affected Feb, 2008 villages in North and South 24 Parganas in National seminar on “ Geomorphology in disaster mitigation and management”, organized by Indian Institute of Geomorphologist in BHU 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications) Ongoing projects: 03 & total out lay Rs. 1. 85 lakhs Principal Investigator Project Sponsored Title By Smt. Indira Samajdar M.R.P U.G.C Problems of wetland Ecology, Northern Nadia, W.B. Smt. Sumana Bhattacharyya M.R.P U.G.C Arsenic Crisis today, Strategy for tomorrow- a case study of some arsenic affected villages of North 24 Parganas, W.B. Smt. Indira Samajdar Ph.D. - Wetland Resource Research Management of Nadia, W.B. Project under University of Calcutta. Publications by faculty (last 5 years) Name of the Title Year International/National/College teacher In Journals A quantitative analysis 2003, Indian Journal of Landscape Dr. Sumana of causes and December system and Ecological Studies Bhattacharya consequences of Flood 2000,West Bengal and some proposed remedial measures 2. Impacts of Arsenic 2004, Do Pollution in West December Bengal

250 3. Socieo economic 2005, Do problems of arsenic June pollution in West Bengal 5. Arsenic Crisis- 2008 Geographical Re-view Superstition and its (In Press) related problems: A case study of some arsenic affected villages in N & S 24 Pgs ,W.B,India 6. Arsenic in Natural 2008 Indian journal of landuse system Environment and its (In Press) and ecological studies variation with Geomorphological situation: A case study of some arsenic affected areas in rural West Bengal, India 7. Geohydrological 2008 Issues in Environment and situation and its (In Press) Geomorphology Edited by Basu relation with arsenic & De (ISBN) concentration-A case study of of some arsenic affected villages in N & S 24 Pgs ,W.B,India 8. Paschimbange 2007 Bhougolik Biparjay O Bhouma Jal Dushan O unnayankami Manus (Bengali tar Pratikar text book of Geography) 9. Bhumir Srenibibhag 2007 Bengali Journal-‘Bhugol Ei (Land Classification) Samay Vol-3 10. Paschimbange 2007 Bengali Journal-‘Bhugol Ei Arsenic Dushan Samay Vol-5 11. Adhakhepan O tar 2008 Bhugol O Swadesh Charcha Srenibibhag Vol-9 (Precipitation and its type) 12. Gustav O Ekie- 2008 Bhugol O Swadesh Charcha Krantio Jhar (Tropical Vol-10 Cyclone-Gustav & Ekie)

251 Smt. Indira Natural hazards & 2005 UGC Seminar Vol-Dept of Samajdar their management in Geography, Vivekananda Indian subcontinent. College for women, Barisha, Kolkata 8 ( College) Joint forest 2006 Indian Journal of Landscape management in India System & Ecological Studies. with special reference Vol 29, No.2 (National) to West Bengal Problems of Wetland 2008 Indian Journal of Landscape ecology of System & Ecological Krishnanagar Block I, Studies.Dec 2008 (National) Nadia, West Bengal. (Paper Accepted) 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10 to 12 students on average are placed in the post of School Teachers on subsantive basis through West Bengal School Service Commission. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC and in GIS & Remote Sensing, research programme. Guidance for vertical progression of study and information on different types of jobs and opportinutes are also provided by the department as a support service to the students. 13. Future Plans: i. Upgradation of G.I.S and Remote Sensing Laboratory. ii. Increase of number of laboratory instruments and field instruments. iii) Increase of number of books & journals in Departmental Library as well as central library. iv) Introduction of Post Graduation in Geography 14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: i. The students of the department have participated in different co-curricular activities like, quiz in Geography, Recitation etc. and are awarded. ii. The department arranges Field Tour with the students every year.

252 iii. Regular organization of Seminar through power point presentation where students are the speakers. iv. Publication of Wall Magazine ‘Geo Quest’ by the students. v. Participation of the students in Exhibitions with help of models, charts etc. Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Lecture through e-content. 1. Lack of fulltime 1. Infrastructural 2. Instrument are good & teachers. development in the available. 2. Lack of text books. GIS Lab. 3. Good GIS & Remote 2. More Teaching faculty Sensing Lab. is needed. Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting:

1. They are highly satisfied about the teaching learning methods. 2. They have appreciated the regularity of practical classes and practical guidance by the teachers. 3. Further they have highly appreciated about the class tests examination system in the department. 4. They want to meet with the teachers in future if any difficulty arises. 5. They want suggestions regarding writing of good answers properly. 6. They appreciated about the library class and teacher-guardians meeting concept. Tutor Ward System The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System for the last two years. Each teacher has 10 students under his/her charge. This enables the teachers to closely monitor the progress of each student and to redress their problems. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 86.04% ii. Well maintained GIS & remote Sensing lab. with necessary equipments.

253 ii. Well-maintained departmental library. iii. Guest faculties from reputed institutes for seminar classes at the Honours level. Concluding Remarks: The teachers of the department try to achieve the goal to inculcate the inner potentialities from the students to achieve success in future. The departmental teachers arrange field tour with the students to develop the students’ interest in the subject and to help them to know the relationship between natural and man made phenomena, which is the basic objective of the subject.

254 DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

History of the Department: The Department was started with General Stream in the Year 1970 vide letter no. C/450/112 dt. 25.08.1970 and Honours Stream vide letter no. C/580/112 dt 15.03.1973. Aims and Objectives of the Department: With all the limitation of academic freedom, we are trying to guide the students according to the global demand as far as possible. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 05 04 2. Fulltime –Management - - Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 01 01 Management Appointee / Guest b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name Designation Highest Specialization Teachers’ qualification Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) 1. Dr.Srimanta Reader in M.Sc., Pure 87.83 Sinha Roy Mathematics M.Phil, Mathematics B.Ed,Ph. D 2. Dr. Bimal Reader in M.Sc., Ph. D Applied 89.42 Kumar Ghosh Mathematics Mathematics 3 Dr. Sarbari Reader in M.Sc., Applied 89.98 Ghosh Mathematics M.Phil, Mathematics (Das) B.Ed,Ph. D 4 Sri. Dibyendu Lecturer M.Sc, Applied 77.02 Ghosh M.Tech Mathematics ( Comp.Sc.) 5 Sri. Chandan Lecturer (on M.Sc, - Das contract) M/Phil, M.C.A *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback

255 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 144 158 151 163 173 SC 8 12 11 11 12 ST 2 0 0 0 0 OBC 2 4 3 3 4 Total 156* 174 165 177 189 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 12 10 1501-5000 52 36 5001-10000 44 35 10001-15000 12 3 15001-20000 6 6 Above 20000 8 1 Total * 134 91 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students. Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: Modified in 2005-2006. Dr. Srimanta Singha Ray and Dr. Sarbari Ghosh particioated and contributed in syllabus revision. 5. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: No of No of No of second class No % first % % % Year students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 36 35 15 05 02 06 16.67 9.46 97 94.07 2004 33 32 14 02 02 06 18.18 9.96 97 92.15 2005 27 27 08 07 07 04 14.81 13.32 100 95.93 2006 36 35 17 07 01 07 19.44 10.14 97 95.69 2007 30 30 16 06 - 03 10.00 7.49 100 89.39 2008 23 23 20 01 - 01 4.34 13.92 100 95.30 * Remaining students passed in the general category 6. Learning resources of the departments: Departmental Infrastructure :

256 Lab. - Room 134B : 6mX3m Seminar/Class Room No. 134C : 6mx6m (Hons.) Class Room No. 219 : 12mx7.5m (Gen) a. Library

Departmental Journal/ Central Purchased/Gifted Periodicals 87 15 2291 02 b. Computer: 07 with uninterrupted Internet connection. c. Laboratory: Lab. - Room 134B : 6mX3m d. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. a. Other Resources: N.A.

7. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including √ internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √ 8. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 9. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Teacher Refresher & Orientation Date

Dr. Srimanta Sinha Refresher in Mathematics, 17.02.07-09.03.07 Roy B,U, 07.09.07– 27.09.07 Refresher in Mathematics, C.U. (Dept. of Pure Math) 257 Dr. Sarbari Ghosh Refresher in NLP, J,U, (Dept. 25.11.03-16.12.03 (Das) of Comp. Sc. & Engineering) Refresher in Mathematics, 06.11.06-25.11.06 C.U. (Dept. of Appl. Maths.) 10. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class Room, interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Examination on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Duty, Script / week week dept. evaluation) / teacher / week 04 33 hrs. 3 hrs. - 20 hrs. 1 hrs. - (fulltime) 02 (Class 17 hrs. - - 5 hrs. - - basis) 11. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date Teacher & orientation programme

Dr.Srimanta Sinha 1. Attended Institutional seminar on “ Prospects of 15th March 2003 Roy basic science vis a vis technical education in India”. 2. National seminar on Mathematics & its 26th-27th application.Organised by pure Mathematics, C.U March,2004 3 Retraining of college teacher programmed, how to 25th Nov,2005 write academic projects, organized by J.U 4 . National symposium on topology & functional 29th -30th analysis & their application organized by Pure March,20062006 Mathematics, C.U 5. National seminar on perspective in Mathematics 2006 organized by R.K.Mission, Belur 6.Attended International seminar on “ Foundation of 12th -14th Dec Mathematics analysis & geometry”. 2007 7. International seminar on Science culture & social 18th-20th changes: organized by C.U Jan,2007 8. Attended Institutional workshop on “+2 level 14th -15th Mathematics”. Feb,2007 Dr.Sarbari Ghosh As speaker: 1. National seminar on Mathematics & its application, 26th -27th March, “Application of the box-jenkins”autoregressive model 2004 (modified) in the atmospheric data recovery at Dept. of Pure Mathematics ,C.U 2. 14th West Bengal State Science Congress ,J.U: 28th Feb-1 Prediction of pre monsoon weather in Kolkata: An March application of fuzzy partition techniques 3.UGC sponsored workshop on plus two level 14th Feb, 2007 Mathematics( BRSN College), “ Vector in plus two level: a brief discussion”. As a participant:

258 1. UGC sponsored National level seminar ( 18th Jan, 2005 Rammohan College) 2. One day symposium( Dept. of Applied Mathematics, 16th Feb, 2005 C.U) on Mathematical Biology in the perspective of Modern trends 3. UGC sponsored regional level seminar, Bethune 30th Sept. 2005 college on interface of Mathematics & computer Science. 4. 3rd National Workshop (Dept. of Applied 10th -18th Oct, Mathematics, C.U) on techniques in applied 2006 Mathematics Sri. Dibyendu Ghosh 1. ICVGIP-2004, organized by ISI Kolkata 2005 2. National Seminar on perspective in Mathematics, 2006 organized by R.K.Mission, Belur Dr.Bimal Kr Ghosh 1. Attended UGC sponsored State level workshop on 14th Feb 2007 +2 level 2.Attended Institutional seminar on “ Fermat’s Hart 3rd Oct 2008 theorem Sri. Chandan Das 1. Attended State level seminar on “ Fundamentals of 18th Aug 2006 different equations & some open problems”. 2. Attended State level seminar on “ Emerging trends in 13th Oct 2007 Accounts & finance”. 3. Attended National level seminar on “Different 30th March 2007 equations & its application”. 4. Attended National level seminar as a speaker on “ 7th Sept.2008 Mathematics education & research”. 12. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ogoing projects: One

Principal Investigator Project Sponsored By Title

Sri Dibyendu Ghosh M.R.P U.G.C Demosaicing Problem

Publications by faculty (last 5 years):

Name of the Title Year International/National/College teacher In Journals Classification of 2004 Atmosphera (International) Dr. Sarbari thunderstorm & non Ghosh thunderstorm days in Calcutta (India) on the basis of LDA Prediction of pre 2007 Proceedings of the 14th West monsoon weather in Bengal State Science Congress Kolkata: an application (National) of Fuzzy partition technique.

259 13. a) Placement Record of the past students: (i) During the last five years 12 students have joined in substantive teaching post in Higher Secondary Schools through School Service Examination and two (2) students joined in Kendriya Vidyalaya.(ii) Eight(08) students have joined in IT Sector , College Teaching, Banks.(iii) Some others have joined in different other sectors. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers have provided assistance in preparation for SSC examination. 14. Future Plans: Besides the traditional chalk-talk method, we have planned to take help of electronics devises (Digital Class Room) in classroom teaching. The students will be specially guided and groomed for competitive exams and interviews. The students will be inspired to simple projects and survey works. 14. Any other information: Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Classes are held 1. Insufficient 1. More part-time 1. Provision of regularly. number of teachers are to be Part-time 2. The students are teachers. appointed. teaches. satisfied with the 2. No separate 2. More computers, 2. A separate mode of teaching of departmental printer and laboratory has the departmental library. scientific been set up in teachers and their 3. Insufficient number calculators are to the year, 2008. helpful nature. of computers and be purchased. 3. A sufficient printers. 3. More books to be number of purchased for the books has been departmental purchased for library. the library. Parents' Feedback: 1. Satisfied with the teaching. 2. Poor students should be specially attended.

260 3. The authority of the college as well as the departmental teachers should be more careful about the regular attendence of the students. 4. If possible, the class-routine should be made more compact, otherwise the students do not attend all the classes. Tutor-Ward System: 1. The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System since 2005. 2. Every year the students of each class (1st, 2nd and 3rd year) are divided into 4 groups, each consisting of 10 students. 3. Each group is guided by a full-time teacher. 4. Information regarding the students' attendance, their performance in the class-test, pre test, test and university examination, their behaviour. In the class and interest in the co-curricular activities are regularly recorded. 5. Besides the normal academic counselling, the students are also given advice to solve their personal problems, if needed. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 90.55% 1. Steady growth in result of the department. 2. Students are regularly participated in all India level summer schools. 3. Students participated in different institutions throughout India. Concluding Remarks: According to academic performance of the students in the last five years it may be claimed that many of our pass out students are associated with different institution throughout India. Some of them are working abroad also. Department will try to keep up this trend of the department.

261 DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY

History of the Department: The Department of Microbiology was established in the year 1998 vide letter No.C/148/112–affl. dated 02.02.1999 affiliated to University of Calcutta. The Department took its birth with basic infrastructure and within a very short period, in the year 2004, the department was established as the course specific autonomous post graduate course in Microbiology vide letter No. 2968 dated 12/10/2004 affiliated to University of Calcutta. This is the first Autonomous Post Graduate course of the college. University of Calcutta extended its policy for opening of Autonomous Post Graduate course in its affiliated colleges first time from 2004. The Post Graduate course of the department added an extra feather after receiving UGC- PG Development Grant in the year 2005 vide Memo No. W2-104/05-06(A) (ERO) Dated: 12.12.2005. The Department is proud to have the students who are pursuing their research carrier in different fields of research in reputed Scientific Institutes like Bose Institute, Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Indian Association of Cultivation of Science as well as in the Department of Biochemistry, Calcutta University. Many of the students are engaged in research oriented jobs in Chem Biotech, Dr. Reddy’s Lab, Wockhardt, Merck, Millipore, Water purification plant etc. Till now three batch of M.Sc. students have passed out and are continuing their career further. The Department experienced a memorable day on 17th May 2008 when the first Award ceremony called Commencement 2008 was organized to confer the M.Sc. Degree certificates to the Post Graduate students. Prof. Asish Banerjee, former Honorable Vice Chancellor of Calcutta University awarded the Degrees. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The objectives of the Department is not only to teach but also a] To culminate the research aptitude within the students. b] To prepare the students for various R&D and QC departments in the Industry. c] To prepare students for All India Examinations like NET, GATE. d] To motivate our students for some social activities. 262 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 06 05 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 04 04 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management 11 11 Appointee / Guest b) Competency: List of Teachers with their Details Sl Name Designation Highest Specialization Experience Teachers’ No qualification Competency reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) 1. Swati Roy Head and Ph. D Biophysics& 6 years 78.78 Gangopadhyay Chair Molecular person, PG Biology Board of studies 2. Madhumita Senior Ph. D Microbiology 4 years 86.86 Maitra Lecturer & convener, PG Board of studies 3 Tanusree Dutta Lecturer Ph. D Biochemistry 4 years 78.6 4 Dipankar Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 3.5 years 74.7 Mazumder 5 Sabiha Khan Lecturer M.Sc Biochemistry 3 Years 70.75 6 Arijit Lecturer M.Sc Botany/spl 3 years 83.66 Chaudhuri Microbiology 7 Poulami Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 1.5 years 84.4 Mukhopadhyay 8 Shaswati Nandi Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 4 years 73.62 9. Dr Malini Basu Lecturer Ph. D Microbiology 4 years 10 Ajoy Kumar Principal, Ph. D Synthetic 30 years 87.35 Mukherjee Allied Dept chemistry 11 Niloy Kar Lecturer, Ph. D Organic 6 years 88.86 Chaudhury Allied Dept Chemistry 12 Sarbari Ghosh Reader, Ph. D Applied 11 years Allied Dept mathematics 13 Amarendranath Reader, Ph. D Physics 30 years 85 Chattopadhyay Allied Dept 14 Debaratna Lecturer Ph. D Parasitology 3 years Mukherjee Allied Dept 15 Prof. Rtd. Ph. D Cytogenetics 35 years Amiyanshu Professor, Chatterjee CU, Guest 16 Jyoti Prasad Guest Ph. D. Soil 10 years 60.40 Sarkar Microbiology 17 Subhas Kumar Guest Ph.D. Industrial 35 years 65.23

263 Bhattacharya Microbiology 18 Raja Banerjee Reader, Biophysics 16 years WBUT, Ph.D. Guest 19 Joydeep Guest M.Sc. Bioinformatics 5 years Chakraborty

20 Prof. Subrata Prof, Bose Ph. D. Immunology 25 years Mazumder Institute, and cell Guest signaling 21 Sujoy Kumar Reader, BI Ph. D. Molecular 15 years Dasgupta Guest virology 22 Niloy Kumar Guest Ph.D. Cytogenetics 8 years Maitra 23 Debashis Deputy Ph.D. Biophysics& 15 years Bandopadhyay registrar, Molecular IACS, Biology Guest 24 Prof. Arup Prof., Dept. Ph.D. Pharmaceutical 25 years Mukherjee of Applied Chemistry Chemistry, CU 25 Dr. Malabika Research Ph.D. virology Guest Das Associate, Bose Institute Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 84 82 74 88 76 SC 10 5 4 6 7 ST 4 3 2 2 1 OBC 2 3 2 2 7 Total 100* 93 82 98 91 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 0 0 1501-5000 11 9 5001-10000 33 23 10001-15000 21 17 15001-20000 13 11 Above 20000 12 7 Others 10 26 Total 100* 93

264 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students. Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: UG: Teachers have actively contributed in the process of syllabus revision in a meeting held on 16.05.2006 and specifically contributed in the areas such as – General And Environmental Microbiology, Biochemistry, Genetics and Recombinant DNA Technology by the faculty members Dr. Madhumita Maitra, Dr. Tanusree Dutta and Sri. Sandip Bandopadhyay. PG: The post graduate syllabus for the introduction of semester course was revised and accepted in the autonomous PG Board of studies in June, 2008. The semester will be introduced from the session 2009-10.

5. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: UG Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 26 26 03 04 09 09 34.62 28.91 100 100 2004 22 22 01 03 04 14 63.64 56.17 100 100 2005 24 24 01 03 07 14 58.33 47.87 100 99.53 2006 18 18 01 03 02 13 72.22 49.01 100 99.67 2007 21 21 02 05 05 09 42.86 36.63 100 99.27 2008 20 20 5 2 5 8 40 29.43 100 100 PG YEAR Total Appeared Passed % Passed Class/Division I II F M Total F M Total 2006 04 10 14 04 10 14 100 100 100 04 09 13 - 01 01 2007 10 08 18 10 08 18 100 100 100 08 07 15 02 01 03 2008 07 13 20 07 13 20 100 100 100 07 12 19 - 01 01

265

6. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental infrastructure: Lab: Room No. 128 : 8.5mX7.5m (UG) Lab: Room No. 125 : 6mX7.5m(PG) Lab: Room No. 129 : 6mX7.5m (UG) Lab : Room No. 124 : 6mX7.5m (R&D) Lab : Room No. 130 : 6mX7.5m (PG) Lab : Room No. 131 : 6mX7.5m (Instrumental) Seminar/ Digital Class Room No. 123 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.) Class Room No. 126 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.) Class Room No. 209 : 6mx7.5m (Hons.) Class Room No. 210 : 6mx7.5m (Gen) b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 76 PG – 226 01 International & UG - 229 03 National c. Computer: 3 computers and one laptop and uninterrupted internet facility is available on two terminals d. Laboratory: i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab: Room No. 128 : 8.5mX7.5m (UG) Lab: Room No. 125 : 6mX7.5m(PG) Lab: Room No. 129 : 6mX7.5m (UG) Lab : Room No. 124 : 6mX7.5m (R&D) Lab : Room No. 130 : 6mX7.5m (PG) Lab : Room No. 131 : 6mX7.5m (Instrumental) ii) List of Equipments: Instrument lists will be shown at the time of peer team visit. e. Other Resources: 7. Teaching methods:

266 Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √ 8. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 4 hrs. & 1.5 hrs. respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 9. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay – Attended Orientation Programme organized by Academic Staff College, Jadavpur University held on July – Aug – 2006. Dipankar Mazumder - Attended orientation Programme organized by Academic Staff College, Jadavpur University held on 18th aug-13th Sept, 2008. Sabiha Khan - Attended orientation Programme organized by Academic Staff College, Calcutta University held on 26th Nov-24th Dec, 2008 Poulami Mukhopadhyay – Attended Refreshers’ Course on (Enzyme Technology, The Technology of the 21st Century jointly conducted by Academic Staff College and FTBE Department, J.U., from 09.06.08 to 28.06.08. 10. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: * 26626 Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / Examination / week week Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 10 15 hrs. 5 hrs. 6 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs. - (fulltime) 11 (Class 1.5 hrs. - - - - - basis)

267 11. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended): Collaboration has been made with Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science to organize seminars, workshops etc to popularize science, technology and social sciences in the society.

The project entitled “Participatory rural development through biotechnology and other agro based technology funded by MP-LAD done by Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, Dept of Microbiology in collaboration with Prof. Dipak Bagchi, former VC, Bidhan Chandra Krishi Viswavidyalaya, and Prof. Subrata Pal former Dean (science) Jadavpur University and present Vice Chancellor, Burdwan University. Dr. Madhumita Maitra in collaboration with Dr. Ranjana Chaudhury, Dept of Biochemical Engineering , Jadavpur university is undergoing a research project on the “Development of probiotic strains.” Miss Shaswati Nandi doing Ph.D under Dr. Prasanta Kr. Bag, Senior Lecturer, Department of Biochemistry, University of Calcutta and Dr. Tanusree Dutta, Lecturer, Dept. of Microbiology BRSN college on “Growth optimization and characterization of different hydrocarbon degrading bacteria at molecular level”. Seminars attended by the teachers: Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date Teacher & orientation programme

Attended international conference on “chromosomes 12-14 Dr. Swati Roy to neurons” organized by Dept. of Biophysics, Jan, 2007 Gangopadhyay Molecular Biology and Genetics and Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics Participated as invited speaker in UGC sponsored 4 th workshop on “Syllabus of B.Sc. Microbiology” April, organized by Dept. of Microbiology, Scottish Church 2007 College. Organised a UGC sponsored symposium on 24-25 th “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the Feb, new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, 2006 Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

268 Attended “Frontiers of Applied Biology & 20 th Biotechnology” organized by Sammilani Dec, Mahavidyalaya 2005 Attended orientation programme organized by July- Academic Staff College, JU Aug, 2006 Attended UGC sponsored National level seminar on Recent trends in Biological Research: contribution from alumni organized by dept of Biophysics, Molecular January Biology and Genetics , University of Calcutta 22, 2008

Attended international conference on “chromosomes 12-14 Dr. Madhumita to neurons” organized by Dept of Biophysics, Jan, 2007 Maitra Molecular Biology and genetics and Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on 24-25th “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the Feb, new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, 2006 Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College Attended UGC sponsored State level seminar on 20 th “Frontiers of Applied Biology & Biotechnology” Dec, organized by Sammilani Mahavidyalaya 2005 Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on 24-25 th Dr. Tanusree “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the Feb, Dutta new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, 2006 Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College Attended National Workshop on “Application of 28-30 Bioinformatics in Molecular Modeling, Data Analysis Mar, and System Biology” 2007

269 1. Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on Sri. Dipankar “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Majumdar Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College 2. Attended 16th Biennial International Conference of Zoological Society of Bangladesh at Dept. of Zoology, Rajshahi University, Bangladesh on 27th -29th February, 2008 and presented a paper ( Oral Presentation) entitled “ Genomic DNA library Preparation & DNA sequencing of NICED-4 Cholera Bacteriophage. 3. Attended an International workshop on “Molecular Basis of Thalassaemia: Genotype-Phenotype Correlation, Diagnosis, Management & Prevention”, organized by Institute of Genetic Engineering & Thalassaemia Foundation on 4th March, 2008. 4. Attended CME 2007- “Scientific Meet on Haemato-Oncology”, organized by Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Cancer Research Institute, Kolkata during September 8th to 9th , 2007. 5. Attended an International Symposium on “Microbial Diversity: Opportunities, Challenges & Relevance in New Millennium” and presented a poster entitled: “Mycoherbicides: Mass Production & Evaluation” at Department of Post Graduate Studies & Research in Biological Sciences, Rani Durgavati University, Jabalpur-482001, M.P. during November 19th – 21st , 2004. 6. Attended a Workshop on “Electron Microscopes, X-ray Diffractometer and their Applications in Material Science & Biological Science” at University Science Instrumentation Centre (USIC), Jadavpur University, Kolkata-700032 from January 14th – 16th , 2004 7. Attended 21st Orientation Programme of UGC at Academic Staff College, Jadavpur University, Salt Lake Campus, Kolkata during 18th August to 13th September, 2008. 24-25 th Feb, 2006 8. Attended National Workshop on “Application of Bioinformatics in Molecular Modeling, Data Analysis and System Biology” 28-30 Mar, 2007

Smt. Shaswati Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on 24-25 th Nandi “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the Feb, new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, 2006 Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College

270 Sri. Arijit Participated in UGC sponsored workshop on “syllabus 4th Chaudhuri of B.Sc. Microbiology” organized by Dept. of April, Microbiology, Scottish Church College. 2007 Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on 24-25 th “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the Feb, new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, 2006 Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College Participated in a UGC sponsored national seminar on 24-25 th “Recent development on disaster management- an Nov, Indian perspective” organized by Suri Vidyasagar 2006 College, Birbhum Smt. Poulami Participated in a UGC sponsored national seminar on 24-25 th Mukhopadhyay “Recent development on disaster management- an Nov, Indian perspective” organized by Suri Vidyasagar 2006 College, Birbhum

Participated in a national seminar on “Future of food biotechnology organized by NIT, Durgapur, jointly 8-9 with FTBE, Jadavpur University. February, 2008 12. Priority areas for research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing Project: The Post Graduate Course in Microbiology was started in the academic year 2004. Since that time it was decided that the research activities should be performed actively, so that the P.G students can develop a research oriented mind and could be trained for their future research work. Since the Faculties are also very keen to commence with the research, few project proposals are undertaken, within the infrastructural facilities of the Department, which are as follows: i. UGC minor research project entitled ‘ Isolation and characterization of better yielding strain of free living nitrogen fixing bacteria by induced mutation and it’s application in plant growth promotion’ currently on progress by Sri Sandip bandopadhyay, former lecturer of BRSNC and present lecturer Bidhan nagar College. ii. College funded minor research project entitled “Extraction & Purification of pigments from bacteria isolated petroleum contaminated site and their role as antimicrobial agents” by Dr. Tanusree Dutta.

271 iii. College funded minor research project entitled “Microbial production of amino acids especially L-Lysine: fermentation & recovery from the broth” by Dr. Madhumita Maitra. iv. “Phylogenetic analysis of human acute phase protein & their role as marker in different diseases”-Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, in collaboration with Dr. Debashis Bandopadhyay, Deputy Registrar, Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science. v. “Enumeration of hydrocarbon-degrading microorganisms from soil/water from nearby areas of Barrackpore” -Sri Arijit Chaudhuri vi. Exploitation of Microbes for the production of an essential amino acid Lysine and its mass production through fermentative process. - Dr. Madhumita Maitra. vii. Growth optimization and characterization of different hydrocarbon degrading bacteria at molecular level - Miss Shaswati Nandi. Publications by faculties in last 5 years – 1) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2003. Effect of handling and crowding on some physiological parameters of juvenile Rita rita (Hamilton). Environment and Ecology .21(3):515-520 2) Das M.K., Dutta Tanusree and Acharya S.. 2003.Measurements of some stress sensitive physiological parameters of young Rita rita (Hamilton). Geobios. 30(2- 3): 153-158 3) Mukhopadyay M.K., Mitra K., Samanta S., Dutta Tanusree, Biswas D.K. and Saha K. 2003. Optimum pH for fish-a laboratory study with Indian major carp Labeo rohita (Ham.). Geobios.30 (2-3):125-128 4) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K. 2003. Physiological and histological alterations in Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal levels of ammonia. Journal of Freshwater Biology. 15(1-4):91-98 5) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K.2004.Physiological response of Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan)fingerlings exposed to sublethal acidic and alkaline pH. Pollution Research. 23(4): 711-716

272 6) Acharya S., Das M.K., Haldar D. P. and Dutta Tanusree. 2004.On a new myxosporean parasite, Phlogospora gulio sp. n. from the catfish Mystus gulio (Hamilton- Buchanan) in West Bengal. Geobios. 31(4):261-264. 7) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree, Das M.K. and Haldar D. P. 2004. Description of one new species of Myxobolus Buttschli, 1882 from the carp Cirrhinus mrigala Hamilton– Buchanan). Environment and Ecology. 22(3):500-503. 8) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree , Das M.K. and Haldar D. P. 2004. Observation on a new species of Myxobolus Buttschli, 1882 from the fresh water fish Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton– Buchanan). Journal of Inland Fisheries Society India. 36(1): 45-48. 9) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree. 2004. Impact of abiotic stress on prevalence of protozoan infection of Indian major carp Catla catla (Hamilton– Buchanan) in fresh water ponds of West Bengal. Environment and Ecology. 22(4 ):954-958 10) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K. 2004. Physiological response of Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal acidic and alkaline pH. Pollution Research, 23(4):711-716. 11) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K. 2005. Effect of sublethal levels of nitrite on some blood parameters of juvenile Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan). Indian journal of Experimental Biology, 43:450-454. 12) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K.2005. Impact of water quality on the stress physiology of cultured Labeo rohita (Hamilton-Buchanan). Journal of Environmental Biology. 26(3): 585-592 13) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2005. Influence of sublethal ammonia toxicity on some physiological parameters of Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings. Journal of Environmental Biology. 26(4): 615-626 14) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree .2005. Tissue level reactions in the Indian major carp, Catla catla(Hamilton-Buchanan), due to trichodinid ciliophoran, Tripartiella sp. infections. Indian Journal of Fisheries, 52. 15) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2006. Physiological and ultrastructural changes in Labeo rohita (Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal acidic and alkaline pH for long duration. Asian Fisheries Science. 18(4)

273 16) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree.2007. Thelohanellus habibpuri sp. n. (Myxozoa: Bivalvulida) from the tropical freshwater fish rohu, Labeo rohita (Hamilton- Buchanan, 1882) in West Bengal, India: Light and electron microscope observations Animal Biology, 57( 3) (2007):293-300. 17) N. Majumdar, R. Dey, R. K Mathur, S. Dutta, M. Maitra ans S. and Majumdar.2006. An unusual pro inflammatory role of IL10 induced by AraLAM in murine peritoneal macrophages.Glycocangugate journal.23(9):675-686 13. a) Placement Record of the past students: (i) UG: 1. Sixteen students are employed in CTS, Pharmaceutical industries, Govt. office etc. 2. Twentytwo students are engaged in Ph.D work.3. Some others are preparing for competitive examinations. (ii) PG: PG programme introduced in 2004. 1. Fifteen students(15) are engaged in Ph.D work in different reputed institutes such as Indian Institute of Chemical Biology(IICB), Bose Institute, Indian Association for Cultivation of Science(IACS),Calcutta University etc. 2. Nine (09) students are employed in different organizations such as in Dr. Reddey’s laboratory, Hyderabad and others. More details will be shown at the time of peer team visit b) Contribution of the Dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 13 Future Plans: i. Syllabus up gradation and introduction of semester system of PG curriculum from the session 2009-10 ii. Providing training for revenue earning. iii. Research work for the benefit of society. iv. Collaboration with Food & Nutrition Dept. for establishing a unit for food production & preservation. v. Entrepreneurship development. vi. Introduction of regular Ph.D. Programme.

274 vii. Applying grants to different funding agencies for promoting research activity in the dept. viii. Application of bio-fertilizers for better crop production on field trial basis. 14. Any other information:

Other Departmental activities:

• With or without the part of curriculum the Dept is organizing seminars for both post graduate and undergraduate students. Students are also participating in seminars and workshops organized by different universities or institutes. • Our students are getting the opportunities to visit different research laboratories of various research institutes like Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Bose Institute etc in Kolkata. • As a part of the curriculum our students are regularly visiting different industries like dairy industries, waste water treatment plants etc. • The Department experienced a memorable day on 17th May 2008 when the first Award ceremony called Commencement 2008 was organized to confer the M.Sc. Degree certificates to the Post Graduate students. Prof. Asish Banerjee, former Honorable Vice Chancellor of Calcutta University awarded the Degrees. • Departmental teachers are actively participating in campaigning and in the routine screening of blood samples for thalassaemia eradication programme.

The Dept. of Microbiology has gradually developed proper infrastructure and created an excellent academic environment till its birth. Students after completing their graduation or post graduation degree from this Dept. are well placed in different companies or in research institute for Ph.D. programme.

Considering the suggestions from the students, alumni, teachers, peer members and guardians the department has planned to implement the following: ii. Raise the number of computers and internet connections iii. Elaborate SLET/NET training

275 iv. Applying for funds to different funding agencies for extending research activity v. Emphasis will be given on research publication vi. Organize educational tour vii. Generate more lab space for research viii. More modern equipments as per need ix. More books/journals in dept. library to be purchased.

Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 84.62%

276 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

History of the Department: The Department of Physics was established in the academic year 1969-70 at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College affiliated to the University of Calcutta as general subject at the Undergraduate Degree level. In the session 1994-95, the department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to teach Physics at the Honours level vide reference no. C/1417/112 dt 12.09.1994. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department was started with the object of giving the practical and concrete shape of the educational idea. Besides there are following objectives of the department -: i. Learn how to tackle critically and analyze the problems of Physics ii. The ability to initiate higher career after graduation iii. To culminate the research aptitude within the students. iv. To prepare students for All India Examinations like NET, GATE. v. To motivate our students for some social activities. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status Sl. 1. Substantive 05 03 2. Fulltime –Management 00 00 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 03 03 Management Appointee / Guest b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Name of Teacher Designation Highest Specialization Experience Teachers’ Qualification Years Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) Dr. Amarendranath Reader M.Sc., Ph.D. Nuclear 27 98 Chatterjee Physics Sri. Amitava Senior M.Sc. Electronics 2 73.8 Bhadhuri Lecturer Sri. Swayambhoo Lecturer M.Sc. Solid State 03 91 Mitra Physics Smt. Jayashree Guest M.Sc., Solid State 33

277 Ghosh Lecturer M.Tech. Physics Sri Ranajit Ghosh Guest M.Sc. Nuclear 34 Left on July Lecturer Physics 07 Dr. Asit Guest M.Sc., Ph.D. Electronics 34 Left on July Chakraborty Lecturer 07 Sri Kaustav Kundu Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 3 Left on 26.08.07. Sri Dhurjoti Saha Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 2 Left on 21.03.06. Sri Prosenjit Ghosh Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1 Left on 18.08.2008 Smt. Ipsita Lecturer M.Sc. Nuclear 1 Left on chakraborty Physics 22.07.08 Smt. Sujata Lectuer M.Sc. Electronics Joined on Chowdhury 04.12.2008 Sri Subhas Sinha Lecturer M.Sc. Nuclear Joined on Physics 10.12.2008 Sri Subhodeep Das Lecturer M.Sc. Condensed Consented Matter to Join Physics *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 54 60 61 71 73 SC 3 8 9 10 8 ST 2 1 0 0 0 OBC 2 3 4 4 2 Total 61 72 74 85 83 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 2 1 1501-5000 13 8 5001-10000 21 15 10001-15000 7 8 15001-20000 4 5 Above 20000 4 3 Total* 51 40 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students.

278 Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: The department has modularized the existing B.Sc. General Course Syllabus. This helps to maintain a uniform standard of teaching in different sections of the general mathematics class. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 11 11 01 05 03 01 9.09 41.41 100 100 2004 15 15 03 05 04 03 20.00 25.03 100 99.63 2005 14 14 02 05 05 02 14.29 42.00 100 100 2006 16 16 04 04 02 05 31.25 31.54 100 97.54 2007 15 15 - 05 02 08 53.33 28.48 100 98.80 2008 12 12 02 02 02 06 50.0 36.69 100 98.84 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental infrastructure: Lab: Room No. 201 : 12mX6m Lab: Room No : 202 : 12mX7.5m Seminar/Class Room No. 204 : 3mx7.5m (Hons.) Class Room No. 218 : 12mx7.5m (Gen) Dark Room No. 203 : 6mx7.5m b. Library Departmental Journal/ Central Periodicals 93 986 2 c. Computer: Three , one with uninterrupted Internet Connection d. Laboratory: i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab: Room No. 201 : 12mX6m Lab: Room No : 202 : 12mX7.5m Dark Room No. 203 : 6mx7.5m ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

279 e. Other Resources: A small research laboratory for the teacher’s work and students’ project work 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including √ internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √ 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4.5 hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) : Participant Refresher & Orientation Date Teacher

Amitava Bhadhuri  Refresher Course 2004-05

 Orientation Programme 2005-06 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total No. Teaching Laboratory Research Library Administrative Consultancy of (Class Room, interaction /project work / work / teacher work / teachers Examination on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Duty, Script / week week dept. evaluation) / teacher / week 03 20.5 hrs. 8 hrs. - 10 hrs. 8 hrs. SSC (fulltime) KU WBBSE 03 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis) 10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):

280 Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date Teacher & orientation programme

Attended a National Seminar on Technology enabled 2004 Dr. Teaching and Learning and acted as one of the Amarendranath Coordinators. Chatterjee Attended a workshop arranged by DAE UGC 10/11/2008 consortium and Burdwan University held at Burdwan to University 12/11/2008. Sri Attended a workshop arranged by DAE UGC 10/11/2008 Swayambhoo consortium and Burdwan University held at Burdwan to Mitra University 12/11/2008 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing Project: Work on two projects have been carried out and report of the projects has been submitted to U.G.C. Sanction.Outlay: 2 Lakhs 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10 to 12 students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market and competitive Exams). During 2005-06 sessions one student, 2006-07 session three students and 2007-08 session three students was offered jobs in Cognizant Technology Solutions as Junior Engineer/Programmer. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 13. Future Plans: i) Purchasing more books for departmental library. ii) To organize workshop at the department for repair of the instruments. This will help the students to acquire good knowledge about the instruments. 14. Any other information: Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and

281 suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1.Teachers are cooperative, 1. Lack of more text 2. More text books and regular and sincere. books in the computers in the 2.Counselling classes, mode departmental library. department. of teaching, examination 2. Insufficient Drinking 3. Appointment of more system are praiseworthy Water. teachers. Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting: • Guardians/parents of the students are happy with the performance and commitment of the teachers of the department. • More remedial classes must be taken for the academically poor students. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91.27% Departmental teachers besides taking their normal duties of taking classes, discharge different administrative duties. For example: The senior most teacher of the department acted as Bursar of the college during the period 2000-2006. One of the teachers participate in placement activities of the students of the college and other career advancement activities. The senior most teacher of the department is actively engaged in research and is guiding two students for their Ph.D. project. The senior most teacher of the department provided honorary consultancy services in various institutions like West Bengal School Service Commission, West Bengal Board of Secondary Education, Kalyani University Experimental High School (computer literacy programme) and Kalyani University etc. for the design of their syllabi and for other academic activities during last four years. Remedial classes and Counseling classes are taken regularly to improve the standard of the students. A tutor-ward activity has been initiated from the last year.

Measures have been taken to improve the facilities of the department in the light of the opinions of the parents regarding the problems of their wards and the suggestions of improvements.

282 Concluding Remarks: The teachers of the department are fully competent in instructing the students in theoretical and practical classes. Besides, all the three full time teachers are engaged in active research and are publishing regularly in Nalional and International journals. The teachers always take care of the interest of the students in teaching– learning process, academic growth, faculty development and research to the best of their capacity. The motivation and dedication of the teachers are, therefore, praiseworthy and highly appreciating.

283 DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

History of the Department: The department was established in 2004 under the University of Calcutta vide letter no. C/6314/112-Affl. dt 23.08.04 and PG: Affiliation granted in EC Meeting of WBSU dated 13.08.08. . The department started functioning with two teachers and ten students. The intake capacity was twenty. At present there are five teachers and numbers of students comprising three years are One Hundred Nine and the intake capacity for each year is forty. The department has a well equipped laboratories with instuments and psychological tests. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The main objectives of the department are: i) To make the students confident and self-motivated to study. ii) To acquaint the students with scope and funcations of Psychology. iii) To sensitize the students to the application of Psychology and to popularise the subject. iv) To make them get updated with ongoing national and international research and information regarding the subject. v) To impart skill trainig in methods and techique of psychology. vi) Helping students to understand others’ better and to be empathetic and reciprocate in a positive way. vii) Above all to help to flourish their core human qualities to make them a better social being. 2. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 - 2. Fulltime –Management 02 02 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 03 03 Management Appointee / Guest b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details

284 Sl Name Designation Highest Specialization Experience Teachers’ No qualification Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) 1. Smt Debatree Lecturer M.Sc. Medical 3 Years 76.3 Mukherjee Psychology

2. Smt Shirin Lecturer M.A Clinical 1.5 Years 65.6 Banerjee Psychology 3 Smt Aditi Lecturer M.A Abnormal 4 Years 60.6 Bhattacharjee Psychology 4 Smt. Sharmistha Lecturer M.Sc Stress 4 Years 39.4 Dutta Management & Community Psychology 5 Smt. Arpita Ray Lecturer M.Sc Industrial 1 month Naskar Psychology *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback

2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 87 71 41 25 - SC 6 6 6 4 - ST 0 0 0 0 - OBC 4 2 2 0 - Total 97 79 49 29 Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 8 5 1501-5000 30 15 5001-10000 28 24 10001-15000 10 6 15001-20000 3 3 Above 20000 8 5 Total* 87 58 * The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give actual figure of drop out students. Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi.

285 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 10 10 05 03 - 02 20.00 26.72 100 99.60 2008 25 25 12 06 03 04 16.00 22.09 100 99.62 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure : Lab Room No. 239 : 5.5mX7.5m Lab Room No. 240 : 5.5mX7.5m Lab Room No. 241 : 5.5mX7.5m Lab Room No. 242 : 5.5mX7.5m Class Room No. 214 : 6mX7.5m b. Library Departmental Journal/ Central Periodicals 40 02 c. Computer: one with uninterrupted internet connection d. Laboratory: i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab Room No. 239 : 5.5mX7.5m Lab Room No. 240 : 5.5mX7.5m Lab Room No. 241 : 5.5mX7.5m Lab Room No. 242 : 5.5mX7.5m ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: 286

Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class Room, interaction project work / work / teacher / work / teachers Examination on av. work teacher week teacher / in the Duty, Script / week week dept. evaluation) / teacher / week 02 13 hrs. 4 hrs. - 6 hrs. 3 hrs. - (fulltime) 03 (Class 7 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Teacher Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refres Date her & orientation programme Debatree Mukherjee XXXIVth National Conference of Indian association 2008 of Clinical Psychologist Shirin Banerjee Seminar on Freud 2006 Arpita Ray Naskar 1) 12th International & 34th National conference of 2008 Indian academy of applied psychology 2) One day workshop on child & adolescent 2007 development 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing projects: Nil 287 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: The department is a newly introdeced subject. During the last two years 5 to 10 students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. a) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers help the students by giving them training the measure the mental heath of the astudents and the working people of the society. Assistances and motivations to students for futher progression to post graduate studies are also provided by the department. 13. Future Plans: • To introduce post Graduation course in Psychology • Enrichment of the Departmental & Central Library • Organization of more educational tour • To purchase more laboratory equipment • To organize seminars and to motivate the students to participate • To interact with other Psychology department of other college.

14. Any other information: • Students’ Feedback: Students get the opportunity to put on record their assessment in regard to all aspects of department. It is senior most students who are invited to fill in a structured questionnaire indicating the gradation of their choice without disclosing their identity. Demands of having more instruments in the departmental laboratory and reference and text books were prevalent in the feedback of last two years. The requirements were fulfilled by increasing the number of instruments in the laboratory and books in the central library of the college. A departmental library has been opened as per the demand of the students. • Parents’ Feedback: Parents suggested that it will be beneficial for the students if the teachers pay individual attention to the students and a stipulated break hour should be provided to the students. Demand of P.G. course in Psychology was emerged from the parent-

288 teacher meeting. As par the demand a schedule has been prepared when the departmental teachers will be available to the students to cater their individual needs and classes have been arranged in such a fashion that the students can have their break time. • Tutor-Ward System: Department runs a tutor ward system where students are divided into small groups and each groups are assigned to each teacher. Tutor ward of the students of the 1st year, 2007 shows that there is a marked improvement in the students’ attendance. According to the record, till September 2007, a decline in the rater of the attendance of the maximum students has been seen which have been improved after Puja Vacation. The academic performances of the students were improved after parent- teacher meeting. Students also took initiative to solve their personal and academic problems through counseling done by the departmental teachers, which seems beneficial for them. Distinguishing Features:

Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 78.88% Counculding Remarks: The departtment is happy with the involvement of students and teachers in different inteactive sessions. The department plans for further inprovement of the department by enriching the faculty members and the students and will devote them selves to the cause for the betterment of the institution and the society.

289 DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS

History of the Department: The Department of Statistics was established in the academic year 2001-02 (vide letter no. C/148/112 dt. 02.02.1999) at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College affiliated to the University of Calcutta. The subject is offered to B.Sc. students as a general subject and it is taught as an inter disciplinary subject for the departments of Commerce, Economics, Microbiology etc. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The subject is usefull in various departments of science because in every day life we are required to use the concepts of Statistics for analytical purposes. The department teaches the students about the methods of collection, scrutiny, summarization, presentation and analysis of statistical data. The department tries to develop the analytical skill of the students and to popularize the subject among the students.

1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management 01 01 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 01 01+01(Guest) Management Appointee / Guest

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl Name of Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers the in years Specialization achievement Teacher reflected in students’ feedback 1. Smt. Lecturer M.Sc. 02 Durba Banerjee 2. Sri Lecturer M.Sc. 01 Subrata Nath *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 290 2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2004-05. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit. 5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure: Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are Lab cum Class Room No. 243 : 7.5mx10m b) Library

Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals - 83 -

c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection. d) Laboratory: One i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 7.5mx10m ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. e) Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 1 hr. (academic counseling) & 1hr. (personal counseling) per teacher per week. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher

291 has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation) N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:

Total No. Teaching Laboratory Research/project Library Administrative Consultancy of (Class interaction work work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 01 20 hrs. 3 hrs. - 5 hrs. 2 hrs. - (Fulltime) 02 (Class 7 hrs. 1.5 hrs. - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Details will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit.

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications) Nil

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 13. Future Plans: i) To introduce Statistics at the Honours level. ii) To introduces a separate Statistics Lab.

14. Any other information:

292

Distinguishing Features:

Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91%

Concluding Remarks: The faculty members of the department of Statistics teach the subject to the students of Economics and other general students. The interaction between the teachers and students on academic & other matters are encouraging and the relationships between the teachers and the students are good and healthy.

293 DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY

History of the Department: The Department of Zoology came in to existence in July, 2002 (memo no. C/1490/112 dated 10.07.2002; 417-(P 2Q) dated 05.07.2002) with the introduction of General course in Zoology. After subsequent four years of growth and expansion, the Department has now applied for the introduction of Honours course for the subject.

Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department has established itself to teach and encourage students in both recent advances and classical field of Zoology. Apart from learning textbook lessons, cordial guidance of teachers, field excursion, nature study, proper counseling and interactive venture, lead students to find their confidence to step out at various fields of career building. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy

Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 01 2. Fulltime –Management 01 01 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 01 01 Management Appointee / Guest

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers the Teacher in years Specialization achievement reflected in students’ feedback / Remarks 1. Smt. Sujata Lecturer M.Sc 6 months Human Genetics Joined De & Recently Chaudhuri Toxicogenomics 2. Dr. Lecturer M.Sc., Ph.D. 3 yrs 6 Parasitology & Debaratna months fish Protozoology Mukherjee 3. Dr. Guest M.Sc, Ph.D. Fish & Fisheries Debabrata Lecturer Dasgupta *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback

294 2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 session syllabus was changed and revised and in the year of 2005 syllabus was split in to three year course, due to change in examination system from 2+1 to 1+1+1 system. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:

Year Part I/II (2+1 / 1+1+1 system) Part II/III (2+1 / 1+1+1 system)

No. No. % of pass No. No. % of pass Appeared Passed Appeared Passed 2005-06 49 49 100 25 25 100 2006-07 55 54 98.2 22 22 100 2007-08 54 47 87.03 22 22 100

5. Learning resources of the departments: Departmental Infrastructure: Lab Room No. 224 : 9mX7.5m Lab Room No. 228 : 6mX7.5m Class Room No. 229 : 6mX7.5m

a. Library Central Library Journal/ periodicals 374 -

b. Computer: One with uninterrupted internet service. c. Laboratory: Lab Room No. 224 : 9mX7.5m Lab Room No. 228 : 6mX7.5m d. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit. e. Other Resources:

6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ 295 Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 3hrs. per teacher per week. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation): N.A.

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:

Total No. Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy of (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 01 10 hrs. 4.5 hrs. - 12 hrs. 4 hrs. - (fulltime)* 02 (Class 23 hrs. 6 hrs. - 2 hrs. 3 hrs. - basis) *Joined recently.

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institution (Seminar/ Symposium attended):

Dr. Debratna Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Studies in the protozoan (September, Mukherjee parasites of fishes of Orissa : Eight species of Myxobolus 1996). Butschli(Myxozoa : Bivalvulida)” in the Parasitological Symposium organized by Burdwan University Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Spore variations in a piscine (1998). myxozoan parasite (Myxozoa : Myxosporea) from the juvenile major carp, Catla catla (Ham.)” in a conference organized by Burdwan University Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Studies in the protozoan (1997). parasites of fishes in Orissa : five new species of the genera Henneguya ,Thelohanellus and Unicauda (Myxozoa: Bivalvulida)” Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Myxobilatus anguillaris sp. n. (2000). (Myxosporea: Sphearosporidae)–a new species of histozoic myxosporean from an estuarine fish”

296 Smt.Sujata Oral presentation for the paper entitled “Contribution of Purine January 10- De Nucleoside Phosphorylase Polymorphisms in the Development of 12, 2007. Chaudhuri Arsenic Induced Skin Lesions” in the International Conference on Biomarker in Health and Environmental Management & XXXIInd Annual Meet of Environmental Mutagen Society of India at PSG College of Arts & Science, Coimbatore Oral Presentation for the paper entitled “Association of purine February nucleoside phosphorylase polymorphisms in the development of 14-16, arsenic induced skin lesions” in the XXXIIth Annual Conference of 2007. Indian Society of Human Genetics and International Symposium on "Deconstructing Human Diseases: The Genomic Advantage", at the Indian Institute of Chemical Biology (IICB), Kolkata Oral presentation for the paper entitlted “Arsenic induced premature September senescence: A biomarker study in exposed population from West 27-30, Bengal, India” at 13th Annual Human Genome Meeting organized 2008. by Human Genome Organization at Hyderabad International Convention Centre, Hyderabad Presented a poster entitled “Association of Arg/Arg genotype of p53 March 17- gene in development of arsenic induced skin lesions” in the 19, 2005. International Symposium on Die in Causation & Prevention of Cancer and XXXth Annual Conference of Environmental Mutagen Society of India held at the Industrial Toxicology Research Centre, Lucknow Awarded for the presentation of a poster entitled “Genetic Variants December Associated with Arsenic Metabolism and Susceptibility” in the XIIIth 28-30, 2007. All India Congress of Cytology and Genetics and International Symposium on Genomic and Protemic Approaches to Decipher the Molecular Basis of Pathogenesis at Department of Zoology, Osmania University, Hyderabad Presented a poster entitled “Arsenic induced premature senescence: A September biomarker study in exposed population from West Bengal, India” at 27-30, 2008. 13th Annual Human Genome Meeting organized by Human Genome Organization at Hyderabad International Convention Centre, Hyderabad Presented a poster entitled “Study of arsenic-induced premature December senescence in exposed population from West Bengal, India” at 14th 10-12, 2008. Alexander Hollaender Course on Genetic Toxicology: Genomic and Proteomic Approached and A special Workshop on arsenic exposure assessment held at Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Kolkata Co-author in the oral presentation entitled “Association of Purine May 19 – Nucleoside phosphorylase polymorphisms with development of 21, 2006. arsenic induced skin lesions” in the Annual Congress of Society of Biological Chemists, Kolkata Chapter” at Digha, West Bengal Co-author in the poster entitled “Arsenic contamination in ground March 7-9, water: Health effects and genetic susceptibility” in “International 2007. symposium on Chemical Biology”, at the Indian Institute of Chemical Biology (IICB), Kolkata

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing projects: N.A. Publications by faculty (last 5 years):

297 Name of the Title Year International/National/College teacher In Journals Association of specific p53 2006 Mutation Research, 601,102-112 polymorphisms with keratosis in ( International) individuals exposed to arsenic through drinking water in West Bengal, India Comparison of health effects between 2007 J.Expo.Sci.Environ.Epidemiol.17, individuals with & without skin 215-223 ( International) lesions in the population exposed to arsenic through drinking water in West Bengal, India Increased chromosome aberration 2007 Mutation Research, 632,104-110 frequencies in the bowen’s patient ( International) compared to non cancerous skin lesions individuals exposed to arsenic. Genetic Variants associated with 2008 Env.Health.Pers.,116,501-505 arsenic susceptibility: study of purine (International) nucleoside phosphorylase, arsenic (+3) methyl transferase omega genes. Arsenic induced health effects & 2008 Mutation Research Review, genetic damage in keratotic 659,118-125 individuals: involvement of p53 (International) arginine variant and chromosome aberration in arsenic susceptibility.

Dr. Debaratna Diversity in the seasonal incidence of 2003 Environment & Ecology, 21,46-49 Mukherjee myxozoan ( myxozoa: Bivalvulida) ( National) infection freshwater & sewage treated fishes of West Bengal. Myxobilatus anguillaris sp.n.( 2003 Journal of Parasitology & Applied Myxosporea: Sphaprosporidae) a new Animal Biology.12 (1 & 2), 9-14 species of histozoic myxosporean from an estuarian fish. Myxobolus renicatlae sp.n & 2003 Indian Journal Env. & Ecoplan, Myxobolus ectointestinalis sp.n, two 7(3),565-570 new myxozoans( Myxozoa: Bivalvulida) from the major carp Catla catla (Ham.) Thelohanellus endodermitus sp.n.- a 2004 Environment & Ecology, 22(1), new myxozoan from the major carp 139-142. Labeo rohita (Hammilton-Buchanan) in West Bengal.

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 298

13. Future Plans: a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject. b) Application for Minor Research Projects on related field. c) Establishment of laboratory, equipped with necessary infrastructure required for improved research program. d) Introduction of departmental library.

14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: Students of the department conduct creative activities as i) Celebration of teacher’s day ii) Helping in organization and arrangement of library books in the central library putting bar-code stickers. iii) Publication of wall magazine-“Mileu”. iv) Arrangement of blood donation and blood grouping camp.

Feed back from Students:

Sl.No. 2006 2007 2008 Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation 1. Scarcity of implemented Scarcity of No separate Demand for Books are classroom classroom class room is the increase purchased provided but in the no. of regularly. lab space has copies of been increased book at central library 2. Laboratory Administration More Beside regular Overlapping Routine is assistants informed assistance class teachers practical restructured required. from are taking classes of teachers counseling other needed class and departments outside interaction should be classroom class as per avoided in student’s the lab demand 3. No. of Administration Shortage of Informed to the Number of Implemented Xerox informed computer & authority specimens machines Xerox should be should be facility increased increased. 4. The non Administration More books No of books Increase in Implemented. collegiate was informed needed in increased lab space & students and adequate library laboratory should be measures have equipments restricted taken to restrict

299 for their unwanted entry entry into to the college the college. 5. Departmental On process Computers implemented library & internet should be facilities introduced should be introduced 6. Canteen and Informed Canteen & Administration food quality its food informed should be quality improved should be improved 7. No. of On process Allotment Done in the instruments of tutorial counseling should be classes & class. increased discussion of questions from the previous years question papers of C.U 8. Canteen Administration Number of Administration should be informed cash informed modernized counter should be increased in the office. 9. More Special classes Honours Application has assistance are organized course been submitted from on career should be to the teachers development, introduced University required for communicative competitive English and exams , jobs others

Feed back from Parents: Considering the feed back from students, parents, peer-members, the department will try its best to implement the following in future: a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject. b) Application for Minor Research Projects on related field. c) Establishment of laboratory, equipped with necessary infrastructure required for improved research program. d) Introduction of departmental library. e) Accessibility to the Central library should be increased. f) More books should be introduced in both departmental and central library. 300 g) Museum specimens should be increased. h) Dissection specimens should be readily available. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 89% Concluding Remarks: Departmental teachers take special initiative for the benefit of the students. The department has applied for the introduction of Zoology Honours.

301 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

History of the Department: The Dept. of Commerce was established in the academic year 1961–62 at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, affiliated to the University of Calcutta. The Dept. first started with B.Com. (Pass) 3- yr. degree course w.e.f. 1961–62 vide reference no. C/2736/42. Thereafter B.Com. (Pass) standard started in the year 1964–65 vide ref. no. C/442/112. Later on, in the academic year 1968–69, B.Com. (Hons.) was started vide reference no. C/7064/112. Finally the Dept. of Commerce received the permission for introduction of M.Com. courses with Accounts, Finance & Control(AFCM) and Marketing Management(MRMM) specializations vide letter no. 1015/UCAC/31.10.05 and the college started the said course from academic session 2006-07 onwards. Thus, the Dept. of Commerce now runs with B.Com. (Hons.) with specializations in Accounts and Marketing Management, B.Com. (General) & M.Com. with specialization in AFCM & MRMM. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The Dept. of commerce carries out its teaching, learning & evaluation activities with the following aims & objectives:-  To carry out classes with utmost regularity & punctuality.  To infuse value based education among the students  To equip the students with the knowledge of the latest developments in the field of Accounting & Marketing, through departmental seminars and workshops.  To Instigate Research Orientation among the Post Graduate students.  To encourage & guide students with information relating to vertical progression in academics.  To integrate knowledge & skill that will sustain an environment of learning & creativity.  To serve the needs of students who intend to start their own business. 302  To promote the spirit of entrepreneurship among the students.  To enable students in being capable of making decision at all levels of management by organising quiz, debates etc. 2. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 06+01* 05+01* 2. Fulltime –Management 06 06 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 11 11 Management Appointee / Guest

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details FACULTY QUALIFICAT DESIGNATION YEARS FIELD Teachers’ ION OF OF Achievemen SERVICE SPECIALIZAT t reflected in ION Students’ Feedback (%) Sri Sandip M.Com, LLB, Selection Grade 22 Yrs. Accounts Kumar FCA. Lecturer Chakraborty Sri Samir M.Com Selection Grade 18 Yrs. Accounts Kumar (Finance) Lecturer Mukherjee Sri Partha M.Com Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Marketing Banerjee (Marketing) Sri Biswajit M. Com Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Accounts Dey (Finance) Sri Abhijit M.Com. Lecturer 2 ½ Yrs. Accounts Kundu (Finance), ACA Sri Galive M.Com, B. Ed. Lecturer 13 Yrs. Accounts Iquebal (on full-time contract basis) Sri Anirban M. Sc.(Physics), Lecturer 5 Yrs. Marketing Chakraborty MBM (on full-time contract basis) Sri Kallol M.Com Lecturer 7 Yrs. Accounts Saha (Accounts) (on full-time contract basis) Sri M.Com(Finance Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs. Accounts Manabendra ) (on full-time Sekhar Bhadra contract basis) Smt. Indrani M.A. (Econ.), Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs. Econometrics Majumder B.Ed., MBA (on full-time & contract basis) Marketing Mgt SriRupam M.Sc.(Econ) Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs. International Mukherjee (on full-time Trade 303 contract basis) Sri Subrata M.Com. Lecturer 10 Yrs. Accounts Ray (Accounts) (on full-time contract basis) Dr. Chandra M.Sc. (Econ), Selection Grade 27 Yrs Statistics & Sekhar M. Phil., Ph.D. Lecturer Econometrics Mukherjee (Dept of Economics) Dr. Anjan M.A. (Econ), M. Selection Grade 26½ Yrs Agricultural Majumdar Phil., Ph.D Lecturer Economics & (Dept. of Econometrics Economics) Sri M.Sc. (Econ) Lecturer 3 Yrs International Debaprasad Economics & Sarkar Operation (Dept. of Research Economics) Sri Arindam MBA Lecturer 2 Yrs. Human Mukherjee (class basis Resource Mgt contractual) Sri Avik MBA Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs Marketing Mgt Chattopadhyay (class basis contractual) Sri Arindom M.A.(Econ) , Lecturer 2 Yrs. Marketing Mgt Chakraborty MBA (class basis contractual) Sri Suvendu M.Com Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs Accounts Roy (class basis Chowdhury contractual) Smt. Pratima M.Com,M.Phil Lecturer 1 Yr. Accounts Yadav (class basis contractual) Sri Vijay M.Com, M. Phil Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs Accounts Anand Sah (class basis contractual) Sri Dipak Das B.Com,M.A, Lecturer 4 Yr. History & Law Choudhuri LLB (class basis contractual) Sri Debabrata M.Com, LLB, Lecturer 1 Yr. Accounts & Pal MBA (class basis Finance contractual) Sri Pritam MCA Lecturer 3 Yrs. Software Ghosh (class basis Develpoment contractual) Sri Arnab MBA Lecturer 1 Yr. Marketing Mgt. Majumder (class basis contractual) Sri Sanjeev M.Com., Guest Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs Accounts Srivastav AICWA *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.

3. Student Profile:

304 Hons. In Accounts and Finance Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 225 251 263 - - SC 36 25 27 - - ST 10 5 3 - - OBC 6 5 10 - - Total 277 286 303 - -

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 16 17 1501-5000 105 86 5001-10000 74 77 10001-15000 26 20 15001-20000 23 13 Above 20000 11 4 Total* 255 217

Student Profile: Hons. in Marketing Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 230 228 225 SC 22 16 12 ST 1 2 1 OBC 4 5 2 Total 257 251 240

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 17 14 1501-5000 97 73 5001-10000 83 88 10001-15000 25 23 15001-20000 14 13 Above 20000 4 5 Total* 240 216 *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.

305 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: Level Nature of Revision Year Under Graduate Revised by University of Calcutta 2005–06 Post Graduate Syllabus framed by PG Board of Studies in Commerce. 2005–06

The departmental teachers contributed in framing and revisioning of syllabus conducted by the University of Calcutta. As a post graduate department on autonomous basis, the chairman and the faculty members of the PG board of studies organise meetings and take decision regarding design and revise syllabi. 5. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: A Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % C students students of class first passed passed C appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU O <50% <55% <60% class CU U 2003 352 352 203 71 33 16 4.55 8.50 100 97.25 N 2004 297 293 125 51 39 32 10.77 8.85 99 93.87 T 2005 310 307 103 56 52 66 21.29 15.65 99 96.78 A N 2006 209 209 15 21 37 136 65.07 32.17 100 99.73 C 2007 143 143 26 28 26 63 44.06 23.15 100 99.16 Y 2008 125 125 21 28 25 51 40.8 19.92 100 99.61

M Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % A students students of class first passed passed R appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU K <50% <55% <60% class CU E 2003 T 2004 I 2005 N G 2006 85 85 37 37 10 - - 0.27 100 100 2007 104 104 48 37 14 05 4.81 1.64 100 100 2008 84 84 55 24 03 02 2.38 2.11 100 100 * Remaining students passed in the general category

SUCCESS RATE OF STUDENTS (M.Com.) (1st batch of outgoing students) Year Total Total Passed % of Pass 1st 2nd appeared Class/Div Class/Div 2008 AFCM 4 2 42 100 33 9 MRMM 22 22 100 16 6

5. Learning resources of the departments: 306 a. Departmental Infrastructure: b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 325 UG – 2847 07 PG - 441

c. Computer: 24 Computers & 1 Laptop - 3 Printers - 1 Overhead Projector d. Laboratory: i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: ii. List of Equipments: e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods:

Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including √ internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 4 hours and 2 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/ Orientation)– N.A. 8. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:

307 Total No. Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy of (Class Room, interaction project work / work / work / teachers Examination on av. work teacher teacher / teacher / in the Duty, Script / week week week dept. evaluation) / teacher / week 01 18 hrs. - 5 hrs. 5 hrs. 5 hrs. - (fulltime) 06 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended): Name of Seminars/ Conference Held on Organized By the Teachers /Workshops/Orientation /during Programme/ Refresher Courses 1. Two day workshop – IT and its Jun, 2007 Commerce Alumni application in Business & Association and Netaji Marketing Nagar Day college 2. Seminar on “Marketing Dec 12, RBC, Naihati Management in 21st Century” 2003 3. 6th International Accounting Jan 11 & Indian Accounting Sri Partha conference 12, 2003 Accociation Research Banerjee Foundation, Kolkata 4. UGC Sponsored Seminar on Dec 8, BRSNC “Needs of Biotechnology for a 2001 Safe & Secure Third World” 5. 7th International Accounting Jan 8 & Indian Accounting Conference 9, 2005 Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata Sri Biswajit 1.Orientation Programme for Feb 14 to C.U. Dey University and College Teachers Mar 11, at Academic Staff College, C.U., 2000 2.UGC Sponsored State Level Mar 7, BRSNC Seminar on “Energy Generation 2001 Strategies and Policies in India: Environmental Impact” 3.UGC Sponsored State Level Oct 10, BRSNC Seminar on “Aspects of Indian 2001 Society As Portrayed in Literature: Women, The Down- Trodden, Secularism” 4.UGC Sponsored Seminar on Dec 8, BRSNC “Needs of Biotechnology for a 2001 Safe & Secure Third World” 5. UGC Sponsored Refresher Feb. 15 C. U. Course in the subject of to Mar. Commerce at Academic Staff 08, 2002 College, C.U.

308 6 .UGC sponsored Seminar: Feb 22, BRSNC “Marketing Management & E- 2002 commerce: The Managerial Challenge of Change” 7. National Seminar on Apr 27, Dept of Busi. Mgt., “Contemporary Issues in 2002 C.U. Environment Mgt” 8.. UGC Sponsored Seminar on Apr 27, BRSNC “Impact of Liberalization in 2002 India: Economic, Social & Political” 9. 6th International Accounting Jan 11 & IAARF, Kolkata Conference 12, 2003

10. Workshop on New B.Com Feb 1, Commerce Alumni Syllabus 2003 Association (C.U.), U.G. Board of Studies (C.U.) 11. National Seminar on “Value Sep 20, IAARF, Kolkata & Added Tax & Corporate 2003 Syamaprasad College, Governance” Kolkata 12. Seminar on “Marketing Dec 12, RBC, Naihati Management in 21st Century” 2003 13. 7th International Accounting Jan 8 & Indian Accounting Conference 9, 2005 Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata 14. UGC sponsored Refresher Nov 23 University of Kalyani Course in Commerce at Univ. to Dec of Kalyani 14, 2004 15. UGC sponsored State Level Sep 20, Dept. of Commerce, Seminar on “Role of 2008 RBC College (evening) Commerce Education in Industrial Development” 16. Seminar on “Investor Sep 26, Dept. of Busi. Admn. Awareness” 2008 University of Kalyani 1. National Seminar on “Commerce Feb 20- Raja Peary Mohan Education in the New 21, 2004 College & ICAI Millennium: Prospects and Challenges” 2. National Seminar on “Corporate Sep 25, IAARF & Dept of Performance Measurement” 2004 Commerce & Dept. o Busi. Admn., Univ. of Kalyani Sri Abhijit 3. “New Product Regime – Effect on March Dept. of Economics & Kundu the Indian Economy” 19, 2005 Commerce, City College 4. Seminar on “Issues in Economic Sept 10, IAA Research Reforms in Indian Context” 2005 Foundation and IISWBM 5. National Seminar on “e-Business: Feb 25- Dept. of Commerce, the New Business Paradigm in a 26, 2006 C.U. Knowledge Economy”

309 6. 7th International Accounting Jan 8-9, Indian Accounting Conference 2005 Association Research Foundation, Kolkata 7. 8th International Accounting Jan 6-7, Indian Accounting Conference 2007 Association Research Foundation, Kolkata 8. National Seminar on March Dept. of Commerce, “Environmental Accounting” 24, 2007 C.U.

9. 2-day State Level Seminar on Oct 13, Dum Dum Motijheel “Emerging Trends in Accounting & 2007 Rabindra Finance” Mahavidyalaya, 10. National Seminar on “Accounting March 2, IAA, Kolkata & Netaji Standards” 2008 Nagar Day College

11. 6-day Programme on Statistical June 4-9, Dept. of Busi. Mgt. Methods for Research Workers 2007 C.U. & Indian Association for Productivity, Quality and Reliability (IAPQR) 12. 3-day workshop on “Application June 27- Dept. of Commerce, of Computer in Business” 29, 2007 BRSNC

13. Seminar on convergence with Aug IISWBM IFRS-Indian road map, organized by 30,2008 IAA research foundation 1. UGC sponsored State Level Dec BRSNC seminar: “Degree level general education in W.B.: Problem & Prospects”. 2. UGC sponsored Seminar: Feb 22, BRSNC “Marketing Management & E- 2002 Sri Galive commerce”. Iquebal 3. 6th International Accounting Jan 11- Indian Accounting conference 12, 2003 Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata 4. Seminar on “Marketing Dec 12, RBC, Naihati Management in 21st Century” 2003

1. 6th International Accounting Jan 11 & Indian Accounting conference 12, 2003 Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata

2. Workshop on “IT and its Oct 2004 Sri Kallol application in Business & Saha Marketing” 3. 7th International Accounting Jan 8 & Indian Accounting Conference 9, 2005 Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata

310 4. 3 day workshop on “Computer Jun, 2007 Commerce Alumni & Its application in Business” Association and Netaji Nagar Day College 5. State Level Seminar on Oct 2007 Dum Dum Motijhiln “Emerging Trends in Rabindra Accounting & Finance” Mahavidyalaya 1. UGC sponsored State Level Dec BRSNC seminar: “Degree level general education in W.B.: Problem & Prospects”. Sri Subrata 2. UGC sponsored Seminar: Feb 22, BRSNC Roy “Marketing Management & E- 2002

commerce”.

3. Seminar on “Marketing Dec 12, RBC, Naihati Management in 21st Century” 2003

1. UGC Sponsored State Level 2006 New Alipore College Seminar on “Changing Scenario of insurance business in India” 2. National Seminar under UGC- 2006 Dept. of Commerce, ASIHSS Programme on “e-Business: C.U. The new business paradigm in a knowledge economy” 3. Seminar on “Industrialization and 2007 RBC College Sri Anirban Development” (evening), Naihati Chakraborty 4. 2-day Workshop on “Information 2007 BRSNC Technology for Accounting and Businss” 5. 120th Orientation course at Ramkrishna Miossion Ramkrishna Mission, Narendrapur Lokasiksha Parishad and Training Orientation & Research Centre 1. UGC sponsored state level Jan 19- Department of seminar on “Eastern India: The 20th 2001 Economics, RBC Emerging Issues in Development” College, Naihati 2. National Seminar on IPR & Sep 2nd Dept. of Busi. Admn. Related Issues & 3rd , and Dept. of 2004 Commerce, University of Kalyani, Smt. Indrani 3. International Conference on FDI, Feb 5th & Department of Majumder Globalization and Development 6th 2008 Economics, University of Kalyani 4. Seminar on “Investor Awareness” Sep 26, The Institute of 2008 Company Secretaries of India & Dept. of Busi. Admn. University of Kalyani Sri National Accounting Conference Feb 9, Serampur College, Manabendra (Paper Presentation) 2002 Hooghly

311 Sekhar National Seminar on New B.com Sep 3, Netaji Nagar College Bhadra Syllabus 2004 Netaji Nagar Day College Maharaja Moninda Chandra College 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) ongoing projects: No. of ongoing projects and it’s total outlay – Sl. No. NAME PURPOSE STATUS TOPIC

1. MANABENDRA SHEKHAR PH.D ONGOING The role of Auditing And BHADRA Assurance Standards in improving audit quality: An Indian Perspective 2. ABHIJEET KUNDU PH.D ONGOING A study on impact of economic and political events on share prices of selected Indian companies during 1995-2004 3. INDRANI MAJUMDER PH.D ONGOING Role of media in grabbing the rural market potentiality with special emphasis on southern region of West Bengal 4. BISWAJIT DEY M.Phil SUBMITTED Role of cooperative banks in the functioning of SHGs in the district of Nadia, West Bengal 5. GALIVE IQUEBAL M.Phil SUBMITTED Study of productivity of labours in the jute industries in the district of North 24 PGNS, West Bengal. 6. SUBRATA RAY M.Phil ONGOING Agricultural insurance- a block level study in West Bengal 7. KALLOL SAHA M.Phil SUBMITTED Incentives and motivation tools in Sales Jobs – a case study of Eureka Forbes Ltd. 8. ANIRBAN CHAKRABORTYM.Phil ONGOING Study of perception of customers regarding service quality in the insurance sector.

9. RUPAM MUKHERJEE M.Phil ONGOING Crop insurance –a study in West Bengal 10. PARTHA BANERJEE MRP SUBMITTED Assessment of productivity and human resource factor 11. BISWAJIT DEY MRP SUBMITTED short term farm credit realization in cooperative banking – a case study in the district of Nadia, West Bengal 12. ANIRBAN CHAKRABORTYMRP ONGOING A study of consumer perception regarding service quality in India.

Publications by faculty (last 5 years):

312 Name of the Title Year International/National/ teacher College In Journals Sri Interim Financial Reporting- 2004 The Chartered Accountant ( Manabendra a survey of Indian practice. National) Shekhar Reporting of quarterly 2005 The Accounting World. ( Bhadra financial performance in National) India Auditor’s Independence-a 2007 The Accounting World ( goal difficult to achieve. National) Protecting intellectual 2004 National seminar in Kalyani property rights through University. patent/copy rights- some legal issues. Smt. Indrani “Demographic Transition in 2008 Arthabeekshan, Sept 2008 Majumdar rural vis a vis urban India: issue. (National) with special emphasis on West Bengal” “ Chinese Sweatshops: the 2008 Indian Journal of result of out sourcing by Management Sept-oct issue global Business Giants” (National)

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: A large number of students are well placed in reputed IT companies and Ites organizations. During the session 2006-07 63 students and 2007-08 65 students of commerce were given offer letters in reputed company such as Wipro BPO, Infosys BPO, Genpact, IBM DAKSH, India Foils, ITC, 3G Global Services in the areas of Accounts, markeing and Customer services. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC peer team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers motivate the students to enroll for communicative English learning .They counsel appropriate student for MBA, CA and CWA studies. Sri Partha Banerjee HOD and two other teacher Sri Kllol Saha and Sri Avijit Kundu aactively participate in the process of Career Planning, Career Counselling and Placements as members of the Career Development Cell 13. Future Plans: i) Enrichment of the departmental library ii) Organization of field visits to consolidate the knowledge of the students and make them conversant with the Research methodology, which may help them in future jobs.

313 iii) To organize seminars and to motivate the students to participate. iv) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers. v) Introduction of M.Phil vi) Arrangement of different professional training such as e-commerce, e-business vii) Publication of the peer-member journal viii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout Rate of Primary School children and Children not going to Primary School’ in ward no. 17 in Barrackpore Municipality. 14. Any other information: Students Feedback- The department takes feedback from the thied year out going students at the UG level on different aspects of the college and the deparrment. The evaluative report of the students feedback will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer team visit. Parent Teacher Meeting- the Department organises meetings with the parent and gurdians of the students and makes a helthy interaction between the Parent and the teachers. The feedback report of the Parent teachers meeting will be documented at the time of NAAC Peer team visit. Tutor-ward Syatem- Inspite of largevolume of students the department maintain the tutor-ward mechamisn for the academic growth of the students. The details will be presented at the time of visit. Distinguishing features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 88.09% The department runs Hons. courses at the UG level and PG level. The department is rich in a substantial number of bright and meritorious students with good communication skill in English. The students of commerce every year bring glory for the institution securing 1st class and university rank in laegest number. Sri Sandip Kr. Chakraborty, senior most teacher of the department has been acting as Burser of the college and also he is the Asst. Manager of the PF Committee. Apart from this he is the chairman of the PG Board of Studies in Commerce. Partha Banerjee presently HOD acts as the Programme Officer of NSS. Galive Iqubal is in the charge of NCC

314 The department helps in conducting workshop on career guidance. For this the department is trying not only to improve academic results of the students by also to develop the personality of the studnets through asstenes Computer learning and other events of Business and Commerce. The department is going to publishe a reserah journal titled –‘Journal of Business and Economic Issues’. The department organized out reach activities and extension activities for the teachers of commerce in the neighbouring colleges of 24 parganas and kolkata through organizing workshop on in Role of e-commerce in Business where resource persons from different universities of W.B. and management Institute and Chairman of School Service Commission participated. Concluding Remarks: - The department is major wing of the college with a large number of students in Hons in Accounts, Finace & Control and Marketing Management. As there is no PG course in marketing management at the university of Calcutta the depatment has introduced PG course in Marketing Management considering the vertical progression these groups of students. The department receives the assistances from the faculty members of the inter disciplinary subjects like Economics, Mathematics, Computer Science, Law, English, Bengali and Hindi.

315 DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

History of the Department: The Department of Business Administration (B.B.A.) was formed under Calcutta University under reference letter no. C/533/112, affiliated dated 13- 02-2002 w.e.f. 2002-03. The first batch was admitted in the academic session 2003-04. This is a three year course comprising of 2000 marks and at the end of each year one examination is taken by the University(Part-I, Part-II and Part-III). There is neither any general papers in this course nor the course is taught at the general level. At present, the course is affiliated to the West Bengal State University. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The objective of the Department is to impart Management education among aspiring students and thereby generating employment. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive - - - - 2. Fulltime –Management - - 01 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – - - 06 Management Appointee / Guest 4. From the Allied Dept. - - 19

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details FACULTY QUALIFICATION DESIGNATION YEARS FIELD Teachers’ OF OF Achievement SERVICE SPECIALIZATION reflected in Students’ Feedback (%) Sri Anirban M.Sc.(Physics), Lecturer 5 Yrs. Marketing Chakraborty MBM (on full-time contract basis) Dr. Chandra M.Sc. (Econ), Selection 27 Yrs Statistics & Sekhar M. Phil., Ph.D. Grade Lecturer Econometrics Mukherjee, Dept. of Economics Dr. Anjan M.A.(Econ), Selection 26½ Yrs Agricultural Majumdar, M.Phil., Ph.D. Grade Lecturer Economics & Dept. of Econometrics Economics Dr. Srimanta M.Sc, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. Sinha Roy of Mathematics 316 Dr. Bimal M.Sc, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. Kumar Ghosh of Mathematics Dr. Arunava M.A, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. Banerjee of English Dr. Meenakshi M.A, Ph.D., Reader, Dept. Krishnan PGCPE, PGDTE of English Sri Sandip M.Com, LLB, Selection 22 Yrs. Accounts Kumar FCA. Grade Lecturer Chakraborty Sri Partha M.Com Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Marketing Banerjee (Marketing) Sri Abhijit M.Com. Lecturer 2 ½ Yrs. Accounts Kundu (Finance), ACA Sri Kallol M.Com Lecturer 7 Yrs. Accounts Saha (Accounts) (on full-time contract basis) Sri M.Com(Finance) Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs. Accounts Manabendra (on full-time Sekhar Bhadra contract basis) Smt. Indrani M.A. (Econ.), Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs. Econometrics Majumder B.Ed., MBA (on full-time & contract basis) Marketing Mgt SriRupam M.Sc.(Econ) Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs. International Trade Mukherjee (on full-time contract basis) Sri Subrata M.Com. Lecturer 10 Yrs. Accounts Ray (Accounts) (on full-time contract basis) Sri Galive M.Com, B. Ed. Lecturer 13 Yrs. Accounts Iquebal (on full-time contract basis) Sri Avik MBA Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs Marketing Mgt Chattopadhyay (class basis contractual) Sri Biswajit M. Com (Finance) Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Accounts Dey Sri Suvendu M.Com Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs Accounts Roy (class basis Chowdhury contractual) Tumpa M.sc Lecturer, Dept. Chakraborty of Computer Science Sri Dipak Das B.Com,M.A, LLB Lecturer 4 Yr. History & Law Choudhuri (class basis contractual) Sri Arindam MBA Lecturer 2 Yrs. Human Resource Mukherjee (class basis Mgt contractual) Sri Arindom M.A.(Econ) , Lecturer 2 Yrs. Marketing Mgt Chakraborty MBA (class basis contractual) Sri Arnab MBA Lecturer 1 Yr. Marketing Mgt. Majumder (class basis contractual) 317 Sri Ajit B.E, PGDHD Guest Lecturer Chakrabarty Sri Snehasish M.sc, PGDCA Guest Lecturer Saha *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 34 09 04 21 17 SC 04 01 02 01 01 ST - - - - - OBC - - - - - Total 38 10 06 22 18

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 - 01 1501-5000 10 03 5001-10000 07 01 10001-15000 09 03 15001-20000 02 - Above 20000 02 02 Total* 30 10 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2008.

4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:

SUCCESS RATE OF STUDENTS (BBA)

Year Total appeared Total Passed % of Pass 1st Class/Div 2nd Class/Div 2005 02 02 100 - 02 2006 05 05 100 03 02 5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure:

318 Class Room No. 133:3mX6m (1st Yr-85 Middle Road) Class Room No. 105A:3mX7.5m (2nd Yr-6 Riverside Road) Class Room No. 105B:3mX7.5m (3rd Yr-6 Riverside Road) b) Library: Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals Nil 377 Nil c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection. d) Laboratory: N/A i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: N.A. ii. List of Equipments: e) Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 4 hours and 1.5 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation): N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / 319 week 01 18 hrs. - 5 hrs. 5 hrs. 5 hrs. - (fulltime) 06 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10.Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended): Name of Seminars/ Conference Held on Organized By the Teachers /Workshops/Orientation /during Programme/ Refresher Courses 1. UGC Sponsored State Level 2006 New Alipore College Seminar on “Changing Scenario of insurance business in India” 2. National Seminar under UGC- 2006 Dept. of Commerce, ASIHSS Programme on “e-Business: C.U. The new business paradigm in a knowledge economy” 3. Seminar on “Industrialization and 2007 RBC College Sri Anirban Development” (evening), Naihati Chakraborty 4. 3-day Workshop on “Information Sept 27 BRSNC Technology for Accounting and – 29, Businss” 2007 5. 120th Orientation course at Ramkrishna Miossion Ramkrishna Mission, Narendrapur Lokasiksha Parishad and Training Orientation & Research Centre

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing projects: 2

Sl. NAME PURPO STATUS TOPIC No 1. M.Phil. ONGOINStudy of perception of customers regarding service ANIRBAN quality in the insurance sector. CHAKRABORTY 2. MRP ONGOINA study of consumer perception regarding service quality in India. Publications by faculty (last 5 years): Nil 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,

320 preparation of competitive examination like CAT, MAT etc. and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 13. Future Plans: The Department plans to do the following in future- a) Establishment of departmental library. b) Establishment of separate placement cell for the department. c) Enhancement of frequency of industrial visits. d) Inviting more industry personnel to act as Guest Lecturers in the department. e) Opening of more specialization subjects in the course. 14. Any other information: Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are 1. No departmental 1. Easy access to cooperative, regular library. Internet facility. and sincere. 2. Provision for separate 2. Departmental library 2. Examination system is computer lab. should be introduced. good.

Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: % Regular arrangement of industrial visit. • Summer training of the students in different industrial fields. • Teacher student ratio is high. Concluding Remarks: The department is performing well and the departmental teachers to the best of their capacity discharge their duty in the interest of the students in the teaching- learning process, academic growth, preparation for different examinations, industrial visit, summer training etc. for the development of the students.

321 DEPARTMENT OF BENGALI

History of the Department: The Department of Bengali was established in the College in the year 1964 (vide letter no. C/442/112 dt 14.08.1964) with Honours in Bengali. Thereafter the Department has been doing all the things regarding to the prospect of the college and of the department. Departmental activities are always with the achievement and prospect of the Departmental students. Many of them are shining with their careers, The Departmental represented by many reputed teachers with versatile personalities. Prof. Shanti Singha Roy represented himself as the Principal of the College. One time the Department was Jubilant with nine Departmental Teachers. Now the Department has four fulltime teachers (on substantive basis) and two Management appointed class basis teachers.Employability and Carrier advancement with many Cultural and Social activities are the features of the department. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The Department always looks forward with the academic syllabus and Curriculum and Corrigendum to the employability and Career advancement of the Departmental Students. Many innovation like Tutor Ward, Library Class, inter departmental activities in the college and outside the college are the main aims and objectives. The Department likes to introduce co-related Computer Courses, communicative English Courses, and courses like employability test with aptitude and reasoning test etc. Main objective of the Department is with the result orientation, especially in Honours course where efforts are being given by the teachers to obtain higher marks for the students. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 04 04 2. Fulltime –Management - - Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 05 05 Management Appointee / Guest

322 b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers Teacher in years Specialization Competency reflected in students’ feedback 1. Dr. Dipak Reader M.A. Ph. D 20 Comparative 77.63% Chaudhuri Literature 2. Sri. Dipak Selection M.A 24 Drama 85.07% Kr. Grade Bhattacharya lecturer 3. Arun Lecturer M.A 03 Novel and 78.47% Kr.Dutta Short Stories 4. Dr. Puspa Lecturer M.A, Ph.D. 03 Linguistics 61.56% Bairagya 5. Sri. Mridul Lecturer M.A 0.5 Modern Joined Dutta Roy Bengali recently Poetry 6. Smt. Sonali Lecturer M.A 0.5 Linguistics Joined Banerjee recently 7. Dr. Diti Roy Guest M.A, Ph.D. 06 Comparative 58.94% Lecturer Literature 8. Dr. Hiren Guest M.A, Ph.D. 33 Novel and Chatterjee Lecturer Short Stories 9. Sri Santanu Guest M.A. 04 Sarkar Lecturer *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 209 206 211 218 239 SC 25 31 33 45 38 ST 3 3 1 2 3 OBC 4 7 10 10 8 Total 241 247 255 275 288

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 30 32 1501-5000 92 66 5001-10000 61 45 10001-15000 26 17 323 15001-20000 13 9 Above 20000 6 4 Total* 228 173 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 82 82 65 15 01 - - 0.10 100 99.64 2004 78 78 54 16 04 - - 0.02 100 99.79 2005 86 86 28 51 05 01 1.16 0.30 100 99.88 2006 86 86 40 39 07 - - 0.34 100 99.80 2007 69 69 43 23 02 - - 0.24 100 99.76 2008 82 82 67 13 02 Nil - 0.12 100 99.92 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure: Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are Class Room No. 219 : 9.35mX11m Class Room No. 220 : 6.5mX8.9m b) Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 169 4376 Seven

c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection. d) Laboratory: N.A. i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: ii) List of Equipments: e) Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning

324 Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Teacher Refresher & Orientation Date

Dr. Puspa Bairagya Refresher Course (CU) 2 Dec 08 to 21 Dec 08 Sri Arun Kr. Dutta Orientation Programme 17 Sep 08 to 07 Oct 08

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:

Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 04 29 hrs. - - 5 hrs. 2 hrs. - (fulltime) 05 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications)

325 Ongoing projects–Three Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Arun Kr.Dutta Upendranath Gangopadhyay: Life & Literature along with his edited journal “Vichitra” Dr. Puspa Bairagya Folk element in modern Bengali poetry Dr.Diti Roy Bangla Bhasha Sahitya O samaj preksha pate “tatwabodhini” patrika bhoomika Publication: Will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 15 to 20 students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 13. Future Plans:  Improvement of academic improvement of the students through Tutor- Ward system and counseling.  To introduce technology enabled teaching-learning process.  To enrich and more involvement of teachers and students to promote departmental library activity.  To introduce Digital Class Room.  Introduction of PG course in Bengali. 14. Any other information: Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Good relationship 1. Lack of more text books 1. Purchase of more between teachers and the in the departmental library. books in the students. departmental library. 2. Teachers are cooperative 2. Unsatisfactory Sanitary 2. More tutorial classes with the students. System and College are needed. 326 3. Teaching-learning Canteen. 3. Active involvement process is satisfactory. of teachers in the library class.

Parent’s Feedback:  Parents are happy with the performance of the teachers.  College library should be upgraded with more lending facilities.  Career Advancement Course be introduced. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Tutor ward System: Tutor ward System is an excellent innovation regarding the advancement of the total academics. Group wise distribution of Tutorial ward may be nourished effectively. Therefore elements and accessories like Computer, LCD Projector, Laptop, Projector for viewing cinema may be used effectively. Educational excursion is also necessary for much more good relationship which should be developed through Tutor ward System. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 86.10% The Department of Bengali celebrates ‘Ekushe’, Bangla Bhasa Diwas on 21st February of each year where eminent personalities of Bengali literature and drama participate every year.  Celebration of Teachers’ day.  Publication of wall magazine.  Organisation of seminars where speakers are the students and eminent personalities such as Manoj Mitra, Bratya Basu, Soumitra Basu, Jay Goswami, Hiren Chatterjee, Barun Kumar Chakraborty etc. Concluding Remarks: The departmental teachers take care of all round development of the students. The motivation of the teachers are satisfactory and they devote a substantial amount of time for the advancement of the department and institution.

327 DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

History of the Department: The college initiated the department in the year 1970 as a subject in the General level with affiliation to University of Calcutta vide letter no. C/11526/112 dt. 06.02.1970. As per demand of the society and with necessary capacity building, college open the honours course with affiliation to University of Calcutta vide letter no. C/773/112 dt 28.08.1996 and G.O. No. 249/Edn(CS) dt 03.04.1998. Aims and Objectives of the Department: Our first objective is to create interest among the pupil and to make them understand the accountability of the subject in the present scenario. We should try to make them not only academically sound but also well being persons so that they can serve the society. We would like to prepare our students technologically enable. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 03 02 2. Fulltime –Management 01 01 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 03 03 Management Appointee / Guest

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers Teacher in years Specialization Competency reflected in students’ feedback 1. Dr. Md. Reader M.A., Ph.D. 24 Educational 85.59% Abdul Odud Technology Mondol 2. Sri Selection M.A, M.Phil. 09 History of 85.23% Manishankar Grade Education Roy Lecturer 3. Smt. Lecturer M.A 05 Special 88.4% Chandrani Education Sanyal 4. Smt. Nupur Lecturer M.A 02 Curriculum 70.44% Sur 5. Smt. Doyel Lecturer M.A 02 Mental Hygine Majumdar

328 6. Dr. Jayasree Guest M.A, Ph.D. 30 Curriculum Dev Lecturer 7. Smt. Shilpi Lecturer M.A 1 Technology Joined recently Roy Chowdhuri *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 149 144 137 142 133 SC 18 16 17 27 27 ST 2 2 2 0 0 OBC 3 3 4 3 4 Total 172 165 160 172 164

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 24 16 1501-5000 63 36 5001-10000 40 27 10001-15000 17 11 15001-20000 9 4 Above 20000 3 2 Total* 156 96 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status.

3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2006-07. Dr. A. Odud, a senior faculty member of the department participated in syllabus reform committee in C.U. (2002). Faculty members of the department Dr. A.Odud & Sri M.S. Roy participated in syllabus reform committee of University of Kalyani as members of Board of Studies 2006-07. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:

329

Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 61 61 33 19 04 02 3.28 3.26 100 99.78 2004 41 41 17 16 07 - - 1.79 100 99.84 2005 51 51 05 28 13 05 9.80 4.30 100 100 2006 52 52 07 13 20 12 23.08 6.12 100 99.85 2007 43 43 - 15 02 07 16.28 10.73 100 99.74 2008 44 44 09 14 16 05 11.36 6.95 100 100 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure: Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are Class Room No. 221 : 6.25mX8.9m Class Room No. 222 : 6.25mX8.9m b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 113 1266 Two

c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection. d. Laboratory: N.A. i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: ii) List of Equipments: e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:

330 On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Refresher & Orientation Date Teacher

Sri Mani Shankar Refresher Course 29 Feb to Roy 20 March 2008 Refresher Course 18 Nov to 08 Dec 2008

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class Room, interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Examination on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Duty, Script / week week dept. evaluation) / teacher / week 03 21 hrs. - 6 hr. / 4 hrs. 2 hrs. - (fulltime) week (for only one teacher) 02 (Class 8 hrs. - - 3 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Teacher Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & Date orientation programme

Sri Mani Shankar Roy National Seminar at University of Kalyani 2006 National Seminar at University of Kalyani 2007 Dr. Abdul Odud National Seminar at Rabindra Bharati University 2007 Mondol Smt. Chandrani Sanyal Attended Institutional seminar as a speaker on “Mal adjustment due 15.02.2 to personality disorder and anxiety disorder”. 008 Attended State level seminar on “The new syllabus in the education 28.06.0 honours course”. 8

331 Attended National seminar on “Making an knowledge society”. 16.12.2 008

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications) Ongoing projects– One Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Sri Mani Shankar Roy The Effects of some factors on different types of concept development of children at pre operational stage. Ref No. PHW-086/0506 dated 27.03.2008.

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 20 to 25 students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 13. Future Plans: i. Introducing technology aided teaching method. ii. To introduce B.Ed. & PG Course. iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged. iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons. v. We should like to deliver power point presentation of the selective syllabus.

14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department and by the resource persons. ii. The counseling for academically backward students. iii. Group discussion in class room situations. iv. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental picnic and educational tour are arranged annually.

332 v. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the college. vi. Wall magazine is published in regular basis. vii. We send letter to the parents whose wards are not regular in classes. viii. Celebration of Teachers’ day. Students’ Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Teacher’s 1. Lack of 1. More books required 1. Departmental guidance is books in in departmental library books are satisfactory. Departmental and central library. purchased. 2. Healthy & Central 2. Need better students’ 2. The problem of relationship Library. canteen. Canteen facility between 2. Poor Canteen 3. More departmental is minimized teacher & Facility. workshop is needed. centrally by the students. 4. No office 4. Official Transaction college. 3. Teachers are facility at 6, should be introduced 3. Part office co-operative. Riverside at 6, Riverside Road facilities are Road Campus as early as given to the Campus. possible. students.

Parents’ Feedback: Merits: i. Healthy relationship between teacher & students. ii. Teaching method is satisfactory. iii. More departmental workshop is needed. Computer training should be regularize in college. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Tutor Ward System: Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every individual of the department, class-wise. In first year we divide all the students in equal number under each faculty or teacher. The teacher pays

333 attention to his/her group of students. Thus the problems of the students may solve by the teachers sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed by the teachers which are not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not only tries to solve college oriented problem but also some personal problems are also solved. Distinguishing features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 92.66% i. We have acquired 29 ranks at university level in last five years. ii. Most of the students get chance at PG level in regular course in different universities. i. The number of students who achieved jobs is also satisfactory. ii. The department has acted as a zonal centre of EDCG of university of Calcutta in the year 2004. iii. Dr. A.Odud is the Co-ordinator of IGNOU PI Centre. iv. Departmental teacher, Sri M.S. Roy, is actively attached with the Building Sub Committee, Students’ Aid Fund etc. of the college. v. Departmental teacher, Smt. Chandrani Sanyal, is actively attached with the cultural committee of the college. Concluding Remarks: The motivation and dedication of the teachers of the department are praiseworthy and highly appreciable. Our department has achieved a good academic record in last five years at UG level. In future we like to maintain this attractive academic record at the UG level in the University. We will try to minimize the shortcomings of our department and to fulfill the requirements of the students and to maintain a warm relationship between the teacher and the students.

334

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

History of the Department: The English department was established in the year 1953-54 with the affiliation to I.A. Standard Ref: C/309/Appl. Dated 20.8.53, when there was felt a need to cater to the study of the English Language and Literature. It was an important subject in Arts and there were many takers for the subject in many forms. It was a compulsory component cutting across streams and disciplines. Practically every student passing out of the college with a Higher Secondary or a Graduation degree needed to have studied a core subject like English. Initially the subject was taught as Group A and Group B English language for the Higher Secondary course. Gradually English came to be taught as an Elective subject in the session 1957-58, with a thrust on Literature as well with the affiliation to the B.A. Pass Course Ref: C/2836/42/Appl.dated 24.6.1957. It was in the session 1995 – 96 that the department finally got affiliation for introducing the Honours course in English (Ref: C / 1195 / 112, Application dated: 26.10.1995). Aims and Objectives of the Department: The main focus of the department of English is not just to teach the subject but to develop in the student qualities like sense of aesthetics, sensitivity, empathy and build in them a general awareness of the relevance of literature to life. The department strives to help the students to enjoy and appreciate literary works. The stress is more on helping them learn rather than teach. We encourage the self-learning process by acting as facilitators rather than teachers. The teachers make themselves available whenever the students need them and the learning process is continued even beyond the classroom. The teachers take upon themselves the mammoth task of making clear the role and relevance of English Literature in modern times and how it now can be studied as a crossover subject and at an interdisciplinary level. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy

335 Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 04 04 2. Fulltime –Management - - Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 03 03 Management Appointee / Guest

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl Name Designation Highest Specialization Experience Teachers No Qualification Competency reflected in students’ feedback / Remarks 1. Meenakshi Reader & M.A., Ph.D. Linguistics, 12+ 91.08% Krishnan H.O.D. American Literature, ELT 2. Arunav Reader M.A., Ph.D. Greek Tragedy 25 86.21% Banerjee 3 Partha Lecturer M.A Contemporary 24 87.71% Bandyopadhyay (Sel. Gr.) English

4 Krishnakali Lecturer M.A. History of 17 86.15% Basu (Sel. Gr.) English Language 5 Arunabha Lecturer M.A. American 1+ 67.3% Ghosh Literature 6 Pritesh Lecturer M.A Colonialism & 1+ 85% Chakraborty Post colonialism 7 Sharmishta Roy Lecturer M.A. American 4+ Literature *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: Entry-level competency: Eligibility Criteria Honours Best Four Min. in subject Highest Marks Lowest Marks in aggregate admitted admitted English 50% ISC/CBSE – 55% 86.8 68.8 HS (Gr. B) – 50% HS (Gr. A) – 45% Table shows that student admitted with minimum marks is well above the eligibility criteria. This proves the reputation of the department and the college.

Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 143 150 156 167 171 336 SC 18 20 20 20 22 ST 0 0 1 3 3 OBC 3 4 4 4 4 Total 164 174 181 194 203

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 5 3 1501-5000 35 36 5001-10000 44 40 10001-15000 20 13 15001-20000 23 15 Above 20000 15 12 Total 142* 119* *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: The University of Calcutta revised the syllabus for the 3 yr. B.A. (Honsour) in English with minor changes and it came into effect from the academic session 2004-05. A workshop was held on Syllabus Revision and the teachers input went into the amendments. From 2006-07 the syllabus was re-organized to fit it into the current 1+1+1 system.

4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:

Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 51 51 26 10 01 - - 0.33 100 95.23 2004 35 35 20 03 - - - 0.04 100 95.89 2005 58 58 37 15 - - - 0.36 100 96.53 2006 51 51 35 09 - - - 0.89 100 97.29 2007 48 48 18 22 03 02 4.17 0.84 100 99.02 2008 45 45 29 13 02 01 2.22 0.50 100 99.92 * Remaining students passed in the general category

5. Learning resources of the departments:

a. Departmental infrastructure: Department room: 8 ft by 9 ft Cubicle Class room: 223 & 224 (6, Riverside Road Campus) Seminar room: Jointly shared.

b. Library

337

Departmental Journal/ Central Purchased/Gifted Periodicals 42 10 1367 04

c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection. d. Laboratory: N/A i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: ii) List of Equipments: e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

The traditional lecture method with the blackboard as the main aid is now slowly being replaced by newer methods like using some other visual aids like pictures, paintings, photographs and some forms of technology like films, slides etc. The lecture method has now given way to more interactive ways of teaching the subject. In a class of Creative Writing, for example, there is much more scope for a workshop method of teaching. Group work and brainstorming sessions are encouraged which leads to almost everyone participating in the teaching-learning process. Tutorials and assignments are constantly monitored to facilitate feedback and help keep track of student progression. The Tutor-Ward system has helped a great deal in keeping a close eye on students and giving them personalized attention. One-to-one and One-to-many counselling is another way of handling student difficulties. Remedial classes are organized for slow learners to help them keep up with the rest of the class. Project work is another method to help students learn how to research a topic or theme. 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 5 hours and 4 hours per week per teacher respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post- Test

338 period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/ Orientation)

Participant Refresher & Orientation Date Teacher

Dr. Meenakshi Refresher Course on “Poetry:Text & December Krishnan Context” – Calcutta University 2003 Refresher Course on “Romanticism” – March Jadavpur University 2006 Smt. Krishnakali Refresher Course on “Human Rights” January Basu Jadavpur University 2004 Refresher Course on “Romanticism” – March Jadavpur University 2006

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:

Total No. Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy of (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 04 24 hrs. - - 4-6 hrs. 2 hrs. - (fulltime) 03 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):

Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation Date Teacher programme Dr. Meenakshi Speaker at Annual International Seminar of the Center for Studies in 14th -15th Krishnan Romantic Literature, Jadavpur University, Kolkata Feb, 2007 Attended XXI IACS International Conference on “Society, 24th -26th Environment,& Technology: Canada & India” organized by the Indian Feb, 2005 Association for Canadian Studies, Hyderabad Attended National Conference on “ New Directions for Language & 28th-29th Literature Studies”, Rabindra Bharati University Kolkata Nov, 2003 Attended State level seminar on “ Teaching Business Communication 6th in English”, Institute of English, Kolkata July,2006 Attended Institutional seminar on “ Developing Communication Skills 2nd -5th in English at the Tertiary Level”, Institute of English, Kolkata April 2004 Speaker at Institutional seminar on “ Communicative English” at Sri 15th Ramkrishna Sarada Vidya Mahapith, Hooghly Sept,2004

339 Attended workshop on teaching “Business Communication in English” 6th at the Institute of English, Kolkata July,2006 Sri Partha Attended Institutional seminar on “Rishi Aurobindo poetry and poetics” 11th Bandopadhyay Sep,2007 Attended State level seminar on “Indo-Anglian Literature” 16th Sep,2008 Dr. Arunava Attended XXI IACS International Conference on “Society, 24th -26th Banerjee Environment,& Technology: Canada & India” organized by the Indian Feb, 2005 Association for Canadian Studies, Hyderabad Smt. Attended Institutional seminar on “Rishi Aurobindo poetry and poetics” 11th Krishnakali Sep,2007 Basu Attended State level seminar on “Indo-Anglian Literature” 16th Sep,2008

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing projects: N/A 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 5-7 students on average have been employed at the graduation level. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistance to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs.

13. Future Plans: The English Dept. has tried to ensure that there is no discontinuity between the past and the future, that the future is built on the consolidation of past gains to begin with after achieving this, the department must move in new directions.  The most crucial teacher-student interaction takes place in the class room. The English Dept. has already initiated steps to change classes from being teacher-centric to learner-centric. Students are split up into groups. Each group has one coordinator. Through collective effort each group makes presentations on topics which have been decided before hand. Each presentation is followed by an interaction in which the whole class participates. The teacher acts as a facilitator. In future the department plans

340 to expand the scope of this method and ensure that a larger proportion of classes are held in this manner.  Students of the department participate in seminars as resource persons along with experts and distinguished scholars who come from outside the college. This prestigious opportunity acts as an incentive to self improvement. The departments is planning a news letter, along with other developments, the abstract of these presentations will be mentioned.  The department plans to bring out a journal where articles by students and teachers will be published along side contributions from external experts. We insist of inclusions of students as this can be an important stepping stone to a future in academia.  Plans are afoot to subscribe to a few more journals  The department hopes to introduce a teacher-exchange programme in collaboration with the Dept. of English of other colleges.  Enrichment of the departmental library.  Conducting of educational tours.  Introduction of Book Reading Sessions, where students read out portions from books (not included in the syllabus) and review articles  Collaborate with the Dept. of Communicative English and Education to review the effectiveness of English Language Teaching in select school and colleges and prepare a report that can be used to improve the standard of English teaching and learning.

14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: Besides the regular lectures and examinations, which are a necessary part of academics, the department encourages other activities where students take centre stage. These are departmental Seminars where students are encouraged to make paper presentations with guidance from the teachers. Groups are formed and a topic is given to the group which researches material on the topic and the paper is presented by one of the members of the group. Another departmental activity is the Wall magazine which is now very popular. Students regularly contribute articles and a selection

341 committee headed by a faculty member whets the articles and selects the smaller ones to be displayed on the wall magazine. The longer articles find place in the College magazine. The departmental Picnic is an event looked forward to by every student and which takes place every winter. There have been a couple of occasions where Dramatics have been very much a part of the departmental activity. Teachers’ Day is celebrated in a grand manner by the students.

Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stakeholders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 2. Teachers are cooperative, 5. Lack of more text 4. Easy access to Internet regular and sincere. books in the facility. 3. Counselling classes, mode departmental library. 5. Introduction of PG of teaching, examination 6. Delay in showing Course in English. system are praiseworthy answer scripts.

Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting: • By enlargement guardians/parents are happy with the performance and commitment of the teachers. • The routine should be more compact. • A departmental library should be set up. • A more personalized monitoring of students’ progress would be welcome. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 82% The Department of English has set up two memorial awards which are presented to the Topper in English (Honours) at the University Examination: • Sayantani Debnath Memorial Award [in honour and remembrance of a young student of English (Honours) who passed away rather untimely] • Ranjit Bhattacharya Memorial Award (in remembrance of a former teacher of the department).

342 Concluding Remarks: The departmental teachers to the best of their capacity discharge their duty in the interest of the students in the teaching-learning process, academic growth, preparation for different examinations, faculty development programme and research activities. The teachers and the students take part in different departmental activities of the college and the department.

343 DEPARTMENT OF FILM STUDIES

History of the Department: The Department of Film Studies was established in the academic year 2001-02 (vide letter no. C/2065A/112 dt 10.09.2001) at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College affiliated to the University of Calcutta. Film studies is taught from then as a general subject like any other college under Calcutta University. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The aim behind teaching Film Studies in the undergraduate level is to create a general interest to the art of cinema. Students here learn to read a film and interpret it in their own way. From here we can expect the sprouting of future film critics and above all connoisseurs of cinema with good taste. Primarily, here students study different film theories and the languages of cinema. They watch films made by some eminent film makers and at the 2nd year as well as at the 3rd year level, they make a short film in video format. So in a way it can be a stepping-stone for future film makers & audio-visual personalities too. 1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management - - Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 02 02 Management Appointee / Guest

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers Teacher in years Specialization achievement reflected in students’ feedback 1. Sri Debasish Lecturer M.A. 8 Guru Dutta & Chakraborty Hindi Melodrama 2. Smt. Rajrupa Lecturer M.A. 2 Sholay & its Mukherjee Socio-Historical background

344 *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: 5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure: Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are Lab cum Class Room No. 104 : 6mx7m b) Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals - 70 -

c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection. d) Laboratory: One i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6mx7m ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. e) Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √

345 period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Teacher Refresher & Orientation Date

Samir Mukherjee Refresher Course 2004-05 Partha Banerjee Refresher Course 2006-07 Orientation 2005-06 Biswajit Dey Refresher Course 2006-07 Orientation 2005-06

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date Teacher & orientation programme

1. Participated in UGC sponsored National Seminar on 6th&7th “Changing Values in Bengali Cinema” at Nabadwip March Sri Debasish College. 2008 Chakraborty 2. Attended seminar in “Cinema and Question of 2004 Modernity’ organized by Jadavpur University, Film Studies Department. Smt. 1. Attended seminar at Jadavpur University on 2008 Rajrupa “Chokher Bali” of Rituparna Ghosh. Mukherjee

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications)

346 Nil 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: General department 13. Future Plans: i) Enrichment of the departmental library ii) Making the department equipped with more technical equipments. iii) To make students friendly with the use of different technical equipments used in film making. iv) To publish at least one magazine on ‘Cinema’ from the department. v) Organizing a ‘Film Festival’ every year in the college auditorium. 14. Any other information: Distinguishing Features: . Special project of Film making for the students of 2nd & 3rd year students. Concluding Remarks: The department of Film Studies as a general subject is doing well at the university level. Students from various honours subjects show very much interest in such an audio visual subject. Teachers also give their best to create interest in films from different nations. This way Film Studies as a subject opens the minds of students to the socio historical periphery of the world.

347 DEPARTMENT OF HINDI

History of the Department: The department of Hindi was established in the year 1967 as a General subject vide letter no. C7064/112 dated 08.08.1968. and the honours course was introduced in the year 2001 vide letter no. C/2065A/112 dated 10.09.2001. and G.O. No. 1223- Edn(CS) dated 30.09.2002. Aims and Objectives of the Department: Through our methods of education we would like to empower our students so that they can break out of the vicious cycle of gender inequality and poverty. We would also ensure that the benefits of education is enjoyed by all and is no relegated to the interest of few who are economically and socially rich. We want to give the students a perspective in life by developing his/her innate talents and the powers of creative enterprise. Through our efforts we would try and ensure that the students moulds into a responsible citizen who can enjoy a rewarding personal life and would have the capacity to appreciate the splendor of life revealed from social interaction and communion with nature. We understand that it takes a world of differences to make a different world.

1. Faculty Profile: i) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 02 01 2. Fulltime –Management 01 01 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 03 03 Management Appointee / Guest

348 ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers Teacher in years Specialization Competency reflected in students’ feedback 1. Dr.Neeraj Lecturer M.A, Ph.D 01 Joined Sharma recently 2. Sri. Vivek Shaw Lecturer M.A 02 87% 3. Dr. Rama Mishra Lecturer M.A, Ph.D 03 82% 4. Smt. Vijeta Shaw Lecturer M.A 02 85% 5. Smt. Sreeparna Lecturer M.A 01 Joined Tarafdar recently *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 99 95 95 88 88 SC 17 16 17 18 10 ST 3 4 7 5 3 OBC 1 4 4 4 0 Total 120 119 123 115 101

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 14 13 1501-5000 63 42 5001-10000 26 24 10001-15000 4 3 15001-20000 1 0 Above 20000 6 4 Total* 114 86 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status.

3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06 by C.U. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:

349 Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 2004 16 16 05 05 04 01 6.25 5.81 100 100 2005 19 19 04 08 06 01 9.80 8.45 100 100 2006 43 43 18 19 04 02 4.65 3.35 100 100 2007 36 36 28 04 03 - - 0.63 100 100 2008 34 34 08 14 09 03 8.82 4.12 100 100 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure: Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are Class Room No. 203: 6mX7m Class Room No. 205: 6mX7m b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 115 2364 Three

c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection. d. Laboratory: N.A. i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: iii) List of Equipments: e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √ 7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 1.2 hrs & 40 mins per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test

350 period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation): N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total No. Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy of (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 02 18 hrs. - - 4 hrs. 1 hrs. - (fulltime) 03 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):

Name of the National seminar Date International Date teacher Seminar 1. Dr. Neeraj 1. Attended seminar as a 9th – 10th None speaker on “Pandit Hajari March Sharma Prasad Diwedi ki samiksha 2008 drishti” Sanskritik

Samalochna aur Hajari Prasad Diwedi, Hindi department, Allahabad University, U.P. 15th -16th 2. Attended seminar as a April speaker on “Manviyta ke 2003 nav nirmata santh Raidas” at Rashtriya Hindi Sodh Sangoshti. Govt. College of Raghogarh, Guna, M.P. 12th -13th 3. Attended Seminar as a Dec 2004 speaker on “ Bacchan ke kavya ki gitatmakta”, Uttar Chayavad aur Harivansha Rai Bacchan”, Govt.

351 Adarsh Vigyan College, Jabalpur, M.P.

2. Sri Vivek 1. Renaissance and Indian 21st -23rd None languages’ – Calcutta Nov.2006 Shaw st rd University(21 – 23 Nov. 2006)

2. 1857 ka mahavidroh aur th Hindi Sahitya ka 28 punarmulyankan’ – Savitri march Girls College, U.G.C. 2008 th sponsors (28 March 2008) 8th 3. ‘Impact of non co- Feb.2008 operation movement of North eastern, Hindi and Urdu literature- Gandhi Smriti and Darshan Samiti, New Delhi (8th Feb. 2008) 3. Dr. Rama 1. Ecological modernization 31 A challenge 30th in the contest of crisis in March, for religious Nov.-2nd Mishra our national environment, 2006, tradition, Dec. Khidirpur College, 2007 Calcutta (W.B.) 28th -30th 2. Acharya Hajari Prasad Sept. Diwedi Janmsatabdi 2007, Bhartiya Bhasha Parishad.

3. 1857 ka mahavidroh aur 28th hindi, Savitri Girls March College, Calcutta (W.B.). 2008.

4. Vaishwaikaran, Hindi aur 3rd -4th Ramvilash Sharma- 2006- Apr. 07, Punarnirman Mission 2008. Calcutta. 5. Acharya Hajari Prasad Diwedi Chintan aur Srijan. Hindi Department, Burdwan University, (W.B.)

352 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications) One Ph.D. research project by Sri Vivek Shaw on “Dr. Ranghay Raghav ke katha sathya mein samjik chetna”.from C.U registered in the year 2007 under Dr. Chandrakala Pandey. (Self financed) Name of the Title Year International/National/College teacher In Journals/Magazine Dr.Neeraj Apbhransh ke Jain kavi Dhanpal aur 2003 Apbhransh Bharti Sharma unka Bhavishyat kaha. Hindi kahani: Stri vimarsh ke ird gird 2003 Pratishruti Dalit vimarsh aur hindi ke dalit 2005 Pratishruti kahanikar Acharya Hazariprasad Diwedi ki 2008 Hindi Anusheelan samiksha drishti. Dr. Rama Chhaya wadi kavita mein kavi panth 2007 B.R.S.C annual college Mishra ka sthan magazine. Sri. Vivek Ranghyae raghav 2007 B.R.S.C annual college Shaw magazine.

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 25 to 30 students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 13. Future Plans:  Participation in Faculty Development Programme to enrich knowledge and skill of the faculty member.  Updating the faculty members with various events of local, national and international importance.  To make the students socially responsible by involving them in different kinds of activities such as NSS, NCC etc.  To enrich the departmental library.

353 14. Any other information: Students feedback – The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Teachers 1. Number of 6. Purchase of more 5. Department has attend their seminars text and reference purchased more text classes arranged by books in the library. and reference books regularly and the 7. Organization of for both the punctually. Department. more seminars. departmental and 2. Teacher- 2. Number of 8. More teachers central library. student Books in should be 6. Department has interaction is both the appointed. organized very close. library. departmental seminars 3. Teachers are 3. Number of where students are the very co- teachers in speaker in the operative. the presence of external 4. Discipline is department. expert maintained. 7. Canteen facilities and sanitary system has been thoroughly changed and improved.

Parents-Teacher Interaction During the month of February/March every year, a parents teacher interaction is held in the department. Parents along with their wards interact with the department teachers. They discuss the performance and limitations of their wards and they also give suggestion for the improvement of the department. Department plays an active role in fulfilling the demands of the students as rejected in the interaction programme. Suggestions: 1. Demand for a tiffin period of at least for 15 minutes. 2. More number of books required for library. 3. More teachers should be appointed.

354 Tutor-ward system Department maintains a tutor-ward system where students are divided into small groups and each group is assigned to a teacher, so that each student can be taken personal care. Through this repterm, the concerntration level of the students in the classroom, their attendance, academic performance, library activities, general awareness level etc. are maintained by the teachers. Distinguishing Features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 88.78% i. Students of our department have participated in NSS activities such as Blood Donation Camp, Members of Voluntary Blood Donors’ Club, Collection of money through micro-savings box, participation in Thalassaemina Eradication programme, Donation of Books for the departmental library etc. Concluding Remarks: On final evaluation of all factors and the feedback received from students and their parents we can conclude that the Hindi Department has played a positive role in making difference to their lives. We have not only limited ourselves to the curriculum but have instead tried to expose them to the world of Hindi literature in a way which equips them with an in depth industry of the socio- economic factors. We would continue to strive to enhance our own skill set so that the employment potential of the students and make them robust with good communication and people skill.

355 DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY

History of the Department: Pass course in History was introduced in the college in the year 1957 (Ref. No. C2836/42 dt 24.06.1957) and Honours in History was introduced in the year 1996 (Ref: C/773/112 dt 28.08.1996). Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department aims to acquire all round progress in academic field. It strives to achieve a state of success in which majority of its students would pursue Post Graduate courses and achieve success in life and career. The primary objective of the department is to create genuine interest in the subject so that the students would be able to appreciate our rich cultural heritage and interprete present circumstances in the light of their historical background. 1. Faculty Profile: i) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 03 03 2. Full time –Management 01 01 appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 02 02 Management appointees / Guest

ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers Teacher in years Specialization Competency reflected in students’ feedback 1. Smt. Sutapa Senior M.A 09 Modern 88.25% Ghosh lecturer History Dastidar 2. Smt. Lipika Selection M.A 15 Modern 88.62% Biswas Grade Europe lecturer 3. Sri Pankaj Kr. Lecturer M.A 01 Modern Joined Sep’08 Mandal Europe 4. Smt.Keya Lecturer M.A., M.Phil 03 USA 76.37% Dutta 5. Smt. Gopa Lecturer M.A. 06 Ancient 89.02% Mitra History 6. Sri Amalesh Lecturer M.A. 02 Modern Kundu Europe 7. Smt. Debamita Lecturer M.A 0.5 Joined Bhattacharyya recently

356 8. Smt. Shipra Lecturer M.A., M.Phil 0.5 Joined Sinha Roy recently *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 171 148 139 159 166 SC 23 20 19 23 24 ST 3 3 3 0 1 OBC 3 4 5 3 2 Total 200 175 166 185 193

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 27 22 1501-5000 91 55 5001-10000 57 45 10001-15000 13 10 15001-20000 2 2 Above 20000 2 0 Total* 192 134 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 and part amendment on 2006-07. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 67 67 36 26 04 - - 0.18 100 99.51 2004 45 45 20 21 03 - - 0.20 100 99.67 2005 52 52 39 13 - - - 0.15 100 99.82 2006 49 49 40 08 - - - 0.58 100 99.42 2007 34 34 20 11 01 - - 1.73 100 98.76 2008 66 66 35 28 03 Nil - 4.75 100 99.73 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure: 357 Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are Class Room No. 206 : 6mX9m Class Room No. 207 : 7mX12m b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 56 1381 29

c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection. d. Laboratory: N.A. i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: ii) List of Equipments: e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 1.5 hrs & 1 hr. per week per teacher respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Refresher & Orientation Date Teacher

Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Orientation Course in History 26 Jul to 21 Apr Dastidar (CU) 2004 Smt. Lipika Biswas Refresher Course in History 15 Feb to 7 March (CU) 2005

358 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 04 17 hrs. - - 7 hrs. 2 hrs. - (fulltime) 03 (Class 9 hrs. - - 8 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & Date Teacher orientation programme Smt. Keya Dutta Attended Institutional Seminar on “Women in History”. 7th April, 2004 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Pre & post independence 13th April politics & working class movement”. 2005 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Religion in History” at BRSN 23rd April, College 2005 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Partition of Bengal”. 28th March, 2006 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Varied aspects of ancient 12th may, Indian economy”. 2006 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Bengal Renaissance”. 12th March, 2007 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Women in India perspective:. 31st Jan, 2008 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Society & Economy of 19th March, Medieval India”. 2008 Attended Institutional Seminar on “18th Century politics & Siraj – 6th Nov, ud-Daulah”. 2008 National Seminar on 20th Century-some reflections at Rishi 19th Feb, Bankim Chandra College, Naihati 2008 Smt. Sutapa Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Transition of Europe”, Dept of 12th Ghosh Dastidar History, J.U March,2003 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Transition of Europe”, Dept of 24th History, Jaipuria College, Kolkata Nov,2003 Attended State level Seminar on “ India’s encounter with 8th modernity, Dept of History, C.U March,2003 Attended National level Seminar on “ Contemporary India; aspects 28th -29th of politics, society & culture”. March,2003 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Women in History”, BRSN 7th College, Barrackpore April,2004 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Rethinking Environment, 5th June,2004 ecology, ediology & development, Netaji Institute for Asian studies.

359 Attended State level Seminar on “ Annual conference on Paschim 24th-25th Banga itihas Samsad”. Jan,2004 Attended State level Seminar on “ Annual conference on Paschim 24th-25th Banga itihas Samsad”. Jan,2005 Attended International level Seminar on “ Situating the History of 5th Environment”.Dept of History, J.U March,2005 Smt. Lipika Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Aspects of recently introduced 24th Biswas syllabus of History”, at Jaipuria College, C.U Nov,2003 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 50 Years of Parliamentary 18th democracy in India at BRSN College, Barrackpore Sept.2003 Attended State level Seminar on “ India’s encounter with 8th modernity, Dept of History, C.U March,2003 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Aspects of Society & Economy 15th in modern India”.Dept. of History, C.U March,2004 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Science & Society”, Dept. of 7th -8th History, C.U March,2005 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Pre & post independence 13th April politics & working class movement”. 2005 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Religion in History”at BRSN 23rd April, College 2005 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Origin of labour movement of 13th April, Howrah” at BRSN College. 2005 Attended National level Seminar on “ Mahatma Gandhi & the 31st making of modern India”. march,2005 Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 19th Century Bengal 12th March, Renaissance”. 2007 Sri Pankaj Kr. Attended State level Seminar on “ History, historiography & 2007 Mandal society”. Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 18th Century politics & Siraj – 6th Nov, ud-Daulah”. 2008 Smt. Debamita Attended State level seminar on “Paschim banga itihaas samsad” 24th -26th Jan Bhattacharyya 2008 Attended State level seminar on “ Sipoy Mutiny: a positive 19th March landmark in Indian History”. 2008 Attended State level seminar on “Child Labour”. 6th Sept.2008

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) One research project completed by Smt. Lipika Biswas on “Labour movements of Howrah: its ups & downs & socio economic effects (1945-2000)” for the period of the project (2004-2006). One research project completed by Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar on “Social ecologies of the Lodhas of West Bengal (1860-1950)” for the period of the project (2004-2006). Name of the Title Year International/National/College teacher In Journals/magazine Smt .Sutapa Ghosh Arter Artanad-Chilkar 2005 Itihaas Anusandhan 19( National) Dastidar Gabhire o agabhire

360 Criminal tribes act o 2006 Itihaas Anusandhan 20 (National) Paschim Banger Lodha samaj Smt. Debamita “Babu” culture in 19th 2007 Hooghly Mohsin College Journal Bhattacharjee century. Itihaas darshan. 2007 Hooghly Mohsin College Journal Bengali festival oriented 2008 Khalisani Mahavidyalaya (College “Babu” culture Journal) Bengali women in 2009 Paschim Banga Itihaas Samsad higher education. ( to be .( National) published) 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Five to seven students are placed at the graduation level. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of preparation of competitive examination like SSC and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs. 13. Future Plans: i. Introducing technology aided teaching method. ii. To introduce PG Course in the department. iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged to enhance the knowledge base of the students. iv. More seminars should be arranged to extend mental horizon of the students and engender research orientation in them. 14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: 1. The department organizes at least two seminars in every academic session. The honorary resource persons, the teachers and the students of the departments offer seminal presentation on the topic of the seminar. 2. The department has a tutor ward system to extend academic and personal support to the students. Here special care is extended towards economically backward students. 3. The department organizes a departmental picnic every year to enhance proximity between the teachers and the students of the department. 4. The present and passed out students of the department celebrate Teachers’ day every year with utmost sincerity and reverence. 361 Students’ Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are cooperative, 1. Lack of fulltime faculty. 1. Easy access to Internet regular and sincere. 2. Poor Students’ Canteen. facility. 2. Physical & cultural 2. Introduction of PG environment of the Course in History. college.

Parents’ Feedback: – Merits: i. The parents are satisfied with the performance of the department. They have appreciated the concept of guardians meet and the process of providing them with the knowledge of their wards attendance record. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Distinguishing features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 79.35% i. The department has acted as a zonal centre being a pioneer in the district in the zonal centre system of examination introduced by university of Calcutta in the year 2003. The department has been the zonal centre of distribution and examination of answer scripts of HISG examination of CU from 2003 to 2006. Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar, Head, Department of History has served as zonal Head Examiner for all these years. Concluding Remarks: The department of History has been striving for years to effect all round development of the students. The number of fulltime faculty members has increased. The strength of the departmental library has enhanced over the years. The departmental teachers are encouraging the students to study History in depth and to aware the students of the glorious past of the historical events of India and World. This awareness can help the youth to bring a better future.

362 DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION

History of the Department: Our department started in the year 2000 with the sanctioning of General course only. In the year 2001 we got affiliation for the Honours course also. Initially the number of teachers was less but as the time is rolling on we are getting strengthened by our departmental teachers and students. Aims and Objectives of the Department: Firstly, the aim of our department is to create interest in the subject among the students as a whole. Being a professional subject it demands practical and theoretical knowledge simultaneously. So, our objective is to give emphasis on both practical and theoretical sites. Our special objectives is to give importance in developing the journalistic-writing skill and aptitudes among the students. Our objective is to give special emphasis on computer application, video photography (specially documentary shooting), video editing and ad-copywriting. We try to develop special skills for the public relations sector. Our students would be eligible and competent for the print media, electronic media, public relation sector and advertising sector in future. So, our intension is to make them worthy for these fast-changing fields. Our special aim is to arouse the spirit of moral values among the would-be journalists and media professionals. With the development of the professional ability and aptitude our desire is to build social awareness amongst the students and make them socially committed. 1. Faculty Profile: i) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 02 01 2. Fulltime –Management 02 02 Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 03 03 Management Appointee / Guest

ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details

363 Sl Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers Teacher in years Specialization Competency reflected in students’ feedback 1. Smt. Moumita Lecturer M.A. 02 Radio & TV 80.7% Chaudhuri Journalism, Sports Journalism 2. Smt. Suparna Lecturer M.A. 06 Development 89.92% Roy Journalism, Bhattacharya International Relation 3. Smt. Sahana Lecturer M.A. 03 Media & 78.2% Chatterjee Human Rights, Media, Environment & Human Rights 4. Sri. Sandipan Guest M.A. 03 78.85% Dasgupta Lecturer 5. Sri. Amitava Guest M.A. 03 77.9% Bandopadhyay Lecturer 6. Sri P. Sinha Guest M.A. 03 Lecturer *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 108 87 81 79 81 SC 12 12 11 11 5 ST 0 0 0 0 1 OBC 1 3 2 2 0 Total 121 102 94 92 87

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 7 6 1501-5000 38 36 5001-10000 31 16 10001-15000 20 12 15001-20000 11 5 Above 20000 8 4 Total* 115 79 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status.

364 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06. Part revision in the session 2006-07. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No of % first % % % students students first class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% class college class College CU <50% <55% <60% CU 2003 2004 23 23 19 04 - - - - 100 100 2005 24 24 19 04 01 - - - 100 100 2006 25 25 19 05 01 - - - 100 100 2007 28 28 13 14 - - - - 100 100 2008 33 33 27 06 Nil Nil - 0.44 100 100 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure: Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are Class Room No. 102 : 6mX7m Class Room No. 103 : 6mX7m b. Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 82 333 -

c. Computer: 13 (thirteen) with uninterrupted Internet connection. d. Laboratory: i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6mX7m (Room No. 104) ii) List of Equipments: Will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit. e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods:

365

Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including √ internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Teacher Refresher & Orientation Date

Smt. Maumita Orientation Course, JU 17 Nov to 15 Dec Chaudhuri 2008

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:

Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class Room, interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Examination on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Duty, Script / week week dept. evaluation) / teacher / week 03 20 hrs. 5 hrs. - 3 hrs. 2 hrs. - (fulltime) 03 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):

366 Participant Teacher Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date & orientation programme

Attended Institutional seminar on “ Indo- Pak cricket 12.04.2004 series and Indian politics”. Smt. Sahana Chatterjee Attended Institutional seminar on “ Evolution of print 06.10.2004 journalism” Attended Institutional seminar on “ Principle of PR” 24.08.2006 Attended Institutional seminar on “ Script writing”. 24.03.2007 Attended Institutional seminar on “ Making of 22.12.2007 documentary film”. Attended Institutional seminar on “ Higher education in 17.03.2008 Journalism”. Attended National seminar on “ Transition from 6.07.2006- information society to knowledge society: an Indian 07.07.2006 prospective at B.U Attended National seminar on “ Media democracy & 13.04.2006 human rights” at Manindra Chandra College, C.U Smt. Suparna Ray Attended Institutional seminar on “Indo- Pak cricket 12.04.2004 Bhattacharya series and Indian politics”. Attended Institutional seminar on “ Evolution of print 06.10.2004 journalism” Attended Institutional seminar on “ Recent trends of 12.04.2005 news room operation Attended Institutional seminar on “Script writing”. 24.03.2007 Attended Institutional seminar on “Making of 22.12.2007 documentary film”. Attended Institutional seminar as an anchor on “Indo- Sept,2007 US Nuclear Treaty” at Ramkrishna Mission Shilpa Mandir.

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications) Ongoing projects- One Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Smt. Maumita Chaudhuri The Changing patterns of Social Issues and its effect on Media 2001-06.

367 and ad copy writing. The department tries to develop special skill for the public relation and advertising sector. 13. Future Plans: i. Implementation of more technology aided teaching methods for practical part – introduction of video software for editing. ii. To introduce PG Course. iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged. Professionals from the different relevant field such as- PR, Advertising, Print and Electronics Media may be invited to groom the students. iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons for the development of the knowledge of the contemporary socio-political-economic and cultural world. v. We should like to deliver power point presentation of the selective syllabus. vi. More books for the departmental library to enrich the students. 14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department and by the resource persons and departmental students. ii. Counseling for academically backward students. iii. Group discussion in class room situations. iv. To give assistance in the preparation of dissertation paper by the students of 2nd year honours. v. To give assistance to the 3rd year Honours students in the documentary film making. vi. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental picnic and educational tour are arranged annually. vii. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the college. viii. Lab. Journal (Batayan) is published in regular basis. ix. Celebration of Teachers’ day. Students’ Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations

368 about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Teacher’s 1. Lack of books 1. Purchase of more 1. Department has guidance is in departmental text and reference purchased more text satisfactory. library and books in the and reference books 2. Healthy central library. library. for the both relationship 2. Need better 2. Organization of departmental and between teacher students’ more seminars. central library. & students. canteen. 3. Improvement of 2. Canteen facility has 3. Teachers are 3. More canteen and been improved co-operative. departmental sanitary system. centrally. workshop is 3. Department has needed. organized 4. Practical departmental classes require seminars where more emphasis. students are the speaker in the presence of external expert.

Parents’ Feedback: i. Healthy relationship between teacher & students. ii. Teaching method is satisfactory. iii. More departmental workshop is needed. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Tutor Ward System: Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every individual of the department, class-wise. In first year we divide all the students in equal number under each faculty or teacher. The teacher pays attention to his/her group of students. Thus the problems of the students may be solved by the teachers sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed by the teachers which are not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not only tries to solve college oriented problem but also some personal problems are also solved. Distinguishing features:

369 Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 83.84% i. Our department’s indigenous feature is publication of Lab. Journal, Batayan, a bi-lingual journal, twice in the year. Students are the soul of this journal. They gather information and photographs, write the copy, edit and make-up the page. The glimpse of present social, cultural, political and economic world are presented by them through write ups. ii. Documentary filmmaking is the part of 3rd year students’ syllabus. Every student selects individual topic and makes individual documentary. iii. Departmental teachers and students are deeply attached with the cultural activities of the college. iv. Departmental faculty, Smt. Suparna Roy Bhattacharyya (one of the convenors of the cultural sub committee) and Smt. Sahana Chatterjee, are the active members of cultural subcommittee, college health sub committee and Career Development Cell. Concluding Remarks: We, the department of Journalism and Mass Communication always try to fulfill the academic demands of the students. We take care in academic growth and teaching learning process. we also help the students by providing study materials and personal copies of books. We are trying to enrich ourselves by joining research and career development programmes. The dedication of the departmental teachers is praise-worthy. Particularly, the teachers of our department devote much effort in different programmes arranged by the institution and for the development of the college.

370 DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY

History of the Department: The department of Philosophy has a rich heritage. This subject was included in the year 1957 vide letter no. C2836/42 dt 24.06.1957. Initially, there was only pass subject. In the year 1999 Honours (vide letter no. C/1187/112 dt 02.12.1999) has been introduced. From the very beginning a great interest was generated among the students for studying the subject. Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department of Philosophy has been creating an interest among the students about the subject. The department tries to encourage them the philosophical way of thinking.

1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status Sl. 1. Substantive 02 02 2. Full time –Management 01 01 appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) – 03 03 Management appointees / Guest

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers Teacher in years Specialization Competencey reflected in students’ feedback 1. Smt. Dipali Selection M.A 30 Psychology 69.76% Hazra Grade and religion Lecturer 2. Smt. Purabi Das Senior M.A., M.Phil. 07 Logic 69.06% Lecturer 3. Smt. Swati Paul Lecturer M.A 01 Nyaya 76.08% 4. Smt. Lecturer M.A 03 Ethics 52.56% Sulaskhshana Saha 5. Dr. Swarupa Pal Lecturer M.A., Ph.D. 05 Nyaya 76.08% 6. Smt. Maitrayee Lecturer M.A. 04 Logic 69.52% Banerjee *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.

2. Student Profile: Social Status: 371 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 133 111 111 113 130 SC 10 7 8 11 14 ST 0 0 0 0 0 OBC 1 2 2 1 2 Total 144 120 121 125 146

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 Below 1500 21 16 - - - 1501-5000 60 40 - - - 5001-10000 39 27 - - - 10001- 17 10 - - - 15000 15001- 2 3 - - - 20000 Above 0 0 - - - 20000 Total* 139 96 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06. The objective of the syllabus revision is to accommodate the changes taking place in and outside India and to introduce new topics relevant for the students. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: No of No of No of second class No % first % % % Year students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 33 33 15 06 05 05 15.15 6.44 100 99.32 2004 37 37 15 12 09 - - 2.93 100 99.13 2005 48 48 29 10 02 01 2.08 4.03 100 98.69 2006 40 40 17 15 05 01 2.50 4.81 100 99.47 2007 29 29 16 09 04 - - 3.23 100 99.34 2008 41 41 29 06 05 01 2.43 4.73 100 99.49 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental infrastructure: Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are

372 Class Room No. 201 : 7mX12m Class Room No. 202 : 6mX7m b) Library

Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 187 1341 -

c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection. d) Laboratory: N.A. i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: ii) List of Equipments: e) Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 1hr & 1hr per teacher per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation)

Participant Teacher Refresher & Date Orientation Smt. Purabi Das Orientation Programme 30 May to 25 June 2005 Refresher Course 29 Feb to 20 March 2008.

373

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class Room, interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Examination on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Duty, Script / week week dept. evaluation) / teacher / week 03 25.5 hrs. - - 8.3 hrs 1 hr. - (fulltime) 03 (Class 8 hrs. - - 4 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & Date Teacher orientation programme

Attended UGC sponsored State level seminar on “ Energy 7th generation strategies & policies in India” March,2001 Smt. Purabi Attended Seminar on “Existence of God”. 17th Dec,2001 Das Attended UGC sponsored National seminar on “ Applied ethics” 31st March, organized by the department of Philosophy of Sri Chaitanya 2003 College Attended Seminar on “Existence of Soul”. 30th March.2004 Attended a seminar organized by Department of Philosophy, South .8th April Calcutta Girl’s College, Kolkata 2005 Attended Seminar on “Nature & values of philosophy”. 24th march,2005 Attended Seminar on “The role of inference in Indian & Western 7th April,2006 logic”. Attended Seminar on “the role of learning in the field of memory’. 12th May,2006

Attended seminar on “The application of mill’s method in practical 22nd Dec, life’. 2006 Attended seminar on law of causation from Indian & Western 4th standpoint. March,2008 Attended workshop on Vaisesika formal Ontology organized by 18th -29th the department of Philosophy, J.U in collaboration with the Indian Aug,2008 council of Philosophical research, New Delhi Attended an Institutional seminar on “Kant’s two fold 14th Nov,2008 classification of Judgement”. Smt. Dipali Attended Seminar on “Existence of Soul”. 30th Hazra March.2004

374 Attended Seminar on “Nature & values of philosophy”. 24th march,2005 Attended Seminar on “The role of inference in Indian & Western 7th April,2006 logic”. Attended Seminar on “the role of learning in the field of memory”. 12th May,2006 Attended seminar on “The application of mill’s method in practical 22nd Dec, life’. 2006 Attended seminar on law of causation from Indian & Western 4th standpoint. March,2008 Attended an Institutional seminar on Kant’s two fold classification 14th Nov,2008 of judgement. Smt. Swati Paul Attended an Institutional seminar on Kant’s two fold classification 14th Nov,2008 of judgement.

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) One research project completed by Smt. Purabi Das (Principal Investigator on “Euthanasia-moral prospective”). 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Most of the students progress to post graduate studies or prepare for competitive examinations. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers motivate the students to develop their language proficiency which will help them in case of employment as well as post graduate studies. Future Plans: i. Introducing technology aided teaching method. ii. To introduce PG Course. iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged. iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons. 14. Any other information: Departmental activities: i. Seminars are arranged by the faculties of department and by the resource persons. ii. Counseling for academically backward students. iii. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental picnic and educational tour are arranged annually.

375 iv. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the college. v. Wall magazine is published in regular basis. vi. Maintenance of regular attendance of the students. vii. Celebration of Teachers’ Day. Students’ Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1.Teachers are 1. Lack of more 1. Easy access to 1. Books in Central cooperative, regular text books in Internet & Departmental and sincere. the facility. library have been Examination pattern is departmental 2. Introduction increased. satisfactory. library. of PG Course 2. A fulltime 2. Poor Students’ in English. teacher has been Canteen. appointed by the management. 3. Other suggestions taken centrally. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

Tutor Ward System: Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every individual student of the department. In first year we divide all the students in equal number under each teacher. The teacher pays attention to his/her group of students. Thus the problems of the students may be solved by the teachers sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed by the teachers which are not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not only tries to solve college oriented problem but personal problems as well. Distinguishing features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 84.41%

376 The college has been selected as Zonal centre of distribution and evaluation of answer scripts of Philosophy General Paper, Exam of C.U. from 2007 & 2008. Smt. Dipali Hazra has functioned as the head examiner. Concluding Remarks: The department is striving with utmost sincerity for the overall development of the department. More classes have been introduced for the 3rd year students. Departmental library is gradually enriching. Attempt is made to generate interest among the students. All in all progress of the department in the last few years is satisfactory.

377 DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE

History of the Department: 2008 is the year marking 40th Anniversary of affiliation to B.A. (Hons.) programme in Political Science in our college. A large number of students have passed out the college with Hons. in Political Science. Presently many of them are teachers (both school & college), lawyers, municipal employees, state service cadres, journalist, company secretaries, labour welfare officer, social activists etc. In the initial years only a few students could be admitted in the Post-Graduate programme at Calcutta University, because of their failure to secure the cut-off marks set by the university. Since mid 80s enrolment of students at C.U. had substantially increased. During last 5 years almost 40% of passed out students are admitted in regular course of study in Calcutta and other universities. Aims and Objectives of the Department: Firstly, exposure of the students to more honours courses so that they can select their preferred subject of study. Previously, the college had affiliation to only B.A. (Hons.) in Bengali. A large no. of non-bengali students were admitted in B.A. programme but did not have any scope to enroll in Hons. programme. Secondly, only a couple of years back Economics (Hons.) syllabus was modified and Political Sc. (Hons.) syllabus was designed as a new separate discipline. Thus, growing eagerness and interest were developed among the students to study Political Sc. (H) in B.A. Thirdly, students were under the impression that studying Political Sc. (Hons.) would give them some mileage in appearing at the Civil Service Examinations such as I.A.S., I.P.S., W.B.C.S. and other public service examinations. Therefore, Political Sc. (Hons.) in B.A. programme was introduced with multiple objectives stated above.

1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 04 03

378 2. Fulltime –Management Nil Nil Appointee 3. Class Basis (Part Time) 04 04 –Management Appointee / Guest

b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Specialization Teachers Teacher in years Competency reflected in students’ feedback 1. Sr. Aloke Selection M.A Retired Sociology 77.01% Sengupta Grade Lecturer 2. Sri. Chanchal Selection M.A, M.Phil 26 Sociology/International 84.57% Chakraborty Grade Relations Lecturer 3. Smt. Sumita Selection M.A 11 Comparative Politics 76.38% Chakraborty Grade Lecturer 4. Smt. Selection M.A, M.Phil 20 Local govt. and politics 82.02% Madhumita Grade Ghosal Lecturer 5. Smt.Chaitali Lecturer M.A 1 Public Administration 75.62% Sarkar and Local Self Govt. 6. Pradipta Lecturer M.A 2 Public Administration 80.59% Mukherjee 7. Smt. Amrita Lecturer M.A 2 Cultural Politics 54.47% Bandopadhyay 8. Smt. Sayani Lecturer M.A 2 Contemporary India 75.18% Chaudhuri( Left college in Nov.,2008) 9. Smt. Sriparna Lecturer M.A. 0.5 Local Government Joined Chatterjee recently *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback. 2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 209 198 190 202 197 SC 22 26 23 20 26 ST 01 01 03 03 5 OBC - - - 02 3 Total 232 225 216 227 231

Economic Status:

379 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 36 25 1501-5000 101 91 5001-10000 48 37 10001-15000 16 9 15001-20000 3 3 Above 20000 3 2 Total* 207 167 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06. 4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 71 71 42 20 04 - - 0.77 100 99.70 2004 65 65 31 21 07 - - 1.12 100 99.76 2005 65 65 25 28 02 01 1.54 1.64 100 99.67 2006 66 66 30 20 15 - - 1.57 100 99.83 2007 57 57 32 19 01 - - 0.83 100 100 2008 70 70 51 18 01 - - 0.4 100 99.65 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure: Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are Class Room No. 208 : 7mX12m Class Room No. 209 : 6mX9m b) Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 295 1916 04

c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection. d) Laboratory: N.A. i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: ii) List of Equipments: e) Other Resources:

380 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week: On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week. 8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) Participant Refresher & Orientation Date Teacher

Smt. Sumita Refresher Course 1 Feb – 23 Feb 2006. Chakraborty Refresher Course 27 Feb – 18 March 2008.

9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/project Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction work work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 03 26 hrs. - - 8 hrs. 7 hrs. - (fulltime) 04 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis)

4. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):

381 Name of the Organised by Topic Date Status teacher 1. WBPSA 1. C.U. syllabus in Pol. 12.10.07 State level Sc. (H) P-V & VI 2. WBPSA 2. Problem areas in C.U. 3-4.8.07 State level Pol. Sc. (H) 2007 Sumita 3. Dept. of Pol. Sc. (C.U.) syllabus 17.02.06 National Chakraborty 3. Identities & the level Pluralism Project 17.02.06 National 4. Multiculturalism in level W.B.: Policy Implications 1. Sudhir Ranjan 1. Sustainable 3-4/8/06 National Mahavidyalaya Development & Role 2. do of Govt. 25.08.07 State 2. 150 yrs. Of the great Chaitali 3. do Revolt Sarkar 3. Problems of Internal Security in Eastern India & the role of her people 1.Rabindra Bharati 1. State in political 20.03.07 UGC University theory: contemporary sponsored debates 12.05.07 National Pradipta 2. Agriculture to Mukherjee industry: in the socio- economic & cultural background UGC at IIITB,Bangalore Technology enabled 3.11.03- National teaching and learning 5.11.03 Department of Sociology, Globalisation: potentials 16.01.07 International CU and predicaments College at Nanded, The role of internal quality 28.12.05- National Maharashtra,Yeshwant assurance cell in quality 30.12.05 Maha vidyalaya, Nanded enhancement Sri. Chanchal Gudiwada college , AP Bench marking in higher 23.01.07- National Chakraborty education 24.01.07 West Bengal Political Feminism as an approach 16.12.05- National Science Association at to the study of politics 17.12.05 Scottish Church College Upamahadesis Rajniti US invasion on Iraq 1.05.04 State. Charcha Kendra at office of the organization, Kolkata

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications) Nil 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10-12 students on average are employed at the graduation level.The rest mainly progress towards post graduate study.

382 b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers motivate the students to develop communication skill in English which will help them in case of employment as well as higher studies. 13. Future Plans: i) Enrichment of the departmental library ii) To help the students in different matters outside the class room iii) To organize more seminars and motivate the students to participate iv) To interact with the teachers of the department of Political Sc. of different colleges to inculcate some best practices v) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers vi) To arrange special coaching for better students and also for weaker students vii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout rate of primary school children and children not going to primary school’ in Ward No. 17 in Barrackpore Municipality. 14. Any other information: Departmental activities: Students of the Dept. of Political Sc. conduct creative activities like: a. Celebration of Teachers’ Day through their innovative presentation b. Publication of departmental magazine “Swapnash” c. Presentation of papers in the seminars with the help of departmental teachers in the presence of academic experts from different universities. d. Helping the organization and arrangement of library books (both the central library and departmental library) through putting bar code stickers. e. Arrangement of departmental picnic. f. They engage themselves in blood donation programme. Students Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feedback from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

383

Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Departmental teacher are 1. Inadequate number of text 1. Purchase of more text and helpful and cooperative in and reference books in the reference books in the library. and outside the class. library. 2. Organization of more seminars. 2. Classes are regularly held. 2. No separate room for the 3. Improvement of canteen and department. sanitary system.

Parents Feedback: The college and the department organized Parent-Teachers’ meeting every year in the month of February in order to inform the parent about their wards, functioning of the college and the department, seek suggestions from them for further improvement of the institution and department also. In different meeting parent gave the following suggestion: a. Parent-Teacher meeting is a healthy practice and it should be continued b. More books are need in library (both central and departmental library) c. Moral or Value-based education and Personal Counseling be imparted to the students d. Poor but meritorious students be given more financial assistance e. Classes of Communicative English and Computer learning be started from 1st year f. Parents express their satisfaction about the college as well as the department Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Tutor-ward system: The department maintains tutor-ward system for the last 3 years in a group of 15 to 20 students per teacher in order to address the problems of the students and to redress the problems. Information about the class attendance, performance in the class test and other exams, behaviour in the class room, attentiveness of the students are recorded and corrective measures are taken. Distinguishing features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 85.08% i. The college has selected as Zonal Nodal centre of distribution and evaluation of answer scripts of Political Science General Paper, Exam of C.U. from 2006 to 2008. Sri Aloke Sengupta, Smt. Madhmita Ghoshal & Smt. Sumita Chakraborty has functioned as the head examiner. Sri Chanchal Chakraborty acted as co-ordinator of Centre for Career Development. And Placement Cell

384 in addition to his normal duties. Outgoing Students of the department donate books for the Departmental Library as a support service for the present and future students. Concluding remarks: The department can claim that the teachers to the best of their capacity always take care of the students in teaching-learning process, preparation for competitive examination, employment of the students, faculty development. The dedications of the teachers are praise worthy and highly appreciated by the guardian of the students, Academic Peer Groups.

385 DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY

History of the Department: Department of sociology was started in the year 2004 (vide letter no. C/6314/112-Affl. dt 23.08.04) under the leadership of Shri Alok Sengupta. It is a new Department. Initially, this subject was not known to the community very much. Later on, awareness on this subject is gradually increasing. Sociology, as a subject, has some practical importance. So, the number of students is also increasing. Now, it has become a well-flourished department of both teaching faculty and the student community. Aims and Objectives of the Department: In the changed circumstances, social activity and social work have assumed a considerable importance. A large number of NGOs have been operating through out the globe. We have witnessed that India is no exception to this. NGOs in India have been paying attention to a number of issues of urgent social concern. Therefore, the need was felt to introduce Sociology at the Honours Level to attract students towards this subject both in terms of academic and application because at that time Sociology, as an academic discipline, was taught only in one college in the whole North 24 Parganas. The objective of the Department is to make one students aware about the changing situations – economic, political, technological-which will have a great impact on society as a whole. 1. Faculty Profile: b) Adequacy Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 02 02 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / 01 01 Guest

c) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details

Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers 386 Teacher in years Specialization Competency reflected in students’ feedback 1. Vacant 2. Sri. Lecturer M.A 04 Rural & Urban 93% Angshuman Sociology Chakraborty 3. Smt. Sutapa Lecturer M.A 03 Population 89.5% Ghosh Studies 4. Smt. Sutapa Lecturer M.A 0.5 Population Joined Recently Basu Dhar Studies 5. Sri Argha Lecturer M.A. 2 Sukul *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.

2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 General 96 86 61 33 SC 4 5 6 4 ST 0 0 0 0 OBC 0 1 1 1 Total 100 92 68 38

Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 8 5 1501-5000 32 23 5001-10000 26 18 10001-15000 11 10 15001-20000 2 2 Above 20000 10 7 Others 21 27 Total* 110 92 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non- availability of data on economic status. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2006-07.

4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:

387 Year No of No of No of second class No % first % % % students students of class first passed passed appeared passed* >=40% >=50% >=55% first college class College CU <50% <55% <60% class CU 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 20 20 13 04 01 - - 10.46 100 100 2008 26 26 16 08 02 Nil - 8.81 100 100 * Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure: Class Room No. 229: 6.5mX9m b) Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals 62 289 Two

c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection. d) Laboratory:N.A. i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6.5mX9m (Room No. 227) ii) List of Equipments: e) Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √

8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total Teaching Laboratory Research/ Library Administrative Consultancy No. of (Class interaction project work / work / teacher work / teachers Room, on av. work teacher / week teacher / in the Examination / week week dept. Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week 02 18 hrs. 1 hr. - 4 hrs. 2 hrs. - (fulltime) 01 (Class 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - - basis)

10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended): Participant Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher Date Teacher & orientation programme

Sri Attended UGC and UNDP sponsored post centenary 16th to Angshuman golden jubilee international seminar on “ Globalisation: 17th jan’ Chakraborty potentialities and predicaments” at dept. of Sociology, 2007 CU Attended and organized Institutional seminar on “ 15th-16th micro-credit, SHG Women Impowerment” at Hiralal dec’05 Majumdar College for Women , Dakshineshwar, Kolkata-35 Attended Institutional Seminar on “Practicing 9th Sociology” at Maulana Azad College & Sociological Mar.’07 Association of W.B Attended & organized State level Seminar on “Social 22nd Change in Contemporary West Bengal” at Centre for Sept.’07 Social Sciences & Humanities, C.U Attended State level seminar as a speaker on “ Social 28th research: its uses & abuses”. Feb,2005 Attended National level seminar on “ Socialization: its 26th importance Feb,2005

389 Attended National level seminar as a speaker on 25th “Globalization: a sociological perspective”. April 2006 Attended National level seminar on “New trends in 22nd Feb- career options”. 19th Mar, 08 Smt. Sutapa Attended National level seminar as a speaker on 25th Ghosh “Globalization: a sociological perspective”. April 2006 Attended UGC and UNDP sponsored post centenary 16th to golden jubilee international seminar on “ Globalisation: 17th jan’ potentialities and predicaments” at dept. of Sociology, 2007 CU Attended Institutional seminar on “Child Development: 13th Indian scenario”. March 2007 Attended seminar on “Overall development of the SC 16th Dec, & ST students and the role of UGC at Srikrishna 2000 College, Bagula, Nadia Attended a seminar on “Education in a Changing 10th society”at Srikrishna College, Bagula, Nadia Aug’ Attended a seminar on “Market Education Linkage” at 8th Sudhiranjan Lahiri Mahavidyalaya. Feb.’02 Attended a seminar on “Globalization & problem of 4th -5th Employment in India” at Sudhiranjan Lahiri Feb’05 Mahavidyalaya Attended as a Rapportier a state level workshop on 9th syllabi of History at the UG level at Sudhiranjan Lahiri Apr’05 Mahavidyalaya Attended Seminar on “Practicing Sociology” at 9th Maulana Azad College & Sociological Association of Mar.’07 W.B Attended National level seminar on “New trends in 22nd Feb- career options”. 19th March 2008 Attended & presented a paper on Indian Society & 13th – Practicing Sociology: Changes & Challenges at Dept of 14th Sociology, K.U. Mar’08 Attended & presented a paper on “ Civil Society & 25th -26th Social Change” at Arambagh Girl’s College Sept.’08

11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications)

390 One research project entitled “Children rights in India (a case study in North 24 Parganas)” by Smt. Sutapa Ghosh. Publications by faculty (last 5 years) Name of Title Year International/National/College the teacher In Journals/magazine Sri Study materials in 2003 B.D.P of N.S.O.U Angshuman sociology Chakraborty Distance education – a 2003 News letter of N.S.O.U, Kolkata new vision of the modern 73 world A translated work on “ 2003 Progressive Pub., Kolkata 73 Jose Marti & Che Guevara- break & continuity” Social Research- its uses & 2005 College Magazine abuses Globalization and its 2006 College Magazine impact on man media Smt.Sutapa Greying India, open eyes 2004 Journal of SRLM, vol 1&2 Ghosh Sishur ki adhikar aachhe? 2007& Samajiki, 2nd issue 2008 Sri. Political development of - - Chanchal Afghanistan & Iraq Chakraborty

12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 15 to 20 students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Guidance for career opportinuties and for MSW examination is provided by the faculty members of the department as an aid to student’s placement. The studnts are given opportinutes for competing on different examinations through preparing them writing bio- dataprovide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning, preparation of competitive examination like WBCS, research programme and vertical progression of study like MSW and providing information for different types of jobs. 13. Future Plans:  Introduction of PG courses in sociology. 391  To initiate some project work with the assistance of some reputed NGOs where the students of our Department will get training and employment. 14. Any other information: Departmental Activities: i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department and by the resource persons. ii. The counseling for academically backward students. iii. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental picnic and educational tour are arranged annually. iv. Celebration of Teachers’ day. Students Feedback The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken . Teachers . Notes in . Notes be given in  Notes are now given attend their the classes are both English and in both English and classes given in Bengali versions Bengali versions in regularly and English, so in the classes. the classes. punctually. Bengali  Departmental teachers . Teacher – medium . More seminars think over the issue on student students are should be seminar and all of interaction is neglected. arranged by the them have agreed on very close and . Lack of Department. this view that the proximate. organization of during the academic . Teachers are Seminars by session 2008-2009, very the more seminars will be cooperative Department. organized by the and helpful. Department.

Parent’s Feedback Suggestions:- . Demand on introduction of PG course in sociology with in the college premise. 392 . Proposal for setting up of a Departmental Lab and Departmental Class room. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.

Tutor – Ward System Department runs a tutor – ward system where students are divided into small groups and each group is assigned to each teacher, so that each student can be taken care of personally. Through this system, the concentration level of the students in the classroom, their attendance, academic performances, library activities, general awareness level, etc. are monitored by the teachers. Distinguishing features: Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 83.16% i. Most of the students get chance at PG level in regular course in different universities. ii. The number of students who achieved jobs is also satisfactory. Concluding Remarks: Our department is still in its infancy. We, the departmental teachers, are trying our students are actively engaged in community-service oriented activities. Some teachers are directly related to NGO activities. Because, book oriented learning is not adequate at the present moment. Subject, like Sociology, should be directly related to our day-to-day activities. Teachers as well as students must develop an awareness regarding different social issues. So, we are trying to motivate our students to the field of applied sociology. In our future plan, there is a provision for campus recruitment by the NGOs for the students. Teachers are actively involved in research activities; some are academically related to other educational institutions. All these are the distinguishing features of our department. It is very encouraging to us that the students, guardians, academic peers are pointing out the strengths of our department. But, there are some limitations like shortage of faculty etc. We are trying our best to minimize our limitations in the near future.

393

I certify that that the data included in this Self-Study Report (SSR) are ture to the best of my knowledge.

This SSR is prepared by the institution after internal discussions, and no part thereof has been out sourced.

I am aware that the Peer team will validate the information provided in this SSR during the peer team visit.

Signature of the Head of the institution with seal:

Place:

Date:

394